Chapter 1—The Terrain

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transcriber’s Note:

This version of the text cannot represent certain typographical effects.

Italics are delimited with the ‘_’ character as _italic_.

Each chapter heading featured graphical components that are not readily

rendered here. See the note for an example.

Footnotes appeared in a separate section at the end of the text, with

the note number restarting for each chapter. In this version, those

numbers are retained, but are prefixed with the chapter number, e.g.,

1.1, 2.5, 6.7, etc.

There are blocks of text with dotted boundaries, sometime spanning

pages, which are inserted into the main text. These have been moved to

avoid falling on paragraph breaks, and sometimes joined where page

breaks occur. They are given here within a dashed border, in order to

call out their separate nature.

Minor errors, attributable to the printer, have been corrected. Please

see the transcriber’s note at the end of this text for details regarding

the handling of any textual issues encountered during its preparation.

There are many URLs in the text, given the topic, but it is unlikely

that any are still extant, given the publication date in 1995.

------------------------------------------------------------------------

NETWORLD!

what people are

really

doing

on the

INTERNET,

and what

it means

to you

DAVID H. ROTHMAN

“A considerable achievement.”—William F. Buckley, Jr.

Current Events/Internet

“A considerable achievement. You find yourself wanting to read

_NetWorld!_ even if you have no thought of baptism into the

great new scene.” —William F. Buckley, Jr.

“David H. Rothman has done the best job yet of illustrating exactly

how and why the Internet will change the texture of daily life. Most

discussion of the information age is full of airy generalizations.

_NetWorld!_ is full of specific, amusing, often racy illustrations

of how people around the world have already put the Net’s

possibilities to work. This is a very useful and entertaining book.”

—James Fallows Washington editor of the _Atlantic Monthly_

Exploring Life on the Net

Praised by the _New York Times_ For his entertaining style, David H.

Rothman has written a lively, revealing, and sharp-eyed account of life

on the Net. Read how a handsome young librarian in Adelaide, Australia,

got engaged to a Kansas City woman he’d never met——except online.

Discover why net.censors and other interlopers could eventually cost

America billions of dollars. Learn how an Anglican priest uses the

Internet to “hear” confessions and help keep in touch with his flock.

From electronic libraries to the digitized cadaver of an executed

killer, _NetWorld!_ covers everything that’s happening on the Net.

Whether you surf nightly or know the Net only secondhand, _NetWorld!_

will shed new light on the cultural phenomenon that is engrossing

millions around the world.

Prima Publishing

------------------------------------------------------------------------

NetWorld!

What People

Are =Really=

Doing on the =Internet=,

and What It Means to

=You=

_David H. Rothman_

PRIMA PUBLISHING

------------------------------------------------------------------------

_With 88s to Carly,

my dearest company

in life and on the ’Bahn._

© 1996 by David H. Rothman

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or

transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,

including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage or

retrieval system, without written permission from Prima Publishing,

except for the inclusion of quotations in a review.

PRIMA PUBLISHING and colophon are trademarks of Prima Communications,

Inc.

Cover design by the Dunlavey Studio

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Rothman, David H.

Networld!: what people are really doing on the Internet, and what it

means to you/David H. Rothman.

p. cm.

Includes index.

ISBN O-7615-0013-8

1. Internet (Computer network) I. Title.

TK5105.875.I57R69 1995

004.6’7—dc20

95-5287

CIP

95 96 97 98 99 AA 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Printed in the United States of America

How to Order:

Single copies may be ordered from Prima Publishing, P.O. Box 1260BK,

Rocklin, CA 95677; telephone (916) 632-4400. Quantity discounts are also

available. On your letterhead, include information concerning the

intended use of the books and the number of books you wish to purchase.

Contents

_A Note to Visitors (and Natives)_ _v_

_Acknowledgments_ _vii_

1 The Terrain 1

2 Business on the Net:

From White Rabbit Toys to “Intel Inside” 27

3 EntertaiNet: A Few Musings on Net.Rock,

Leonardo da Vinci and Bill Gates,

Bianca’s Smut Shack, and David Letterman

in Cyberspace 80

4 Pulped Wood versus Electrons:

Can the Print World Learn to Love the Net? 105

5 Wired Knowledge:

When They Let a Murderer Loose on the Internet 172

6 Governments and the Net:

Making Sure Orwell Was Wrong 208

7 The Electronic Matchmaker 291

_Notes_ _327_

_Index_ _335_

A Note to Visitors

(and Natives)

Everyone in _NetWorld!_ is real, even me. Chapter 1 tells how to reach

some good people who let their electronic addresses go on the Web site

for this book.

In a few cases—most notably “Sue” and “Greg” in Chapter 7—I’ve guarded

my subjects’ privacy with aliases and changes of identifying details.

Asterisks show up after the first occurrences of their revised names.

Please note, too, that I’ve smoothed out people’s informal online prose

to accommodate the printed page. A “smiley” on the Net is a good quick

way to show a smile or frown; but I couldn’t think of anything uglier in

print than a series of symbols such as :-). So even in quotes, I’ve used

them sparingly.

I wish Mark Twain were alive and cruising the Internet at 28.8 kilobits

per second; I’d love to see how he’d have handled net.dialect.

David Rothman,

rothman@clark.net

Alexandria, Virginia

Acknowledgments

Alison, step to the front! Alison Andrukow, a graduate student at

Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario, served as my chief researcher

on this project—discovering a number of goodies ranging from Bianca’s

Smut Shack to arcane, Net-related policy studies.

Jennifer Basye Sander, my editor at Prima Publishing, working with

associate acquisitions editor Alice Anderson and the project editor,

Steven Martin, provided many suggestions, as did the publisher, Ben

Dominitz. The latter promoted this book, so to speak, from _Digital

America_ to _Digital World_, and in time the title _NetWorld!_ also came

from Ben. Surprise, you guys! You thought you were getting a general

book on computer technology, but wisely you let me get caught up in the

Net. _Thanks!_

Bill Adler and Lisa Swayne of Adler and Robin Books, joined by Nick

Anis, agented this book. Nancy Daisywheel Breckenridge was the

transcriptionist.

Finally, I want to thank the many people who gave their time by way of

e-mail or otherwise. Lest I forget some important ones here, I won’t

list any names. But by way of the references in the book itself, readers

will learn the identities of many.

CHAPTER

ONE

The Terrain

A color photo lights up my computer screen when I hit the return key,

and, in big, bold Times Roman letters, I see the latest from the

Internet:

_Playboy Is Traveling the Info Highway

Looking for Women for a Special

“Girls of the Net” Pictorial_

Sitting atop a pile of books, a most ungeekish model looks flawlessly

nubile, as if part of a virtual reality tableau conjured up for Hugh

Hefner himself. _Playboy’s_ message is clear: What counts isn’t mastery

of Telnet, Gopher, Lynx, or other Net voodoo. Candidates should mail or

e-mail “a recent full-length body photo in a two-piece bathing suit or

less and a clear face shot.”

The same day a famous hacker named Cliff Stoll goes on a Washington

radio station to promote his book _Silicon Snake Oil_, which says the

Internet steals too much time from true learning and life.

For better or worse—mostly better in my opinion, egalitarian that I

am—the Internet has Arrived.

A quarter-century ago scientists dreamed up a predecessor of the network

to let computers jabber to each other across the United States, even

after a nuclear attack. Fearless professors followed with electronic

talk on topics ranging from biology to poetry.

Now it’s as if _everyone_ is on the Internet—not just _Playboy_ but

_Penthouse_, some Arizona lawyers who love to inflict junk ads on the

innocent, a Florida manicurist, Democratic and Republican stalwarts,

thousands of college freshmen, punk teenagers, and elementary schoolers

in London, Singapore, Minnesota, Nova Scotia—you name it. In one way or

other, the Net ties in to smaller networks ranging from local, bulletin

board-style systems to America Online, CompuServe, Prodigy, Delphi,

GEnie, Bitnet, Bix, eWorld, and MCI Mail.

Fans of David Letterman and Jay Leno, the world’s most famous talk-show

rivals, are even duking it out online. The cyberspace section of

_Newsweek_ regularly lists the hottest attractions of the Internet—for

example, the best sites on the World Wide Web, the multimedia area where

you can see pictures and hear sound.

Hollywood is gambling on a movie called _The Net_, and _Time_ and

_Newsweek_ have done several cover stories. Could the _Time_ curse be at

work here? Is everything else downhill, now that the Net has landed on

The Cover? Not if you go by the stats. Internet demographers love to

squabble about the exact number of people on the Internet, but at the

very least, some 25-30 million can reach it by way of electronic mail;

and in a few years, if the braver prophets are right, hundreds of

millions may be wired in. For the snobs, of course, the old cachet is

gone. A humor columnist says the Net is like citizens band radio with

typing.

Is the Internet, then, about to become a 500,000-channel wasteland? Just

what are all these millions _really_ doing on the Net? Some politicians

would have you think that a disturbing number of Netfolks are busy

corrupting the morals of minors, and shouldn’t we ban smut from the

public areas of cyberspace? And if you believe some American security

bureaucrats, the Net might turn out to be a haven for spies and dope

dealers. “Shouldn’t Washington,” they more or less ask, “be able to

snoop on pervs and subversives who scramble their messages?”

The counterrevolution has begun, and I feel grouchy.

Everyone is trying to reinvent the Internet in his or her own image,

even if, with these changes, the Net would no longer be the Net. What’s

really pathetic is the ignorance of the would-be meddlers. Censoring the

Net would be about as successful as trying to dam the Pacific. The same

decentralization that made the Net more nuke-resistant, in the Cold War

days, makes it harder to control. And how can Washington sell the Net on

Fed-friendly chips for coded messages when scores of powerful encryption

products are on sale in Russia and the rest of Europe?

At the same time, certain writers are now attacking the Internet as Cold

and Heartless, or for other sins; some are even Pulling the Plug, at

least temporarily, to protect their delicate brains against Information

Overload.

“Don’t make me go back!” J. C. Hertz recalls telling her editors when

they wanted her to log back on the Net to wind down a book called

_Surfing the Internet_. “Please, don’t make me go back there.” Stephen

L. Talbott, a computer editor and author of _The Future Does Not

Compute_, proclaims that he “immediately felt very good” when he

Unplugged. Bill Henderson of the Push Cart Press says he’ll publish a

book with “cries from the heart about what electronics has done to

people.”[1.1]

Perhaps a new literary genre is aborning—that of the Snubbites, the new

Luddites[1.2] who feel all Netted Up. The definition might go something

like this:

_Snubbite:—n. One who, partly out of snobbery, partly out of

boredom, partly out of sheer contrariness, snubs the computer

technology that could help millions of others._

A typical Snubbite is upper-middle class and very possibly Ivy League.

Snubbites could afford computer and Internet connections—or more likely

enjoyed them at others’ expense—years before average people were even

allowed on the Net. Often Snubbites live near large libraries or can

catch up with books easily enough in other ways. Snubbites may have

already used the Net to help stock up on their quota of friends and

professional contacts. Most Snubbites are harmless and even charmingly

eccentric; they worry me only when they start confusing their own needs

and non-needs with those of society at large.

Cliff Stoll himself is very much on the Internet (“I still love my

networked community”) even now; to this day, I suspect, he truly enjoys

seeing people home-brew their own machines. But in stretches of his book

he could almost be mistaken for a Snubbite anyway, based on sheer

fervor. “It is an overpromoted, hollow world, devoid of warmth and human

kindness,” Stoll writes of cyberspace, and goes on to say that nets

address “few social needs or business concerns” and threaten “precious

parts of our society, including schools, libraries, and social

institutions.” He complains, “No birds sing.”

Have I been hallucinating? The Internet isn’t Woodstock, the Vatican, or

an aviary, but it is bringing together people for religion, education,

business, love, and suicide prevention. Just what is Stoll writing

about? Does the Net have an evil twin? Jews, Moslems, Lutherans, and

Catholics—they are all using the Net to exchange prayers or electronic

newsletters. Up in Canada an Anglican priest will even take confessions

via e-mail. I doubt he’d agree with the author of _Snake Oil_.

Nor, I suspect, would the members of Walkers in Darkness. Walkers is a

mailing list for people with chronic depression, and each week more than

300 messages whiz across the Net from Australia to Israel, from South

Africa to California. I’m not depressed, but someone close to me is, and

she spends hour after hour with her laptop, gazing at the blue-and-white

on the screen, reading scores of messages, keeping up with the gossip

about people and drugs, wondering what she would do without her Net

connection. Being depressed is like kayaking or hang gliding: You won’t

die immediately if you skip the homework, but in a pinch you’ll stand a

much better chance if you’ve gone far beyond the basics. Walkers is in

the grand tradition of the Net. Its members don’t blindingly trust

authority figures—their own shrinks—and they are reaching out to other

patients and to an online psychiatrist. Tell us, Ivan, some Walkers ask,

is Parnate as good a drug as it’s cracked up to be? What about Nardil?

Can you take it without your body swelling up?

“Ivan” is a well-credentialed psychopharmacologist in New York City who

helps out for free. Dr. Ivan Goldberg doesn’t prescribe drugs for people

online, but he _will_ report his own experiences with them after many

years of practice. He has a knack for coming up with angles that

patients’ own doctors might miss. After months on Prozac, a man found

his work slipping. Ivan Goldberg told him of a new way—successful here,

it turns out—to treat the problem.

Goldberg is online two hours a day “as a way of paying back for the

thirty-plus good years I have had from my work with depressed

people.”[1.3] After several years on the Net helping virtual support

groups, he has won the respect of hundreds and perhaps even thousands.

Still, Walkers compare notes with each other and don’t accept even Ivan

Goldberg’s opinions automatically. Just as if they were talking over the

office watercooler, they weigh the validity of the information

themselves. But what a collection of facts! When a new antidepressant

shows up in Canada or the United Kingdom, Walkers learn about it many

weeks before the news reaches the daily papers in the States, assuming

that word makes their daily newspapers at all.

Many of the best conversations, however, aren’t about drugs or the

merits or perils of electroconvulsive shock treatments. They’re about

other Walkers. Remember the gay Walker in Iowa who was so quick to

welcome newcomers and answer questions? Well, here’s his obit: _Died of

complications from diabetes_. How about the fellow on the East Coast,

the programmer who never logs on with a name? Is he okay, after his last

suicide attempt? Is somebody going to drop by to visit him in the

hospital? What about such-and-such’s cat? How’s your new girlfriend? Is

your landlord being reasonable? The questions and answers fly across the

wires. Walkers may not be as famous a virtual community as The WELL,

Echo, and similar bulletin board systems with Net and media connections,

but it’s hardly as if the luminaries of those places enjoy a monopoly on

Caring.

Later that morning I hear Cliff Stoll push his book on WAMU radio. It’s

a slaughter; the call-ins run against him by at least five to one. I

even feel a little sorry for him until I remember that the technophobes

at many bookstores may outnumber the technophiles. The full title of the

book is _Silicon Snake Oil: Second Thoughts on the Information Highway_,

and it should be just the ticket for Luddites and Snubbites with spare

change. I myself have Second Thoughts about his Second Thoughts. Early

on in his book he says: “I look forward to the time when our Internet

reaches into every town and trailer park.” But his true emphasis comes

through. Just how much of a technopopulist is he in the end when he

claims that networks will “isolate us from one another” and “work

against literacy and creativity?”

What’s really freaky is that a woman from Walkers or a similar

discussion group—out of all the thousands on the Net—calls up _The Diane

Rehm Show_ and ever so politely shreds the arguments that Stoll has made

in _Oil_. A few years ago he wrote _The Cuckoo’s Egg_, a wonderful book

about his battles against errant hackers, and parts of _Snake Oil_ do

ring true, but oh how wrong he is about the more cosmic issues.

Confronted with the Walkers-style example, Stoll acknowledges that, yes,

maybe the Net could be of use to people who need support. After all, the

very anonymity he’s assailed can work in favor of honest dialogue.

Exactly. One of the glories of Walkers, however, is that depressed

people can be as open or nameless as they want. What’s more, they can

even go Face to Face. Several Walkers near me, for example, will spend

hours and hours talking in person with others dogged by this scourge of

Lincoln and Churchill.

Dave Harmon is the man behind the Walkers list. He’s a

twenty-eight-year-old Harvard grad, bearded, bespectacled, and a little

on the heavy side, as he describes it. I learn that he works as a

programmer for a company that writes software to use with mice—the

computer kind. His depression is moderate. Come the middle of the night,

he may wake up in a cold sweat; he can also suffer flagging energy.

Several years ago Harmon was crouched in a Boston bus shelter, enjoying

a break from a crowded but rainy New Year’s Eve celebration, when he

took out a notebook and wrote a poem. “I am the Walker in Darkness,” it

read in part, “I am the bringer of light.” The next day Harmon called

the company that had hooked him into the Internet—he wanted to start a

list for depressed people interested in art and magic. “The thing that

makes the Net so powerful is that you don’t have to get into a big deal

to start a minor newsgroup or a mailing list.” The newsgroups and the

mailing lists can precisely reflect Netfolks’ interests, loves, and

fears—much more closely than, say, CBS or the _New York Times_, or even

niche programs on cable.

Oklahoma City and the

Ban-the-Bomb-Manual Panic

A citation for _The Terrorist’s Handbook_ popped up on my screen a

minute after I started a search of the World Wide Web under the word

“explosives.” I apparently would be able to make “book bombs,”

“lightbulb bombs,” “phone bombs.”

Trying to retrieve the _Handbook_ some weeks later, I read the

following: “Are you sure this resource exists?” Cute. The heat is on.

_Handbook_-style items caught the attention of the U.S. Senate after

sickos blew up a federal building in Oklahoma City and killed 160

people. The response in effect was: “Ban the bomb manuals—from the Net

and otherwise!” and as of this writing, it looked as if such sentiments

might end up as law. Still, a little problem arose in the case of _The

Terrorist’s Handbook_ on the Net. The material was coming to me from

Lysator, a respected academic computer society at Linköping University

in Linköping, _Sweden_. Last I knew, the U.S. Senate did not enjoy

jurisdiction over its counterparts in Stockholm.

The Swedish computer that stored _The Terrorist’s Handbook_, however,

contains megabyte after megabyte of valuable material on computing and

other subjects, and the electronic librarians didn’t want to anger the

university. So out of prudence, they voluntarily removed the bomb manual

after hysterical stories appeared in the press. The _Handbook_ wasn’t

worth the fuss.

Perhaps in other cases Washington will use diplomacy with other

countries to unplug _Handbook_-style items. But no one should count on

this approach working in the end. Inevitably the same material will be

secretly making the rounds of obscure electronic bulletin board systems,

as opposed to the Net itself. As if that isn’t enough, Washington has

unwittingly given out instructions for bomb-makers by way of the

tax-financed _Blaster’s Handbook_ from the Forestry Service in the U.S.

Department of Agriculture. Even _The Encyclopedia Britannica_ has

printed material on explosive making.

Most disturbing of all, Constitutional issues arise here. We don’t need

the government to restrain free speech. As writer Brock N. Meeks wrote

in his _CyberWire Dispatch_ newsletter, Senator Dianne Feinstein’s

proposal was “a break in the dike.” It was “the trickle that could

become a river of regulatory hammers meant to turn the rough-and-tumble,

open and free-flowing online discourse into something with all the

appeal and intellectual acumen of tofu.”

Newsgroups are a bit like local bulletin board systems except that some

newsgroups reach hundreds of thousands of people around the world.

Mailing lists are more intimate than newsgroups since you usually need

to sign up for them electronically before you receive the messages.

“The funny thing,” Harmon says of freshly created mailing lists, “is

that you never know what will result. What I found was that most

depressed people couldn’t produce that much art and mysticism, but they

were interested in supporting each other, and I looked at that and let

it go on its own.”

A seventy-eight-year-old widow in the American South discovered Harmon’s

list. She was the first in her family, after several generations of

mental illness, to seek psychiatric help. People from Singapore have

popped up, too, reporting how they were stigmatized as lazy by people

unable to understand the energy-sapping qualities of the disease.

Walkers tell of spouses complaining about the loss of sex drive from

depression or medications. Simply put, Harmon’s list has not just helped

people cope with a disease, but it has also helped those who can’t

understand it. And as shown by the Singaporean example, geography has

been inconsequential for the most part. “When you’re depressed,” Harmon

says, “it doesn’t matter where you’re from, you’re still depressed.”

What’s more, Walkers can log on as often or seldom as they want.

Frequently the depressed feel all “peopled up,” so they may flee into

their rooms and close the blinds when visitors approach. But with

Walkers messages, all they need do is press the delete key. The Internet

isn’t just a medium of special benefit to the deaf; it’s also one for

the seriously depressed, many of whom, if made Netless, might try to do

without _any_ company offline.

As with thousands of other Net lists, people come and go, some of them

overwhelmed by the sheer volume of messages; Stoll is right to

characterize the Internet as like trying to drink water from a fire

hydrant. But a core of stalwarts remain enthusiastically on Walkers, and

along with Harmon and Goldberg, they’re rather small-townish in

cyberspace in the best of ways. I ask about the East Coast Walker with

suicidal tendencies. Harmon says that by the time the supportive

messages reached the man, the programmer had already called 911 and gone

to the hospital to have his stomach pumped.

But, yes, Harmon says, Walkers has indeed saved lives. “A more usual

situation is that someone is considering suicide and issues an appeal to

Walkers for help. They’ll say something to the effect that ‘It’s not

worth it, and nothing I do ever works, and I’m probably bothering you

with this note.’ People respond to it and sometime call the person by

phone if the number is available.” If the number isn’t, Harmon and other

Netheads will try to use their knowledge of the Internet to track it

down. “We don’t breach privacy unless there really is a suicide threat,

and sometimes people’s accounts may be on services where we can’t find

them. More usually, various people may send their own phone numbers

either privately or to someone or to the list, so that other members can

reach them.

“The Internet,” he cautions, “is _not_ always a fast-rescuer—you may be

lucky to get same-day service. In the programmer’s case his note didn’t

even get _to_ my list for an hour, much less get sent out to all the

members. _I_ found out about his note by getting a midnight phone call!”

Still, Harmon sees the Net as a godsend for ongoing support and as a

crisis aid even if the help isn’t always immediate. Goldberg agrees:

“It’s mobilized people to all kinds of interventions.”[1.4]

“I’m sitting here with a knife in my hand,” wrote a community college

student asking for support from Walkers. “Don’t worry, I’m not going to

kill myself—just hurt myself a little. I just feel as though I deserve

pain.” She went on to tell how she had been in the National Honor

Society in high school, gone on to an honors program at Loyola

University for several years, then had been forced to leave. “I used to

be strong, brilliant, and ambitious and now I am stupid and manic

depressive. It just hurts so much. So I guess that’s why I’m cutting on

my wrists tonight.” She told me when I wrote to ask about her

condition—improved—that “I would be lost without Walkers.”

A near-suicide in Santa Clara, California, aided by the newsgroup

alt.support.depression, recalls: “I was so close it was amazing.”

Medical debts had overwhelmed him. He was a single father and his boss

had put him on probation after child care gobbled up too much work time.

In tears he began his note: “It doesn’t really matter any more.” A New

York woman saw the note and begged people online to help. Hundreds of

messages came over the Net from as far as Japan. Tracked down despite

his unsigned post, the California man received help not only from a

colleague at work but also from police. “Something snapped,” he recalls,

“and I just realized that there were a lot of people there who

cared.”[1.5]

Madness, another self-help group on the Net, is a mailing list for

people who suffer drastic mood swings, hear voices, and see visions.

Now, says Sylvia Caras, who runs the list, they can use the Net to carry

on a dialogue with federal mental health officials. The Net offers a

very _real_ voice for those the world might otherwise ignore.

I could go on forever about support groups on the Net. Whether you’re

short or extra tall, anorexic or 300 pounds, a victim of cancer or of

child abuse, the Internet teems with people wanting to share their

experiences with you—a task made much easier through the efficiencies of

the Net, which have brought the cost of electronic mail down so much. I

bristle when I hear people talk about the Internet as worthless unless

big profits await megaconglomerates. The activities of support groups

and other virtual communities may not show up in any country’s gross

domestic product, but in the aggregate they’re just as valuable as

anything to emerge from AT&T or Time Warner.

May I emphasize that the Net is far, far more than a mental health

clinic? It’s a place, too, for political activists, boaters, golfers,

motorcyclists, gun owners, gourmets, football fans, baseball

enthusiasts, parents and teachers, writers and readers of many genres,

pilots, airline passengers, amateur radio operators, and reggae lovers.

All have their own niches, which is just what you’d expect with more

than 12,000 newsgroups.

While the clueless are arguing over whether the Net has value, people

like John Schwartz already know it does. Recently he wondered about

lyrics by a singer and songwriter named Liz Phair. Just how did they go?

Some of the biggest fun came from his hunt online. He tracked down at

least five different Web areas—“digital fan magazines”—devoted to Phair.

“Some had photos, some had biographical information, and a couple had

song lyrics.” And yes, he found the lyrics he wanted, and in their full,

unprintable glory. “Useless? Probably. Satisfying? You bet.” And

Schwartz went on: “Think of all the stuff that you’d find in your public

library if you pulled something off the shelf. A lot of it would be

‘useless’ for your own needs—tons of mediocre fiction, outdated

information, and silly things. But would anybody say that it proves that

libraries are worthless?”[1.6]

Other Net activities also suggest that _Snake Oil_ is self-descriptive.

A Michigan couple has started a virtual toy store complete with pictures

of their staffers as children and service of the kind you’d expect from

L. L. Bean; their first order came from Brazil (see chapter 2: Business

on the Net: From White Rabbit Toys to “Intel Inside”). Out in California

two young techies are giving hundreds of young musicians a break through

a much-needed project called the Internet Underground Music Archives

(chapter 3: EntertaiNet: A Few Musings on Net.Rock, Leonardo da Vinci

and Bill Gates, Bianca’s Smut Shack, and David Letterman in Cyberspace).

Just throw $100 their way and, for a year, you can post a sample of your

music on the Net and perhaps stir up sales of old cassettes and CDs.

At the same time that Stoll grouses that the Internet is unedited,

scores of dailies and weeklies are on the Net to one extent or another

(chapter 4: Pulped Wood versus Electrons: Can the Print World Learn to

Love the Net?). So’s _Time_ magazine. Random House, Macmillan, and Time

Warner are there, too, posting samples from various books, and soon

people at home will be able to send credit card numbers securely over

the Net and dial up the complete texts of bestsellers and other books.

Even now you just might be reading _NetWorld!_ off a screen rather than

from pulped wood.

Meanwhile, a digitized cadaver on the Internet may help revolutionize

the study of anatomy (chapter 5: Wired Knowledge: When They Let a

Murderer Loose on the Internet), and in Canada, leather-jacketed

teenagers are using the Net to develop their reading and writing skills.

A Mini Jargon Guide

• Electronic Mail or e-mail. You can use the Net and other networks to

send messages to your friends in Peoria or Melbourne—anywhere, in

fact, where Internet connections go, from Alaska to the South Pole. An

electronic mailbox is just like the physical equivalent. It’s a little

storage area where your messages pile up for you to retrieve when you

want.

• File Transfer Protocol, or FTP. It’s a means to send or receive files

from one computer to another.

• Gopher. This program lets you track down information on the Net. The

word _Gopher_ also alludes to certain Gopher-style collections of

computer files. Different Gophers connect to each other through items

on menus. You might start looking at an article on water pollution

from a computer in Washington, D.C., see a mention of an African

river, click on that menu choice with your mouse or otherwise select

it, and end up at a computer in Johannesburg.

• Internet Relay Chat. It’s like a huge party line except that people

are typing rather than talking. You can open up private areas, too,

and reach just one person.

• Mailing Lists. To be a bit simplistic, they’re just like regular

electronic mail, except that a number of people share messages, to

which you can typically respond privately or with the entire list.

Some lists, however, let only the _moderator_ send out messages. Via

Usenet, some mailing lists appear as newsgroups.

• Newsgroups. These are the bulletin board systems of the Net, in

effect. Almost anyone can post messages there and potentially reach

hundreds of thousands of people—far more than on most mailing lists,

since people can read newsgroups without subscribing. The newsgroups

are part of a service called Usenet, which reaches BBSs around the

world, not just the Internet. No one owns this anarchy, and I wouldn’t

want it any other way.

• Telnet. Without leaving my regular keyboard I can operate a computer

at Oxford University or the University of California by way of a

procedure called Telnet. I’m remotely controlling the machines at the

other end.

• The World Wide Web. It’s the area of the Net that not only lets you

read text but also see pictures, hear sounds, and even take in short

clips from movies. Like Gophers, sites on the World Wide Web connect

with each other. A program that lets you navigate the Web is known as

a browser. Among the more popular browsers are Mosaic, Netscape, and

Lynx (the latter, alas, won’t let you instantly enjoy pictures).

Also, the Net, in the opinion of many, is mocking Orwell’s predictions

(chapter 6: Governments and the Net: Making Sure Orwell Was Wrong). Some

serious threats remain—such as the efforts of American bureaucrats to

make the Net more friendly to snoopy cops—but 1995 is a long way from

_1984_. What’s more, the Internet doesn’t offer just sex.

Love, too, can thrive. The persistent may indeed find wives and husbands

on the Net (chapter 7: The Electronic Matchmaker).

This all happens on my Internet—anyway the one I’ll describe here. Let

me offer an inevitable caveat, however: The Net is too vast for one

writer to cover everything. So I won’t bother with Internet Relay Chat,

where you instantly see the other people’s typing. As a temporary

habitué of these regions, J. C. Hertz started to regard the Internet as

“a Sartrean hell—too many people talking at one time.”[1.7] Yes! Net

chat brings Hemingwayesque accounts from witnesses to Japanese

earthquakes or Russian coups, and I’m happy it’s around for the

aficionados, especially net.lovers, who can retreat to their own private

channels; but I myself favor electronic mail and newsgroups, which I can

read on my own terms without parrying incessantly with dyspeptic

strangers half a planet removed. I promise, dear readers: I’ll inflict

nary a chat transcript on you.

Certain omissions, however, really pain me. Given more time, I’d have

loved to cover the growth of the community network movement. For free,

in many cities, you can open up an Internet account and tap into

electronic libraries all over the world or receive electronic mail. Best

of all, “communets” can bring communities together. The Net is one of

the big lures to get people online, but once there, they may be able to

fetch the schedule of their local public radio stations, find out about

local charities, and talk back electronically to officials of city

halls.

What’s fascinating is the resemblance between these local nets and the

Net at large. People on both would rather chat with other citizens than

swap e-mail with the politicians or other celebrities. And why not?

Communets are communities, just as the Net, serving so many interests,

is a _series_ of communities. Alas, Stoll does not appreciate the

possibilities here.

Stoll is an astronomer, not just a hacker, and his makes me feel as if

he is using a scratchy pair of binoculars to look for life

on Mars. Fixated on negatives, he has downplayed even the

obvious: the Net equivalent of Martian mountains. Has Stoll

dropped by alt.music.chapel-hill, or rec.arts.dance, or

alt.christnet.christianlife, or the Dallas Virtual Jewish Community

Center Home Page, or the American Ireland Fund, or the Voter Education

Project? And how about the thousands of other Web pages in which

individual Netfolks can share with the world their love of families and

pets, or gardening, or , or old Chevies, or whatever else they enjoy, at

or away from their computers? Item by item, those are tiny, almost

invisible slices of Netlife; but en masse, they rise up as mountains.

Yes, yes, sex _areas_ thrive on the Internet. But it is that way

offline, too; do snack-food stores turn millions each year off Chaucer

or _Playboy_? Of course Chaucer himself could be randy at times, as

could Shakespeare and Joyce and hundreds of other literary greats—an

inconvenient fact for the American ayatollahs who hope to censor the

Net.

The biggest irony here is that the Internet can actually promote Family

Values and strengthen real neighborhoods. As George Gilder and others

have noted, the new technology can serve people’s exact needs rather

than just dish out the standard sex and violence so beloved to TV

networks. The Net is Example One in my opinion—especially The Barcroft

School and Civic League page on the World Wide Web. Several thousand

people live in the Barcroft area of Arlington, Virginia, near

Washington, D.C. It’s neither a slum nor a glitzy, status-crazed

neighborhood, just a good place to raise the families that the

ayatollahs love to extol. An old Methodist church has served as a

community house. Now an electronic equivalent is on the Web, complete

with a color photo of the church building; people can catch up with

neighborhood news and learn of ice cream socials.

I’m writing this paragraph just before the Barcroft Fourth of July

parade. The word from the World Wide Web is that Susan O’Hara

Christopher will be the Grand Marshall. People can enjoy Nancy

Tankersley’s watercolors of past parades, or “Jim Lande’s famous tree

trunk sculpture. Games for the kids, no political campaigning, hot dogs

and lemonade, the new Barcroft tee shirts and lots more!” The higher the

percentage of Netfolks among the citizenry, the more Fourth of July

bulletins we’ll see in cyberspace.

Across the Potomac in D.C., the Internet is helping to reduce the number

of hookers and drug pushers plying the Blagden Alley neighborhood. If

the police catch you looking for women or dope, a man named Paul Warren

will put your name on the World Wide Web. Thanks to his “Crimenet,”

residents no longer stand as much a chance of finding a hooker at work

on the sidewalk a few yards from toddlers in living rooms. Not everyone

would approve of the privacy implications here, but I myself love what

Warren is doing. Like thousands of small-town newspapers that print the

names of the arrested, Warren is just spreading around the public

record. A notice reminds readers that “Criminal defendants are presumed

innocent until proven guilty”; and he is willing to post an update for

anyone exonerated. Warren isn’t saying that prostitution should be

illegal everywhere, just that it should not force young families out of

Blagden Alley.

That, in fact, is how I feel about net.sex. If a fifth grader

encountered alt.sex.bestiality whenever he or she flicked on a computer,

why, yes, I’d join the ayatollahs. But the Net is not like the pre-Web

Blagden Alley or daytime television. You normally don’t find sex on the

Net—at least not the truly kinky type—unless you seek it out. And the

computer industry is working on software to reduce the chances of

children accidentally running across alt.sex.bestiality. Even now, of

course, the language in the average area of the Net is much cleaner than

the words in the locker room of the typical high school. Trying to ban

“smut” from the Internet would be like shutting down high school

football because _some_ sixteen-year-old tackles love to cuss at

teammates and gawk at nude pictures.

Granted, the Net has problems, and rather serious ones. A Californian

stole 20,000 credit card numbers from Net users; in New York some young

men met through the Net and figured out ways to order tens of thousands

of dollars in merchandise illegally. Many Netfolks think it’s too risky

to send credit card numbers over the Net itself when ordering

merchandise; better to use the telephone or fax. What’s more, just as

Stoll says, business on the Net is overhyped. Meanwhile the Feds have

reduced subsidies to the Net. Over in Australia there are already

bothersome charges for use according to the amount of material

transmitted, and people fear that the same could happen in the States.

Just as frustratingly, the technology isn’t quite there yet. Pictures

can take centuries to appear on my screen when I fetch material on the

World Wide Web. I hook into the Internet by dialing up ClarkNet, a

company in a barn south of Baltimore. This is one of the _best_

services, but a good part of the time, in recent months, I’ve suffered a

busy signal or worse when I try to dial in. Given the overcrowding of

the Net, electronic mail takes longer to arrive than it once did. I

believe Stoll when he says that in some cases the United States Postal

Service will get mail from one place to the other faster than the Net

will handle e-mail. That’s the exception, but I’m disturbed to see it

happen even part of the time.

I lament, too, the lack of commercial books available on the Net for

free, in the public library tradition. Cliff Stoll is absolutely right

to want better content, and my friend Jim Besser would agree with us.

Jim is a journalist avid for new facts; he regrets that so much of the

information on the Net is wrong or out of date. Beyond that, his

Internet connection sometimes goes south when he is under a deadline.

Cures for the Internet’s problems, however, are or could be on the way.

Technology will make the Net safer to use and more reliable—lo and

behold, the computers in the barn have behaved somewhat better these

past few weeks. Over the long run, too, Netlife will improve. Popular

programs in some cases, even now, are letting customers send credit card

numbers online without the hackers intercepting them. Net businesses

will take off when more people sign on and young hackers get jobs and

families.

The Internet will even survive the reduction of subsidies from

Washington. The price of the technology will just keep going down if

past trends apply, and if the government doesn’t let phone companies

gouge people. Everything is faster and cheaper. Once the experts doubted

that ordinary phone lines could carry signals at 9.6 kilobits, or 9,600

bits, per second. Today, even if I’m not IBM or the phone company, I can

cruise along at around 28.8 kilobits per second, which is enough to

receive a book in a few minutes.

If Cliff Stoll really wants electronic books, then computer networks can

transmit them. When, just when, will Washington be brave enough to work

toward a well-stocked national digital library offering commercial books

for all; why should we replicate online the “savage inequalities” of our

libraries and schools?

Netfolks aren’t the reason why such a library for the Internet is so far

off right now, and why we may well end up with a national digital

bookstore as opposed to a true library offering books at no charge or at

minimal cost. Even technophobic librarians—they exist, even if not in

the same numbers as before—aren’t the true villains here. _Lobbyists_

are at fault. Bill Clinton’s intellectual property czar, Bruce Lehman,

is himself a former lawyer-lobbyist who acts as if he is still fighting

for his old copyright clients. Members of his former law firm have

donated tens of thousands of dollars to influential politicians. And in

a five-year period people with corporate or family ties to a legal

publisher, West Publishing in Minnesota, have given more than $738,000

in political contributions, some of which went to members of Congress

influential on copyright matters.

With less eagerness to please lobbyists pushing for corporate business

plans—rather than for the commonweal—the U.S. government could divert

resources from bureaucracy to knowledge and pay publishers and writers

fairly. How? Suppose Washington would link the national library with a

focused program to buy hardware that schools and local libraries could

lend out. In effect the Feds would prime the private market by

encouraging mass production and by sending a message about priorities.

Small, tablet-shaped computers with extra-sharp screens could eventually

go on sale—much sooner than otherwise—for $99.95 at Kmart. And these

same machines, although designed for reading electronic books, would be

excellent for the Net or for filling out easy electronic forms; we could

save tens of billions in money and time in the private and public

sectors of America’s $6-trillion economy. Needless to say, too, this

affordable hardware could mean more eyes for retail businesses on the

Internet.

Then high tech wouldn’t pose such a problem to nontechie consumers and

to computerphobic women and minorities. A study out of the Georgia

Institute of Technology showed that 94 percent of the surveyed users on

the Web were male and 87 percent were white. With less-threatening

hardware and proper training of the right people, however, schools and

neighborhood libraries could help bring a much wider segment of society

on the Net. Cliff Stoll is aware of the possibilities here. He knew two

years ago of my TeleRead proposal to improve the content of the Net, get

many more people online, and spread the electronic books around from the

very start. How much easier it must be for him to eulogize old wooden

card catalogues and avoid a nasty tangle with lobbyist-cowed politicians

and bureaucrats.

=Touring _NetWorld!_ Yourself—Via the Web=

Webfolk, check out the Internet Underground Music Archive, White Rabbit

Toys, electronic magazines, and many of the other Net delights I’ve

described in this book. Just use your Netscape, Mosaic, or other browser

to go to

http://www.webcom.com/~prima/networld.html

You’ll find there a list of various Web sites mentioned here in the

pulped wood _NetWorld!_—and perhaps some informal updates. You can reach

the sites immediately. Just click on the hypertext links. People at the

other end may change the links, but I’ve made them as up-to-date as I

could.

If you would like Net addresses of _some_ of the people mentioned in

this book, go to

http://www.clark.net/rothman/pub/networld.html

Perhaps you’ll also want to see a detailed electronic version of my

TeleRead proposal for a well-stocked, cost-justified national digital

library. It could let ordinary readers dial up the _entire_ texts of

copyrighted books from home for free without cheating publishers and

writers. For more on TeleRead, check out the hyperlinked Net incarnation

of my chapter in a forthcoming book _Scholarly Publishing: The

Electronic Frontier_ (Cambridge, Massachusetts, M.I.T. Press, 1995):

http://www.clark.net/rothman/pub/telhome.html

Bashing technology, of course, is hardly new. In 1854 a writer

complained: “We are in great haste to construct a magnetic telegraph

from Maine to Texas; but Maine and Texas, it may be, have nothing

important to communicate.” He said that “We are eager to tunnel under

the Atlantic and bring the Old World some weeks nearer to the New; but

perchance the first news that will leak through to the broad, flapping

American ear will be that Princess Adelaide has the whooping

cough.”[1.8] Henry David Thoreau was the writer and the words appeared

in _Walden_.

Does their source, however, make them less dubious? Hardly. Imagine

America without the telegraph—without an opportunity to forge lucrative

commercial ties with the Old World, or to strengthen Texas’s ties to

Washington. As it turned out, Texas and the rest of the country had

plenty to say. So did railroad employees talking to each other;

companies could more easily use single tracks to handle traffic in both

directions, knowing that the telegraph was there to handle

scheduling.[1.9] In other fields, such as medicine, the telegraph

undoubtedly hastened progress as well. It also helped friends and

families keep in touch as the country was settled; today the Net does

the same with people in this era of international travel. Technology,

then, while ripe with opportunities for abuse, can do far more than

recruit “Girls of the Net” or spread word of a princess’s whooping

cough.

Ironically, if the Cliff Stolls prevail, and if too many white hats

abandon the nets as “devoid of warmth and human kindness,” then his

predictions _will_ come to pass; the greedy will take over, confident

that others won’t mind so much.

Together with millions of other Netfolks, I’ll remember the Great

Spamming of ’94. Laurence A. Canter and Martha S. Siegel,

husband-and-wife partners in an Arizona law firm called Canter and

Siegel, wanted to sell their services as immigration experts. So they

splattered a “Green Card” ad—as if hurling spam against a wall—across

some 6,000 newsgroups on Usenet. They didn’t care if you preferred to

read about baseball or UNIX; they wanted your eyeballs. The Net seethed.

I myself disliked many of the tactics used against Canter and Siegel—was

it really necessary to threaten death or favor them with a slew of

unsought magazine subscriptions?—but clearly they merited some good,

strong, healthy loathing. I complained to the American Bar Association,

which, at the time, was spending hundreds of thousands of dollars on a

PR campaign to upgrade the image of lawyers. You might say that C & S

set the goodwill account back by several million.

My big regret is that I lacked more time to raise hell against Canter

and his wife online and in other ways. The glory of the Net, this

_series_ of communities, was and is diversity; here C & S were dumbing

it down to the broadcast model where one program served all. But Canter

and Siegel didn’t give a whit about the Net as it existed, about the

outrage that so many unwilling people were bearing the costs of sending

and storing their unwanted messages, about the fact that Usenet couldn’t

survive continued assaults in this vein, about the damage they were

doing to the various forms of Net culture, a phrase that C & S would

undoubtedly have dismissed as an oxymoron.

Canter and Siegel later added to the insult with _How to Make a Fortune

on the Information Superhighway_, the 1990s equivalent of a guide to

exterminating buffalo.[1.10] The book talked of selling to 30 million

people, which was malarkey. Some Net demographers challenged the figure

at the time—reality may finally have caught up—but more important, most

of those 30 million could only send and receive electronic mail as

opposed to using services such as the World Wide Web. And just how many

people wanted to receive junk mail from marketers? Of course C & S might

suggest mailing lists for the receptive—nothing wrong there—but without

access to the right Net services, fewer people would know of the lists

in the first place.

Does this mean that the Internet should be free of commerce? Quite the

opposite. The challenge is simply to avoid letting the hardsellers

overwhelm the Internet. Countless areas of the Net exist where people

not only tolerate ads, they _want_ to read them. Besides, the commercial

and noncommercial can build on each other. When I put my TeleRead

proposal on the World Wide Web—that is, my call for a well-stocked

national digital library with copyrighted books included—I built in

hypertext links[1.11] to Web sites that could be useful. And several

just happened to be commercial. The Minneapolis _Star Tribune_, for

example, had done a Pulitzer-quality expose of the thousands of dollars

that West Publishing had doled out in trips for some Supreme Court

justices who passed judgment on copyright matters. Just why should I

have avoided this superb material when a commercial publication was good

enough to share it with the Net for free?

Electronic cafes, found in San Francisco, Seattle, London, and Hong

Kong, among other locations, are another good example of how the

commercial and noncommercial can strengthen each other. Cafes with

Internet hookups can even help bridge the gap between Net and life. The

Internet Cafe at 1363 4th Avenue in Prince George, British Columbia,

doesn’t just offer a coffee bar. Customers of the local Internet

provider can pick up their e-mail there and wander around the Net, read

“a good, old-fashioned cork bulletin board for community information

exchanges,” learn about local service agencies, watch resident artists

at work, buy crafts from all over the world, and even get advice from a

local psychologist, Russ Winterbotham, who just happens to own the

place.

When Stoll writes about an Ontario bookstore with a water garden and

three cats, it’s easy to appreciate the potential charms of commerce

offline. But clearly the Net itself can spice up a traditional business.

In London, you can drop by the Cyberia cafe at 39 Whitfield Street and

plunk down £1.50 for a large cappuccino and £2.50 for a half-hour on the

Net. The word is that the cafe has drawn “more media coverage than a

small war.” I’m not surprised. Even if prices might be a bit lower by my

standards, Cyberia is meeting a definite need. Of course Stoll would

complain that the customers in the electronic cafes are “surrounded by

people, yet escaping into conversations with distant strangers.” Isn’t

he forgetting something, however: The way many Net aficionados love to

meet the like-minded in person?

I’m also keen, needless to say, on the pioneering work that thousands of

small businesses are doing on the World Wide Web itself—rather than

posting in-your-face ads to nonrelevant newsgroups.

No, Web businesses aren’t charities or consumer service organizations.

But by offering details about their products and services, they are

respecting our intelligence far more than does the huckstery on

television. You wouldn’t want to buy a new Buick or Volvo if you simply

went by statistics and photos on the Web. But you just might learn more

about gas mileage and safety claims than if you relied simply on the

sales rep and brochures in the showroom. The more you shop this way, the

more you’ll encourage manufacturers to improve their products and

services rather than just to shell out megabucks on more Super Bowl ads.

Net business, major limitations notwithstanding, is indeed A Good Thing.

Our first stop in _NetWorld!_, in fact, might well be one of my favorite

stores in cyberspace—White Rabbit Toys.

CHAPTER

TWO

Business on the Net:

From White Rabbit

Toys to “Intel Inside”

Bob Lilienfeld worked for Procter & Gamble and the outfit behind the

Muppets, and JoAnn Lilienfeld was a buyer at Bloomingdale’s. Nowadays he

consults on solid waste and other environmental issues. His wife, a

neatly coifed woman who looks and dresses like an upscale

schoolteacher,[2.1] has started a toy store called White Rabbit Toys in

honor of the character in _Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland_. Bob enjoys

technology. JoAnn herself is no slouch in that area. They are in their

forties now but relish new marketing wrinkles just as much as when they

were earning their MBAs from Northwestern University.

So Bob and JoAnn Lilienfeld have set up shop on the Internet, where, in

a surprising but logical way that a mathematician like Lewis Carroll

would have loved, their respective business ventures mesh.

Wandering through commercial listings on the Web, I discovered the

virtual White Rabbit just as Christmas shoppers were crowding the

corporeal White Rabbit up in Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bob was a

technohusband par excellence. He designed the toy store online, claimed

just the right address on the World Wide Web (http://www.toystore.com),

wrestled with the technical issues, and helped take orders from

customers, the first of whom lived in Brazil. JoAnn would pay Bob in his

favorite currency: teddy bears. The big question was: Will they make any

money at it? I electronically hung around their virtual store and

chatted with Bob on the phone as the season progressed.

He and his wife were among the thousands of small business people who

were trying new marketing paradigms on the Net, where the denizens hated

intrusive huckstery but might take to electronic catalogues.

Compared to most other business people on the Internet, the Lilienfelds

were quick studies. You could type an electronic address into your

computer and see a White Rabbit logo and a greeting from the toy store

in several languages. Then you clicked your mouse on the proper area of

your screen and opened up a colorful catalogue with not only blurbs but

also pictures of tops and puzzles and wooden toy trains of the kind your

parents might have bought for you. Most of White Rabbit’s offerings were

classics that you would never see at Toys ᴙ Us.

Bob and JoAnn Lilienfeld wanted their business to stand out. Soon their

electronic forms might let you type in the age of your child,

information about his or her interests, your budget, and other

constraints. You would instantly receive tips on what gifts to buy. Even

now, you could order online without talking to a human—not as heartless

as it might sound, if you simply valued your time and telephone money.

The electronic forms could even calculate the postage.

White Rabbit intrigued me, and others felt the same way. Within a few

weeks of my first visit, they got calls from the _Wall Street Journal_

and the _Detroit Free Press_. Some reporters had caught on to the

obvious: While Hollywood and Washington were off prattling clichés about

the overpriced medium called interactive TV—while Al Gore was cracking

jokes on stage with Lily Tomlin during an entertainment summit disguised

as an “information” one—entrepreneurs and Fortune 500 companies were

trying ads on the Net. The Internet often narrows differences between

large and small businesses. Even little ones can reach global audiences

and, through well-planned Web areas, look like giants to customers in

Rio or Tokyo. New cybermalls sprout up to get technophobic companies

online by providing both technical and creative services. Corporations

fight over addresses for the Net. Stanley Kaplan, a service that tutors

students for academic examinations such as the Scholastic Aptitude Test,

sued a competitor that stole the name kaplan.com. A writer for _Wired_

magazine mischievously claimed McDonald’s name, which the hamburger

chain hadn’t yet registered. Such oversights, however, were rapidly

becoming the exception in an era when prime Web sites made the pages of

_Newsweek_.

Even electronic hookers (“We go all the way”) were on the Internet—in

fact, operating under the name “Brandy’s Babes.” They plied their trade

from Arizona, the same wild and quirky state from which Canter and

Siegel enraged the Net. And yet, if you cast the usual moral questions

aside, the Babes seemed to be exemplary citizens of cyberspace. Not just

hypesters, they posted specifics like prices, bust, hip, and waist

measurements, and preferences in men. “No beards,” a Babe warned

customers. “Employed men only.”

Unlike the hardsellers, the Babes did not inflict unwanted ads on

thousands of newsgroups. And in line with the two-way traditions of the

Net, they solicited messages from customers—dirty ones that the Babes

might charge good money to answer. You could even dial up Brandy’s and

see a live Babe at her computer with her impressive bosom exposed. The

gig lasted several zany months. Fear of police raids grew, however, even

before the ayatollahs in the U.S. Senate ranted against net.sex. I

finally saw just a blank screen except for a laconic message alluding to

“bad links.”

Separately a condom store was online as well. It offered medical

information, supplied tantalizing odds and ends on such topics as “The

Size of a Man’s Pony,” and wittily answered questions from appreciative

readers. Like Brandy’s, it operated in a nonintrusive way.

The World Wide Web was also a virtual home for thousands of more

conventional businesses such as the manufacturer of a toy gun that shot

Ping-Pong balls, a city’s worth of bookstores, Godiva chocolate, and

Ragu spaghetti. None other than the Home Shopping Network bought out a

Net retailer specializing in computer equipment. Pizza Hut went online.

And the United States was hardly alone in this trend. The Singaporeans

were competing in the cyberpizza race—Shakey’s Pizza was girding to take

orders, via a fax-Net link, from hungry scientists and students at the

National University of Singapore. A large Irish bank advertised on the

Net. So did the Royal Bank of Canada. It mounted a bilingual Web area

for both English- and French-speaking customers who, once past the first

menu, didn’t have to clutter their screens with material in the wrong

language.

Some of the old technical barriers, of course, remained even in rich

countries: most hardware was still rotten for doing home shopping. What

the customers needed, and what Silicon Valley could not yet provide,

happened to be small, affordable, sharp-screened computers that could

colorfully show off the merchandise. The main way to look at the Net was

through Mosaic-style programs. And even at 28.8 kilobits per second—the

highest speed possible through widely available modems—it took too long

to go from page to page of electronic catalogues. The biggest problem

was the software installation, which could be tricky. Although software

such as Internet in a Box simplified the matters, the Net was not yet

TV-easy to use.

Even so, some companies were designing inexpensive gadgets, which could

sell for mere hundreds of dollars, that would allow people to surf the

Internet on their televisions. I hated the idea of anyone reading text

off a blurry television screen. But at least the powers of the computer

world were finally thinking of the Internet as a real, live marketplace.

Just as important, Prodigy, America Online, CompuServe, and rivals were

preparing to let customers reach Web sites from their proprietary

networks.

Microsoft was planning point-and-click Internet capabilities for its

Windows 95 operating system. And it had bought stock in a key Internet

provider and would be linking its own network tightly with the Net.

_Advertising Age_ estimated the number of people able to access the Web

itself—the best place for Net advertising—at several million at the

start of 1995.[2.2] And that number might push past 11 million by 1998,

according to a report from a Massachusetts research firm.[2.3] So, even

if Internet merchants aren’t advertising in the most consumer-oriented

of places right now, they might well be awash in new business later on.

The existing denizens of the Internet were more technical than the

people on, say, Prodigy or America Online. Some software companies used

this to their great advantage. A good example was Cyberspace Development

Company, which had created an extraordinarily useful program called The

Internet Adapter, or TIA. Most Net people couldn’t enjoy Mosaic-style

viewers because their network connections did not allow this. But TIA

let even Netfolks with $18-a-month accounts use Mosaic and other

marvels. And to buy TIA, they did not have to go to a retail store.

If technically savvy, they could pick it up on the Internet itself. A

digital key, transmitted via e-mail, allowed only authorized customers

to use the publicly available files. Skeptics could try a test version

of TIA for a few weeks before paying for it by check or credit card.

Because of the low cost of distribution and, in my case, the lack of

need for full consulting services, I spent just $25 on a product that

might have cost a good $50-$75 if sold at the usual store. And by

normally using a basic hookup with my Web software—as opposed to a

deluxe, time-sensitive one—I could save hundreds of dollars a year.

The benefits of the Internet, for the Cyberspace Development Company and

me, didn’t stop there. Via discussion groups, TIA sellers kept us

customers up to date, and just as important, we could share tips among

ourselves. We could also use the World Wide Web to catch up with long

documents; in fact, updated versions of TIA could travel to us over the

Net. All of this, including the elimination of the need to go to the

store, was taking place on commercial networks such as CompuServe. But

the costs would have been greater for Cyberspace and customers alike if

the company had to pay the usual commercial rates for electronic mail.

Among the wares talked up online were upbeat prognostications about the

Net itself. For $3,500 you could buy a report from a California

consulting firm that said annual commerce on the Net and commercials

services such as CompuServe would reach $600 billion by the turn of the

century. I was skeptical. Merchants like JoAnn Lilienfeld would have to

sell warehouse after warehouse of stuffed animals or toys or whatever

the offerings were. In fact, $600 billion was a good 8 percent of

international commerce. On reflection, however, the estimate from Killen

& Associates seemed possible. Through the Net you might find a buyer for

shipload of scrap iron or an office building, not just a stray teddy

bear in need of a child. I phoned Mary Cronin of Boston College, who had

written a well-regarded book called _Doing Business on the Internet_. It

teemed with examples from Digital Equipment Corporation and IBM and many

other computer-oriented firms. And she had researched it before most

business people grasped the importance of the Internet. Yes, she said,

the $600 billion figure sounded credible if you counted

business-to-business transactions.

Daniel Dern, an Internet consultant, had his own opinion on the

statistics. He said the Net was like the highway. Just what did you

count—all the goods that went over the road? The combined salaries of

the people on the way to work? I could see his point.

Whatever the exact numbers, the demographics and technology might be on

the side of the many retail businesses if they stuck it out on the Net

and kept expectations realistic. Scads of people in Generation Net were

about to marry. They would buy houses and cars and whatever else

mattered beyond stereos and Internet-optimized computers. Just in the

late summer and fall of 1994, the number of Net-related businesses on

the Web had doubled, and a good many of the newcomers were not

technical. Could the Net really, then, enrich business people without

technical backgrounds? Was there indeed money in what had once been the

province of cash-strapped college students and dreamy researchers?

Plenty of people thought that the answer lay in the case history of

Grant’s Flowers, which, like White Rabbit Toys, operated out of Ann

Arbor, Michigan. Larry Grant had been a cover boy in an enticing article

on the front page of the business section of the _New York Times_; the

Internet pulsed with chatter about the electronic coups that he

supposedly had achieved for just $28 a month. Excited Netfolks reported

that he did not even have to type to his customers on the Internet; new

orders just poured in on a fax machine with a Net connection. The

California gold rush was almost a century and a half old. And yet,

watching the Grant legend take off, I might as well have been among the

boots and beards at Sutter’s Mill.

So I talked not only to the Lilienfelds but to Larry Grant, the

legendary florist himself. Many in the media were still enchanted with

the Electronic Frontier metaphor, and I remembered the old films about

Davy Crockett, the Tennessee frontiersman who loved corny jokes,

bear-wrestling tales, coonskin hats, and Crockett-friendly news

accounts—the grist for Walt Disney later on. What was next, a movie epic

with a musical tribute to “Larry Grant, king of the Net frontier”?

A market might indeed be ballooning for cyber-retailers, as the

hypesters said. But I still wondered about the present. What counted was

not all the puffery about 30 million Netfolks, many of whom can only

read electronic mail as opposed to _seeing_ roses or toy tops or other

merchandise. No, the real determinant was how often people dial up your

particular site and bought. One well-crafted Web area, which advertised

technically related goods, enjoyed just a handful of visits in six

months without a single sale. This was an issue aside from the total

amount of business done on the Net. Having talked with Mary Cronin and

others, I hadn’t any doubt about those giant commodity transactions and

all the use of the Net by Big Business to automate the paperwork of

commerce. But what about the small fry? Was the excitement about Grant

truly justified? I’ll answer those questions in the pages ahead, where

I’ll return to the Lilienfelds and to Grant, and where I’ll examine the

following:

• MCI, the phone company. It has provided thousands of miles of Net

connections and now rents out electronic storefronts on the Net. MCI

offers one of the slickest Web areas—complete with a fictitious

publishing house (now evolving into a real one) that accepts

manuscripts from real readers. _Advertising Age_ has hailed the MCI

site as “unquestionably the best Internet marketing effort to date.”

Frustratingly, however, while preparing to dispense advice on

cyberspace, MCI in early 1995 was committing some of the very mistakes

it should be telling its customers to avoid.

• Federal Express, whose Internet presence shows the potential of the

Net for business-to-business transactions, not just the consumer

variety. Ironically the people at FedEx in some ways were

demonstrating more Net savvy than MCI was at the time, even though the

Internet was more in the territory of the latter. The old values of

customer service still reigned above all else. A smaller competitor of

Federal Express, a shipper called Right-O-Way, was also making

outstanding use of the Net. In some ways it was even staying ahead of

the big boys.

• Intel, the chipmaker, which learned the hard way how good the Internet

was for spreading news of flaws in products. The Net abounds with

skeptical academics and consumerists with _fast_ typing fingers.

• Other hazards of the Internet for business people. What if you set up

an electronic storefront like the Lilienfelds’ and then a manufacturer

decided to cut out the middle people and sell on the Net directly or

through a larger outlet? Security is another threat. While I was

writing _NetWorld!_, most commercial areas on the Net lacked a way to

protect credit card numbers. Hackers broke into General Electric’s Web

area and stole corporate secrets. Another risk is competitors looking

over price lists and assessing the strengths and weaknesses of

products.

Those caveats will end the chapter. By far, the Internet is a positive

rather than a negative factor for business and customers alike. Wired

consumers will reward good companies, punish the losers, and spur the

winners to do still better.

Bob and JoAnn Lilienfeld: The Net as a

Way to Promote Small Businesses

Thousands of miles to the south of Ann Arbor, home of White Rabbit Toys,

Luciana Gores was reading a popular mailing list called Net Happenings.

It was a kind of town crier. Each day from North Dakota a man named

Gleason Sackman sent out informative posts on the many new services that

were springing up on the Internet.

Gores worked as a network expert, and she was already used to buying

technical books through the Internet, which offered a far greater

variety than what she would find in her own city, Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil.

She was also the mother of a seven-year-old named Lucas. So when the

mailing list told her of White Rabbit, she checked it out on the Web.

People who visited the virtual store, or at least those with the right

equipment, saw a logo with the rabbit from Lewis Caroll’s imagination.

They also conjured up a color picture of a real toy store with shelf

after shelf of tot pleasers, a tiny table and stool on the floor, and a

look of friendly chaos—in short, a shopper’s delight for children and

parents alike, which in fact the “real” White Rabbit was. The

traditional store, the one at 2611 Plymouth Road, had thrived. Now Bob

and JoAnn Lilienfeld were trying to woo virtual customers such as

Luciana Gores. Their electronic White Rabbit just may have been the

first full-service toy store—as opposed to one-product billboards or

specialty shops—to open up on the Internet.

An ad on the opening screen helped set the tone for Luciana Gores and

other customers of White Rabbit: “We specialize in high-quality toys

that help children to create, learn, imagine, and explore. Our toys come

from all over the world. We offer such international favorites as Brio

(Sweden), Ravensburger (Germany), Primetime Playthings and Creativity

for Kids (United States).”

Suitably equipped customers could actually see pictures of the toys,

including a Ravensburger game called the A-maze-ing Labyrinth. “Travel

the corridors of the enchanted labyrinth in search of treasures,” read

the carnival-like pitch. “But watch out! The walls shift, and the

passages can close, leaving you trapped! For ages eight and older.”

Lucas was a year younger, but did it matter if the child was as bright

as his mother, the network expert? “It seems to be an interesting game,”

Luciana Gores e-mailed me, “and it won a Parent’s Choice award.” And so

she paid her $24.95 and shipping, which, given the light weight of the

toy, was modest.

Thanks to the Internet, the Lilienfelds suddenly had the whole world as

a market, not just customers living near by. The fact that White Rabbit

was in a university town, with graduates all over the planet, could only

help. So could the fact that the Internet was expanding overseas even

more rapidly than in the United States.

White Rabbit also appealed to Stuart Lowry, another promising kind of

customer—the computer jock turned family man. A Maryland resident in his

late twenties, he wouldn’t have made the pulses of marketers quicken

several years ago; he was a grad student then at Johns Hopkins

University and, like many people on the Internet, had more time than

money. But that had changed. Lowry now worked at Computer Science

Corporation, a large defense contractor, pulling down a salary in the

mid-forties. He was married and lived in a townhouse, and four months

ago his wife had given birth to a baby boy. And so, when Lowry was

cruising the Internet from work and spotted a notice announcing White

Rabbit Toys, he favored it with a virtual visit. He ordered a colorful

toy top for $13, the Floor Spinner from Primetime Playthings.

Many people on the Web were young males more interested in pizza or

condoms than in baby toys, but the Lilienfelds were looking ahead a few

years when the same Net people would be parents. “It’s an act of faith,”

Bob Lilienfeld said. “Today’s demographics and selling a lot of toys on

the Net may be out of synch. But today’s college students are tomorrow’s

parents. Tomorrow’s parents aren’t going to consider ordering by

computer any different from getting in a car and going to the shopping

center.”

Other trends might work in the Lilienfelds’ favor. More and more

Americans were time-short, with long commutes; Stuart Lowry himself

spent forty-five minutes each way, and that actually was a quick trip

compared to those in cities such as Los Angeles. In northern Virginia I

knew of parents rising at 4 A.M. to go to jobs in Washington some forty

miles away, and not a few of them were high-tech workers who would

sooner or later end up on the Internet.

When I reached Bob and Jo Ann Lilienfeld in the middle of November,

White Rabbit itself had been on the Net maybe a week and had enjoyed

around 1,000 virtual visits in that time. They were hoping that these

numbers would multiply as Christmas neared. It was too soon to tell how

many of these people would actually order. Back in June, though, the

Lilienfelds had grown excited after reading about Larry Grant in the

_New York Times_ and elsewhere.

“I saw this figure of 20 million Net users,” Jo Ann said of the numbers

du jour, “and thought there’s definitely an opportunity here. But I

didn’t want to go about it in a half-baked manner. I thought there had

to be someone who could combine knowledge of the Net with marketing

experience.” She checked out a local cybermall and found it wanting in

the latter area.

That wasn’t surprising, given Jo Ann’s perfectionism and eagerness to

avoid easy but far-from-satisfactory solutions—whether in retail or life

in general. She had grown up in a cash-short household where, more often

than not, the children would get out the oatmeal cartons and

construction paper and scissors and cobble together their own toys. And

the same creativity had carried over to her Bloomies days as one of the

resident experts on Christmas tree trimmings. According to the

Lilienfelds, it was JoAnn who came up with the idea of selling leafless,

white branches. She and Bob had moved to Ann Arbor because he kept

flying off to the Midwest to consult for clients in Midland, and they

felt that married people needed to spend more time together. JoAnn went

about establishing the White Rabbit just as conscientiously.

Not finding the right toys for her own children, she studied the

demographics of Ann Arbor to verify that a toy store could thrive there.

She concluded that in a university community, many would love those

wooden train sets and other classic toys as opposed to the trendier

offerings that were touted on television and sold at Toys ᴙ Us. Ann

Arbor responded well. A local paper told how she blessed her store with

a public bathroom—how she kept diapers and spare wipes around for the

parents of children and emergencies. No need for toilets existed on the

Internet. But even at this early stage, having read up on the Netfolks,

she was attuned to the need to adapt to the culture of cyberspace.

JoAnn finally decided that her best savior, the requisite miracle-worker

with both Net and marketing experience, lived right there in the

Lilienfeld household. Those past few months her husband had been

succeeding off a mix of garbage and the Internet.

To be exact, Bob Lilienfeld was advising clients about _future_ garbage,

the packing materials for consumer products, a major contributor to

landfills. He hadn’t anything against recycling. But thanks to his work

at Procter & Gamble, he had concluded that the best way to cope with

waste was to design packages to avoid it in the first place.

Manufacturers and customers alike would win. Bob would go on to help put

together a network of likeminded consultants, including William Rathje,

a world-famous garbage expert at the University of Arizona who had

co-authored _Rubbish! The Archaeology of Garbage_. Lilienfeld met Rathje

at a press conference but also found himself relying on another source

of contacts, the Internet. Again and again he had heard about the Net

from professors at the University of Michigan, and he soon was in touch

with other garbage mavens around the planet.

“I started sucking in information,” he recalled. “I found out about

mailing lists and newsgroups, and then I decided I would put my

newsletter up on the Net and see what happened.” The newsletter was a

way to let clients know about his consulting company, the Cygnus Group.

It helped Fortune 500 companies, other businesses, trade associations,

educational groups, and others grow more sensitive to environmental

concerns in activities ranging from packaging to marketing.

Just as JoAnn was careful to befriend Ann Arbor in the right way, Bob

tried to honor the conventions of the Net—avoiding hucksterism in favor

of helpful information. The announcements about the newsletter were

low-key, and response was good. Soon he was sharing his articles with

hundreds of Netfolks who asked such questions as: “I recently saw an

article on compact fluorescent light bulbs in _Consumer Reports_. Why

aren’t more stores and utilities selling them?”

An “Ask Bill and Bob” column, cowritten with William Rathje, revealed

that such lights “take at least eight times more energy to produce than

old-fashioned bulbs. And they’re heavier, so they use more energy during

shipping.” The column also told of an experiment that McDonald’s was

conducting in Albany, New York, with food and paper composting, saving

perhaps 500-700 pounds per week of solid waste. Readers could learn,

too, that a nut seller was moving from glass and plastic bottles to

vacuum bags.

Bob Lilienfeld was hardly an eco-activist by the standards of, say,

Greenpeace; Dow Chemical was among his prime clients, after all. But he

was serving up information for people with many different viewpoints,

and by way of the proper clicks with your mouse, you could travel from

his Web site to areas of the Internet such as the Envirolink Network, or

EcoGopher, or EcoNet.

His newsletter, known as _The ULS Report_ (short for “use less stuff”),

carried an item about CD-ROM disks. It described them as “an

environmentally friendly way to reduce waste and save resources. One

CD-ROM, including packaging, weighs under half a pound. The 22 books

that it replaces weigh 70 pounds.” Knowingly or not, he was helping to

pave the way for the virtual White Rabbit—where the same principles

applied. Via the Internet, White Rabbit could advertise to thousands

without printing up catalogues for them. Oh, they might request

catalogues later, but then they would have prequalified themselves,

reducing the solid waste. Lewis Carroll would have approved of the

reasoning here. What’s more, unlike paper catalogues, Lilienfeld could

update his electronic catalogue to change prices or play up the

fastest-selling merchandise.

The World Wide Web was the main way to put White Rabbit on the Internet.

Once merchants on the Net would have favored a service called Gopher (as

in “go-fer-it”) in honor of the mascot at the University of Minnesota.

Gopher displayed text very well and needed less bandwidth on the Net

than the Web did. But it lacked the pizzazz of the Web-Mosaic

combination; that is, the ability to conjure up pictures and even sound

so easily. Although Bob used Gopher for digging up scholarly works about

the environment, it was like black-and-white television while Web-Mosaic

was color and all the more alluring for commercial purposes.

Getting White Rabbit on the Web was surprisingly cheap in some ways. The

Lilienfelds’ network provider charged JoAnn just $50 a month, plus $2 an

hour for when she was using electronic mail or handling other chores.

That didn’t include Bob’s time, however. He knew at least the basics of

the necessary programming language and didn’t require the services of a

consultant to the extent that others might have.

Net.business, 3D-Style

You can’t _touch_ merchandise on the World Wide Web. But the next best

thing may be in store.

Virtual reality will let you “walk” through Web businesses and see

merchandise in greater detail as you get “closer” to the object on your

screen. You can vary the angles, too. So you could use your mouse to

tour a parking lot of automobiles. You could spot the Volvo or the

Saturn of your dreams, and admire not only the outside but also the

interior.

No, the Web will never replace actual shopping in most cases, but

virtual reality will be increasingly good at helping you screen

preliminary choices.

Keep an eye out, then, for WebSpace—the new 3D viewer from Silicon

Graphics, the California company whose technology helped create many of

the special effects in _Jurassic Park_. WebSpace will work as an add-on

with popular Web browsers such as Netscape and Spyglass Enhanced Mosaic.

WebSpace-style technology, needless to say, is far too good to waste on

shopping alone. Virtual reality software for the Web may also help you

tour the National Gallery of Art, the Library of Congress, or Mount

Kilimanjaro—not to mention Hong Kong or Rio de Janeiro.

3D technology could revolutionize the financial world. Small investors,

not just high-powered stock analysts, could “see” stock market trends.

Your screen might display a “Bulls’ Corner” with a collection of

corporate logos color-coded according to the improvement in the stock

price. You could open up the logos and go on a tour of various

divisions, wandering around them electronically with far more ease than

you could with less advanced software.

Similarly, at the suggestion of your broker, you could tour a Bear’s

Corner and see why you might avoid or sell off certain shares.

Mind you, there are negatives. Corporations—whether stores selling

merchandise or companies seeking investors—may use this slick technology

to fool the public. On the other hand, the Internet is already a godsend

for consumers and small investors. Via Usenet newsgroups and mailing

lists, they can swap information, taking care of course to look for

plants from companies trying to sway grassroots impressions.

Lilienfeld himself put in most of the set-up hours. It took him a few

days of programming to design the Web site and scan in the pictures of

more than two dozen items—the train sets, the puzzles, the tops, the

blocks—and like an old-fashioned art director he had to create within

the limits of the medium. The big problem was photos. If they were too

big to move over the Net quickly, then the peeved readers might give up

and go on to another Web site. If too small, however, the pictures would

lack enough detail to show off the store or the merchandise. In many

cases Bob would let readers click on pictures of bears to see larger

versions of the photos.

He also had to worry about the software the readers used on the

Internet—certain Mosaic-style browsers would show _smaller_ objects

first. Other challenges arose. What if technical standards changed so

that only certain browsers would work with Bob’s site? The real White

Rabbit might be a victim of acts of God such as the ebb and flow of

automobile traffic, and the virtual Rabbit needed to worry about

patterns of Net traffic, but it also could be subject to Jehovah in the

form of macho software firms who wanted everyone on the Net to use their

brainchildren.

Companies such as Netscape Communications Corporation actually gave away

Mosaic-style products to us Netfolk for free, hoping to make fortunes

instead off the software that merchants and others denizens on the Web

would run. Netscape was the champ in late 1994, the one that let you go

from page to page faster than any competitor did. Many people feared

Netscape would be to the Web what Microsoft was to software; suppose

Netscape used technical prowess and marketing skill to trample

competitors, and maybe overcharge the customers.

A green monster named Mozilla came up on one of Netscape’s welcoming

screens, and pessimists wondered if the company itself might someday

play the part. Marc Andreessen, the top software designer at Netscape,

had led the team that came up with the original Mosaic at the University

of Illinois. And then he had left Illinois to join a new company that,

from the ground up, had designed the speedier Netscape product. The Web

community mightily hoped that Mozilla and keepers would behave

themselves. Suppose that Netscape joined Microsoft or credit card

companies to build in special, billing-related features that users of

other browsers couldn’t use?

Netscape, however, seemed benign so far, and the browser’s technical

wizardry was winning many friends. With a click of the mouse, for

example, you could scoot smoothly from the Web to the usual newsgroups,

and Bob Lilienfeld took advantage of this. He set up his computer system

so that customers with the proper software could whiz directly from

White Rabbit to child-related newsgroups.

One moment you could be shopping for toys; the next, exchanging tips

with a New Zealander or Norwegian on how to cope with tantrum-prone

babies. You could zip to misc.kids (“A great place to swap parenting war

stories”), misc.kids.consumers (“Help with purchasing decisions”), or

misc.kids.computer (“Enough said!”). Or you or your children could read

odds and ends about wombats, Forester kangaroos, Tasmanian devils, fish,

lions, dinosaurs, and other creatures at WombatNet; print out drawings

of the human heart or the stars or hear a thunderbolt by way of the

Franklin Institute Virtual Science Museum; and learn the population of

Uganda or Afghanistan via _The CIA World Factbook_, a guide assembled by

the real-life Central Intelligence Agency.

Fighting the companies such as AT&T and the big cable interests, many

activists likened the Internet to a series of communities with

opportunities for small merchants and citizen-to-citizen communications

as opposed to couch potato offerings from the Fortune 500. Merchants

such as the Lilienfelds were acting out the very models about which the

activists waxed so enthusiastically.

Bob Lilienfeld understood that just as storekeepers in a small town

would do well to join the Kiwanis Club, virtual storefronts should be

part of Net life. JoAnn would soon go to a toy convention, and at some

point, she might well share her impressions with the denizens of

misc.kids and similar newsgroups, as opposed simply to touting her

products. At the same time, yes, by way of a signature at the bottom of

her posts, people on the Net could find out about the toy store. She

might even start a mailing list for the receptive. Bob had already shown

the success of this model by way of the list and other tools used to

promote his consulting activities.

A toy-oriented list could be much more than ads. “Going shopping isn’t

just spending money,” Lilienfeld observed, “it’s a social phenomenon.

It’s seeing people you know, it’s being part of a crowd.” And it’s also

picking up gossip and maybe even solid information. “Ultimately the toy

store will be bigger than just a toy store,” he said. “We might be

providing information on child development, of the appropriateness of

certain toys or coloring books. If you’re a model train hobbyist, we

might be able to help you hook up with model train users groups.”

In fact, by way of the mouse-activated links from White Rabbit to

newsgroups and other Web sites, he was already offering much more than

just a store. The line between merchants and information providers was

blurring in the case of Bob and JoAnn; the higher the quality of the

information at White Rabbit, the more it would be a virtual gathering

place for people on the World Wide Web. I wasn’t surprised to hear some

people say that librarians might be the star sales reps of the future.

It wasn’t hype. Information, not just prices and selection of

merchandise, would be what drew Netfolks to sites such as the

Lilienfeldss’ . Of course Bob Lilienfeld might want to be choosy about

what links he listed. If he listed too many of the mediocre ones, then

he would simply be replicating the function of the powerful search

programs on the Web and adding to people’s “information overload,” to

use an ever-popular phrase.

Software already let sophisticated Netfolks zero in on items of

interest. Merely by typing in the word “toys,” for example, I could find

scads of listings—from mentions of adult sex toys to the Web site

advertising the gun that fired Ping-Pong balls. And these programs would

soon be simple enough for even technoklutzes to use. So the Lilienfelds

had better offer something that the software could not supply: Their

judgments about which Web sites, newsgroups, and mailing lists were the

most fun or most informative.

All through the Christmas season, JoAnn kept refining her Net-related

plans. “We need to ask, ‘Have we chosen the right items?’” she said.

“The draw of our toy store is, it’s an exciting place to shop. We have

to do the same on the Internet. If we add more items, it will approach a

catalogue more. Right now our competition is mail-order catalogues, and

we have a lot of items that they’re not offering. Maybe we’ll be

reaching people not on the traditional catalogue list. They could be

more occasional toy buyers than frequent toy buyers.”

Thanks to a computerized inventory system, JoAnn’s corporeal store

carried more than 6,500 items. Bob made a mental note: He might want to

put more of them on the Net so customers would enjoy a wider selection.

JoAnn talked about her suppliers: “My goal was really getting this up

and going for Christmas. When I get to the toy fair I’ll discuss this

with the national sales managers and see if I can’t get discounts for

advertising to so many people, and then we’re working probably toward

next Christmas. We’ll be working toward fourth quarter of ’95.”

That was a healthy attitude. Even toward the end of the season the

number of visits didn’t go past 2,000 a week, and only a handful of

actual sales resulted. The only customers were Luciana Gores; Stuart

Lowry, the computer jock turned family man; Michael Wolfe, a West

Virginia professor studying Internet commerce, who ordered half a dozen

stuffed toy caterpillars; a second academic, in the Midwest, who bought

a Ravensburger Snail’s Pace Race game; a Massachusetts woman sending

three customizable dolls to her sister (“I’m testing business on the

Net—aren’t you lucky?”); and David Fry, the operator of a cybermall

nearby who was curious about the White Rabbit, and who bought First

Blocks.

Not that the Lilienfelds had completely wasted their time. As of

Christmas, a _Wall Street Journal_ story hadn’t appeared, but the

Detroit paper and others had gone ahead with articles, and customers

poured onto the floor of the real White Rabbit, one even buying the

giant polar bear that Bob had been hoping to give his nine-year-old son.

The publicity may have brought in some $20,000-$25,000 in extra sales by

Bob’s estimates, on which the Lilienfelds may have netted around

$2,000—compared to $750 gross and $75 net from Net orders. Bob told me

that other merchants on the Web were also reporting a low number of

sales. The week before Christmas the number of visits to White Rabbit

itself actually declined; many of the prospective customers had been

logging on from school or work, and now they had partly emptied the Web

along with their dorm rooms and offices.

From a get-rich-quick perspective, then, the virtual White Rabbit had

been a zero. Bob and JoAnn were smart marketers with MBAs from a Big Ten

business school, and he had a real feel for the Internet, which he had

successfully used to expand his consulting business. But even the

Lilienfelds could not score right away. Oh, how tantalizing the

gargantuan numbers had been—the tens of millions of users said to exist;

the million by which the Net was supposed to be growing each month. And

yet in the end, when the time came for customers to key in the credit

card numbers, the market had vanished like the Cheshire cat. That didn’t

mean the Lilienfelds were foolish; just a week or two after Christmas, a

wonderful twist happened. The number of visits to the toy store fell

off. But sales leapt up. By mid-January White Rabbit was moving an

average of a toy a day—not a Kmart volume, but an improvement. Bob

explained the difference. Now White Rabbit’s first screen told customers

that the store could often get toys not mentioned online.

Encouraged, Lilienfeld added yet another improvement, an 800 number. Now

customers could ask their questions the old-fashioned way if they

preferred, and they could also order by voice if they didn’t trust the

Net with their credit card numbers.

With enough tweaks like this, the virtual toy store might eventually

flourish as the number of Web users grew. Just like the characters in

many children’s stories, the White Rabbit would keep on changing—adding

ever-more-intriguing links to newsgroups and other Web sites, putting in

the software to help novice toy shoppers choose just the right ball or

train set, figuring out new ways to use the interplay between the Net

and the traditional media. Sooner or later, the Netheads would

reproduce, and when they went looking for rattles and Lego sets, Bob and

JoAnn would be ready for them. The story of White Rabbit Toys, like that

of the Internet itself, was far from over.

The Electronic Billboard: Grant’s Flowers

Larry Grant just might be doing better at the moment than the

Lilienfelds were. He was selling flowers, and what better merchandise

existed for grad students who were alone at the keyboard in a dark

office at two o’clock, and who had forgotten their girlfriends’

birthdays?

A newsletter publisher named Rosalind Resnick—a former staff reporter

for the _Miami Herald_ and the author of an Internet business guide—was

grossing more than $20,000 a year in subscriptions and expecting to do

much better in 1995.[2.4] And her media-oriented newsletter helped pave

the way for a lucrative consulting business. I also knew of a network

expert named Gordon Cook who was able to jet to a three-week research

expedition in Moscow at his own expense, and who lived satisfactorily on

the revenue from _The Cook Report on Internet_ and related

activities.[2.5]

Grant’s Flowers, however, was more of a typical business. Larry Grant

wasn’t a writer. And his work was not as network-related as that of

Resnick and Cook; unlike the latter, he hadn’t evolved into a

net.personality on some key mailing lists. Instead the word was that

Larry Grant just paid his $28 a month to an electronic mall—a collection

of stores that shared a common subarea of the Net—and sat back and

watched his fax machine spew out orders. Grant might not be Davy

Crockett in terms of action, but certainly in terms of fame he was

coming along. He had appeared as a success story, after all, on the

front page of the _New York Times_ business section.

As I wended my way through the Net to Grant’s Flowers, I passed through

an area called Branch Mall. A logo with a tree branch greeted me. I saw

listings for enterprises ranging from cosmetic sellers to H & H Logging

and Timber Company. Under “Flowers, Gifts, Foods,” I didn’t see just

Grant’s listing. I saw White Dove Flower and Gift Shop, Flowers on

Lexington, Exotic Flowers of Hawaii, Bonsai Boy of New York, and half a

dozen others. Bob Lilienfeld was skeptical about cybermalls, and right

now I could see why. With all this competition, could Grant’s make money

off the Internet?

Lilienfeld had reminded me that traditional malls and the cyber variety

were different, and I understood. If I wanted to shop for books, I could

brave traffic to reach Springfield Mall, a large collection of shops

maybe ten miles from me in the suburbs of Washington, D.C. Springfield

would be worth the drive. I could visit four stores right within a

five-minute walk of each other—Brentano’s, B. Dalton, Walden, and Crown.

The Net, however, was also different. I didn’t have to drive anywhere. I

could just use a powerful search engine such as Lycos, key in

“bookstore,” and watch name after name pop up on my screen. Lycos

demanded just a little technical savvy. But easier alternatives would

come along. As if that weren’t enough, Netfolks put together lists of

activities on the Internet, and often they included commercial

categories. I’d found White Rabbit not through advertising but through

the Yahoo list out of Stanford University, on the other side of North

America. Distance just didn’t matter. So could the shopping mall

metaphor truly work out to the benefit of merchants such as Larry Grant?

Branch Mall at the very least had set Grant up in style. The opening

screen was attractive and helpful to buyers, with such basics as:

“Different areas of the country sometimes have different prices or may

be unable to supply certain flowers. For example, New York City has high

rents and costs of doing business, so flowers are more expensive

there....” And then below I saw a list of the offerings—for example,

“One dozen boxed long stem roses. A fragrant classic. $49.95 to $99.95.”

In the virtual version of the White Rabbit toy store you couldn’t rattle

the toys, and in Branch Mall you couldn’t smell the roses, but like the

Lilienfelds, Branch Mall had been generous with pictures of the

merchandise. I loved some little touches. Branch had given Grant a

reminder service into which you could key your spouse’s birthday or some

other date, before which an e-mail note would be sent to jog you to do

your duty.

The selection was varied. You could order everything from the roses to

“a get well soup cup containing button mums, daisies, mini carnations,

standard carnations, monte casino, statice, and a package of chicken

soup. $26.” All in all, I felt that this area was even better laid out

than White Rabbit Toys, where the opening page, though far, far above

average, didn’t communicate quite as much information as I’d have liked.

As with White Rabbit, you could order online by filling out an

electronic form.

Missing from the virtual version of Grant’s flower shop, however, were

the customized links that helped give the White Rabbit Toys its

personality and made it a true part of the Net. If Larry Grant had been

as at home in cyberspace as Rob Lilienfeld was, he could have added

links to love-oriented discussion areas or to poetry—perhaps even the

Shakespearean variety.

But instead this Web page was serving just as an electronic billboard

with an ordering mechanism. I didn’t even see a photograph of the store.

When the _New York Times_ published a photo of a Mosaic screen, it had

superimposed a picture of Grant amid his flowers and dressed in an apron

with an FTD insignia. Couldn’t a similar photo have adorned his Web

area?

For that matter, the store didn’t even offer an electronic mail address,

just a phone number for customers with questions. This isn’t to

criticize Larry Grant. He was not an honorary techie as Bob Lilienfeld

was. Like Lilienfeld, however, Grant was an intelligent, diligent

Midwest businessman who saw the Net as an opportunity.

Wild talk _about_ Grant notwithstanding, he wasn’t a braggart—simply a

proud family entrepreneur. I learned that Grant’s Flowers was actually

part of a mini local conglomerate. “We’ve been here since 1947,” he

said, “and my folks started farming and selling produce by the side of

the road off a kitchen table. We’re now a million-dollar business and

have many facets. We have a flower and gift shop, and the front of the

building is beer and foods. We farm 131 acres.” Two brothers were in the

business, and so was his eighty-year-old mother. “She runs the flower

and gift section, and I run the rest of the retail sales and my brothers

do all the growing and production. We’ve got two acres of greenhouses

growing plants for spring sale or gardeners. It’s a very diversified

operation.”

Grant clearly wasn’t making a living off the Internet alone, despite a

good start. “We got online in February just before Valentine’s Day and

we received forty orders that week. In the first ten days we had over

2,900 look in on our electronic storefront. Then it dropped to one or

two orders a day, and then we got to Mother’s Day and had a high of

forty in one day. Currently we’ve increased from one or two to six, in

that range.”

When I asked what his current Net-related gross would be per year, he

roughly estimated it at perhaps $15,000 or $20,000. That was enough to

make the Web area well worth his time, but this was hardly a tale of

instant riches. I remembered a magazine ad—for would-be providers of

Internet services—that showed a mustached man beside a Rolls or

Mercedes. Larry Grant was a Web merchant, not someone hooking people up

with the Net. But I wished that the get-rich-quickers of all stripes

could see Larry Grant as a realistic example of the Net’s promise. The

gold might come eventually, and it was worthwhile to chase after it by

going online, but, for most people, the big money wasn’t there yet.

What’s more, costs for newer customers of Branch Mall were higher. Grant

had been the first merchant there and enjoyed a break. Now Branch was

charging thousands a year for Web areas that included elaborate

programming and creative work.[2.6]

Larry Grant, in any event, believed in the Net and in the Mall itself.

His virtual operation wasn’t costing him _that_ much, and I suspected

that even with somewhat higher expenses, other tenants might do fine in

the end if they were in the right business. “Number one,” Grant said,

“we don’t have to take and buy more inventory. Number two, we don’t have

to have a bigger facility. And number three, we don’t need a sales

staff. We can do with the staff we have in handling these orders. It’s a

neat way to find new business. I don’t have to handle any of the

products directly. The customer does all the ordering through the

company in his area and it’s shipped from the company to them, and I get

my commission check at the end of the month.” He liked the concept so

much that he started a Fuller Brush franchise on the Net. The same key

principles applied: No inventory to worry about and no sales staff, just

some dealings with Branch and orders emerging from a fax machine.

Merchants like Bob Lilienfeld might fare well without a cybermall

involved—they knew how to spread word about themselves on the Net by way

of newsgroups and mailing lists—but I could also see the possibilities

for people such as Larry Grant as long as they kept their expectations

to a reasonable level. Grant himself didn’t view the other flower shops

at Branch Mall as direct competitors; he depicted himself as more of a

general florist than the others, what with their specialties in Hawaiian

flowers and the like. Certainly a good cybermall, like the

brick-and-concrete version, needed a good tenant mix—with a toy store

not appearing on the same screen as, say, a _sex_ toy shop.

If that right mix wasn’t around, why have the mall in the first place?

While it was true that the Net shrank distances, it did take time to

move from screen to screen at typical modem speeds. And yet, reflecting,

I could indeed see a future for malls. Even when search engines were

easier to use, people might still not avail themselves of

them—preferring to browse instead. So the mall concept might well endure

to the advantage of people like Larry Grant.

All kinds of people itched for their percentages of the cybermall

business. Jon Zeeff, the mall operator who had set up Larry Grant with

his electronic billboard, had once written medical software. David Fry

was a Harvard Ph.D. in computer science, came from a family in the

printing business, and ran an offshoot called Fry Multimedia. Ann Arbor

wasn’t Silicon Valley, but just in that one university town, at least

three local business people were on the Web in a serious way, if you

included Bob Lilienfeld. Like him, Fry wisely thought in the long term.

Drumming up business from well-known brands such as Ragu spaghetti

sauce, he did not promise an instant audience in the millions. He urged

companies to go on the Web, experiment with interactive advertising, and

make their mistakes _before_ the Net became a truly mass medium for

Madison Avenue.

Some get-rich-quickers, of course, also were jostling for virtual

tenants; even Canter and Siegel showed up by way of an area called

Cybersell, and I enjoyed the irony. C & S had carpet bombed thousands of

newsgroups with the same message—while encouraging other merchants to

ignore conventional Netiquette—and yet now they were also relying on the

more focused approach of a Web area.

Phone companies, too, wanted to run malls on the World Wide Web. And

that created problems for some. While the Net might use their phone

lines, many of these corporations felt out of place in an anarchistic

environment over which they had far less than the accustomed amount of

control. In the mall business they would be competing against nimble

entrepreneurs like Zeeff and Fry. Still, phone companies could take

advantage of their existing networks to one extent or another, and if

the Yellow Pages were going online in a new incarnation, then the Baby

Bells and AT&T wanted their share of the business. Of all the

mall-related efforts in early 1995, the most ambitious may have been

from a phone company, MCI. It exemplified—as I soon discovered in the

most direct of ways—both the best and the worst of Big Business on the

Web.

MCI’s Giant Cybermall and the

Search For Darlene

MCI and the Internet had A History. The Net used phone lines from many

companies, but MCI had long been one of the major players here; some 40

percent of the Internet traffic in the United States passed over its

cables, and nowadays the senior vice-president of data architecture was

none other than Vint Cerf. As much as anyone he was Mr. Net, one of the

founding fathers. MCI also employed the head of a standard-setting body

called the Internet Engineering Task Force. Unsurprisingly, MCI

marketers were coming out with statements in the vein of: _When you

think Internet, we want you to think of us._

I asked a product manager how much of the Net-related commerce he could

envision involving an electronic marketplace from MCI. Well, he said,

MCI had around one-fifth of the long-distance business in the U.S.—and

why not the same share on the Internet?

Clearly, however, if MCI wanted to woo the Larry Grants of this world,

it faced a major marketing problem. Just like Jon Zeeff, it would have

to sell business people on the Net as a vehicle for their messages; and

that meant _lots_ of education, not just hype. MCI, moreover, was

offering a range of services far, far broader than Zeeff’s. In an

MCI-perfect world, you would advertise your business by way of

marketplaceMCI. Prospective customers on the Net could browse through a

giant online directory and follow a link to your electronic storefront.

MCI would cleverly lure them to its area. People would be able to

retrieve voice phone numbers in far-off cities and enjoy other

information services for free.

On MCI’s planet, you’d of course use internetMCI for your electronic

mail and your Web browsing. You also could hold video conferences during

which people saw not only each other but the same contract or

spreadsheet, which they could jointly modify even if they were thousands

of miles apart. You could even receive updates on your pet news topic by

way of MCI—just the ticket for keeping up with competitors or with a

favorite athletic team.

Not all of MCI’s new services related to the Internet. But like

marketplaceMCI, many did. And even with 30 million people hooked in by

way of e-mail if nothing else, public ignorance was massive. Larry

Magid, a computer columnist, observed that even a single TV show such as

_Home Improvement_ could attract greater numbers. If MCI wanted to enjoy

volume befitting a phone company, then, it had better prepare for some

major evangelizing—about both the Net and non-Net services. MCI tried

the broadcast model in the most traditional of ways. Splashy commercials

aired on national television. They starred a fictitious publishing

company, Gramercy Press, whose president, Peter Hoffman, had a _big_

crush on MCI. Whether the service was video conferencing or electronic

mail, Hoffman was itching to open his wallet for it.

Darlene Davis was the character with the most air time, the hip young

receptionist who was waging a valiant battle to get Martin Banks, the

resident technophobe, online. If this portly old crank of an editor

wanted to read the latest memos from Darlene, then he had better plug in

his computer. Curtiss Bruno was the sales manager with his heart on his

quotas and Darlene. MCI’s electronic services could allow him to achieve

at least the former goal. Nowadays Darlene happily used e-mail to help

stay out of flirting distance with him. Ellen deRosset was the resident

intellectual snob and a Net browser. Reginald Gales used MCI’s news

feature to keep Martin up on cricket scores. Marta Dragelov was an info

junky in keeping with her duties as a fact checker.

In a country where fantasy and reality often turned into one big mush,

where O. J. Simpson movies could go into production before the end of

the murder trial, where legions of commercials aped news programs, where

the Speaker of the House would soon be hosting a cable TV showing of

_Boys Town_ after having touted orphanages as a major solution to the

welfare problem—in a nation like this, it was as inevitable as a $1

million book deal for O.J. that the mythical Darlene would draw job

offers and marriage proposals from people wanting to be part of the fun.

“These were breakout and breakaway characters that took on a life of

their own,” said Mark Pettit, the MCI public relations man who was

handling Gramercy matters. What’s more, the company’s advertising

agency, MVBMS, hadn’t just tried to make Gramercy real in the real

world; the agency people had also made the characters real in the

_video_ world by way of an introductory commercial that looked like a

preview of a new fall series.

Having conquered TV, then, and with the Internet a main focus of the ad

campaign, how could MCI _not_ have opened up a Web area to ballyhoo the

same services that Darlene was pushing on the tube? The commercials had

whetted interest in the characters. And now MCI would see if it could

satisfy this curiosity while also passing on more details about its new

line of services. “People wanted more than thirty seconds of

information,” Pettit said, “and it can be hard to give them more on TV.

What if we turned this into a real place that they could go visit? And

that’s how it came to life.” By MCI’s own estimate, more than a million

people visited the “real place” in the first six weeks or so. Even Bob

Lilienfeld dropped by. He was an MCI stockholder and wanted to keep an

open mind despite his skepticism about the mall concept—maybe he could

do business with pros like MCI’s. Lilienfeld filled out a form that

offered a two-month trial of Net-related services, and waited.

I first visited the Gramercy Press around the same time that Lilienfeld

did. The site popped up on my screen with color photos of a

perky-looking Darlene and friends. I saw a red logo, too. A small “GP”

appeared between “Gramercy” and “Press,” a nice little touch that a real

publisher might have tried. I wondered what ambitions MCI had. Might it

turn the fictitious GP into a commercial publisher someday? The screen

said Gramercy was “The World’s First Virtual Publishing House,” and

across the top I saw color photos of Darlene and friends, all looking as

real as ever. If I’d been impatient for a hard sell, I could have

clicked immediately on items such as “networkBusiness” or “MCI

Telecommunications, Inc.”

But like the rest of the cosmos, I was more keen on reading some virtual

gossip from virtual humans. In a primitive way, reminiscent of many a

best-seller, a teaser led me on. I learned that the people of Gramercy

were “working on secret projects, curt memos, random thoughts,

Machiavellian power plays,” and that I might “even browse a clandestine

love letter or two about to be sent via e-mail across the corridor.”

So I clicked, with much anticipation, on “Gramercy Press.” Against a

dark, purplish-blue sky I saw a semiornate, low-rise office building,

the same one featured in the TV commercial. Not to leave anything to

chance, a caption told me about tweeds and patches and old pipes _and_

the fact that “every one—from the receptionist to the president

himself—is online via networkMCI Business.” Despite the clichés such as

the stereotypical reference to tweeds, this site was clearly showing far

more imagination than the usual WWW area did.

“Now,” the screen told me, “click on any window and you’ll start to get

a feel of the inside workings of a major New York publishing concern.”

I chose a pane on the top floor and saw Darlene near her keyboard,

smiling away and looking as if I’d caught her in the middle of an

intense gossip session. The screen suggested that I click for audio. I

did and downloaded a short snippet. “I love technology,” she said in a

high-pitched, girlish voice, and giggled a little nervously as if to

tell the world, “Hey, I’m a real person, not an actress taping an ad.”

The text on the screen was credibly self-promotional: “I’m a combination

of a staff psychiatrist, gopher, organizer, coffee maker,

ruffled-feather soother, astrologer, party organizer, invitation sender,

flower orderer, delivered-lunch acceptor, and philosopher. Oh yes, I

also disseminate messages. A job made infinitely easier thanks to

e-mailMCI. I threw out those little pink message pads. e-mailMCI is so

much more efficient. I just click on my computer and the message gets to

the right person instantly. Whether they call back is up to them. Hey, I

can’t be their conscience, mother, and etiquette professor too. I wear

enough hats. And I have many aptitudes. For instance, I was college

skiing champ. You didn’t know that about me. Nor did you know I have a

master’s degree in medieval literature. Or that Ellen deRosset is going

to need an editorial assistant. Of course, she doesn’t know it yet

either.”

I moved on to Darlene’s e-mail by clicking on, yes, her monitor. And

suddenly I was getting another pitch from MCI in the cleverest of ways—I

saw a screen shot of a menu from e-mailMCI, complete with such commands

as “Compose,” “Forward,” and “Reply.”

Beneath the menu appeared a message list:

E. deRosset Short Story Submissions

C. Bruno Excellent Proposition

R. Gales Cover Art Submissions

M. Dragelov Interesting Facts

P. Hoffman Free at Last

I opened the e-mail. Ellen deRosset was complaining that “My office has

more manuscripts than the Library of Alexandria—I’m running out of room

for me. Could people submit their stories over the Internet instead of

through the mail?” Reginald Gales wrote that he’d sent out a fax to

computer artists, asking for submissions; and in fact MCI was offering

to post the works of electronic artists, not just writers. Under the

subject line “Excellent Proposition,” Curtiss Bruno asked: “Hey Darlene,

want to come by and check out the romance section of our newest

catalog?” Funny. The TV commercials had led me to believe he might be

tiring of the chase. Marta Dragelov passed on some funny trivia from a

book she was researching. Peter Hoffman announced that he would be out

of the office the next week but would be keeping in touch with

electronic mail.

So, yes, I could read the same e-mail as Darlene could. But that still

wasn’t full interactivity. I wanted a two-way, and the “Compose” command

intrigued me; perhaps I could e-mail the crew behind the Darlene

character. I wrote that I was a real writer, working on a real book, for

a real publisher; could they please tell me what kind of responses the

people at Gramercy Press were getting over the Internet? _And how about

Darlene?_

“What’s she like?” I was thinking. “How’d those people choose her? Does

she enjoy computers? Has she been on the Net?” Once I established

contact with the virtual Darlene’s keepers, perhaps I could find out.

Having already snooped at Darlene’s e-mail, I went on to the offices of

the other characters. Ellen deRosset, a dark-haired woman dressed in

black, confided that she had corrected her seventh-grade teacher’s

grammar. “I read _War and Peace_ when I was fifteen. The complete works

of Balzac before I was twenty-five. I think you get the picture. So I am

not happy that I was given the assignment to edit this ‘women in sports’

book. I dislike sports rather intensely. The only sport I know anything

about, really, is fencing. But one must be flexible these days, and the

MCI Business software makes this assignment easier to handle, if not

more palatable.”

Reginald Gales told me how MCI’s e-mail and conferencing services came

in handy. One of his authors lived on a caboose in Wyoming, while

another wrote from a houseboat in Florida; “he once had a shark bite off

his TV antenna.”

Marta Dragelov, the fact checker, was an avid user of MCI’s news-flash

service, which crammed her computer with such items as, “India Asks

Phone Firms to Set Up Local Factories”—actual news stories that I could

see while clicking on them. Peter Hoffman was away at home and working

in his pajamas. Martin Banks, the technophobic editor, said he was

“being tutored on the wonders of MCI electronic office ephemera by none

other than Miss Ellen deRosset.” He hoped that she would notice his new

pair of wing tips.

The real payoff for readers was in Curtiss Bruno’s office. Wearing a

striped shirt and a tie and looking like an incurable office politician,

he nevertheless held a hand over his mouth as if to say: “Maybe I’d

better shut up before I spill too much.” Oh, Curtiss, why bother? I

could tour an electronic version of the not-quite-completed winter

catalogue—with listings of fiction, visual arts, poetry, and nonfiction.

All categories carried dates older than the Web area itself—MCI was

apparently relying on imaginary contributors to prime the pumps. “Ivana

diTommaso’s” background just seemed too _New Yorker_-ish. She had “grown

up in Bologna, Italy, and Grosse Pointe, Michigan” and had “developed

from a quiet film student” to “one of America’s fine short story

writers.” If she existed, the electronic catalogue at the Library of

Congress had yet to note it when I made a short detour by way of my

software’s task-switching capability. Not that I trusted the catalogue.

A branch of Random House had published my first book, _The Silicon

Jungle_, yet it was missing from the LC catalogue that day; and for all

I knew, maybe the librarians had also neglected the accomplished Ms.

diTommaso. I charitably allowed for the fact that she just might exist.

Her story, “The Legend of Wendell County,” told how a county records

keeper had become a community grandmother who, not content to record

births, deaths, and divorces, tried her hand at marriage counseling and

other social workish pursuits—until one day she lost her way in winter

and turned into something else, a ghost. The bottom of the page carried

an authentic-looking “© 1994 Ivana diTommaso.”

I moved on. “The Tree House” was a story from Katy Rudder, a member of

“the first Peace Corps class ever assigned to China, where she is

teaching English at Leshan Teachers College in the Sichuan Province.”

Based on what I was reading, MCI’s artistic tastes—or its ad

agency’s—were corporately wholesome. And so were its contributors. I

doubted that Gramercy would have been the best place for the young

Burroughs or Kerouac.

Perhaps this would change, maybe Gramercy would grow more adventurous

with time, but right now I wasn’t sanguine in that regard. The

nonfiction area was a real loss with just one title, of a harmless,

theological type. I doubted that this would be the place for, say,

Seymour Hersh or Robert Caro. Like the writing, the art looked competent

and maybe much better, but, again, safely within corporate parameters.

The most cautious contributors were MCI’s lawyers, or whoever else had

written the legalese for one Web site. All writers and artists had to

send in releases saying they wouldn’t sue MCI for using accidentally

similar material. The lawyers warned, “All work that is submitted

electronically over the Internet needs to be accompanied by a hard copy

of the release form, sent in separately by postal mail. We will not look

at any work placed on our server until we have received the hard copy of

the release form. All files on the server older than 14 days, for which

we have not received a release, will not be reviewed....” I remembered

the essay on theology. It was uninspired enough for an attorney other

than Scott Turow to have written it, and sure enough, the author’s note

said he was “happy with the practice of law.”

Despite the less-than-striking short stories and the soporific essay, I

loved the sparkle of Gramercy Press as a whole. I recalled an area on

the Web known as Bianca’s Smut Shack. Its creators let you get inside

the head of a virtual woman, let you know what books she read, what

movies she watched, what records she listened to, and you could add your

own opinions. At the time I’d told the Shack crew, “Watch out, folks.

Don’t be surprised if a big company creates characters in an ad where

_everyone_ buys the right products.” Well, it had happened. And MCI and

its advertising agency had done many good things that people with their

resources could more easily accomplish.

Building Notre Dame, thousands of workers had pieced together the stone,

fashioned the gargoyles, assembled the stained-glass windows. And the

MCI Web area, while hardly art, was somewhat like a cathedral. The

area’s masterminds had bungled in some ways, but they had used sheer

staff power to toil over countless details.

I was sorry when Mark Pettit told me that some Real People in Publishing

had hated Gramercy Press. Didn’t they get it? Granted, the publishing

company was stereotypical to the point of being self-satirizing. But so

what? I was no more expecting MCI to be a first-rate publisher than I

was expecting Random House to lay fiber-optic cable.

As a display of the Web’s potential to attract a mass audience, of

course, the Gramercy endeavor had triumphed. For consumer business on

the Net to take off, ads would have to be a complete departure from

those on television, and MCI had done just that—even if it was able to

benefit from characters from the older medium. Many small-timers could

never have discovered an actress as perfectly suited to play Darlene as

Katy Selverstone was. This was a real coup. MCI was brilliantly drawing

in a big crowd through a skillful interplay of television, print, and

the Net.

Selverstone herself had become a living ad for MCI, drawing stare after

stare as she walked down the Manhattan streets. Her Gramercy role was a

real tribute to her acting ability. _Entertainment Weekly_ described her

as not “much of a gadget-head. ‘I’ve got a 12-inch, black-and-white TV

that emits a faint gaseous odor,’ she says. ‘And I have to change

channels with a pair of pliers.’” The word from MCI was that she’d just

bought a computer and would herself be on the Net. Advertisers hired

models today on the basis of looks and I wondered if, in the future,

they would consider the ability to give good chat online.

A major problem, however, arose with this scenario in MCI’s case. While

I hadn’t asked for an interview or e-mail from the real Darlene, I had

yet even to hear from her handlers after six weeks. These people had

wooed me with a first-class Web area and encouraged me to write in, and

yet they had then ignored me except for a little boilerplate from their

Darlene-bot, who said she was busy coping with “emergencies.” The MCI

media crew reinforced my skepticism; only after a series of phone calls

was I able to pry basic information. On a day when Pettit solemnly

promised he’d talked to me, he was off holding a press conference for

the _Wall Street Journal_ and the other usual suspects without alerting

me about the postponement. Clearly this was a big company focused on

other big companies, and I wondered if the small merchants in the Web

area might suffer if they entrusted their fates to MCI. I myself was not

just a writer. I made it clear that I was also a customer of MCI Mail,

an electronic mail service to which I had subscribed for a decade.

Perhaps someday I might even want a Web area through MCI. And this was

the treatment I got?

If MCI slighted me—a writer-customer who spoke out in print and on the

Net, and who had many friends there—how would it treat the Larry Grants

of the future? I thought of the elusive, virtual character who had asked

me to write to her. In a metaphorical sense, small merchants might

futilely spend their days searching for Darlene. Now I wondered about

Bob Lilienfeld. How was he coming along with his own information

request? Was there _any_ chance that White Rabbit might end up in an

electronic mall after all? Lilienfeld, albeit not a mall booster, was in

many ways a good prospect since he was so Net oriented and could

appreciate a good deal. Why, he even owned stock in MCI.

Efficiently, however, MCI had alienated Bob Lilienfeld. Just like me, he

had not heard a peep out of the company, even after filling out a form

for his two months of trial services. He had followed up with three

e-mail notes to an address set aside for prospects like him. I told

MCI’s media people about this mini-debacle and was assured that someone

would contact Lilienfeld. But after several weeks, no one had. MCI was

nicely apologetic, of course. Mark Pettit and colleagues reminded me of

the huge number of people who had replied to the Gramercy Press ad. They

said, too, that MCI technical people were busy at work answering

questions, while creative types handled the correspondence for Darlene.

But they were missing the point. This was a massive advertising

campaign, and they should have planned for success as well as failure.

The issue _should_ not have had anything to do with corporate size. MCI

could have requested zip codes and states and sorted out Darlene’s

e-mail in that way—for area sales reps to answer if her handlers in New

York were swamped. In fact, the form that Lilienfeld filled out did ask

for his postal address. It also inquired, “What interests you?” so that,

during the two-month trial, MCI could mail him news stories through the

new automatic clipping service. “You can choose any topic: your

competition’s advertising, the future of your industry, or southwestern

cooking, anything,” MCI had assured him. And yet, after six weeks, he

hadn’t received a single call or piece of literature.

As if that weren’t enough of an outrage, MCI’s fees might overwhelm many

small business people. MCI wanted to charge some $2,000 a month for

getting them on the World Wide Web—or at least several times what many

independent malls would have billed. Yes, MCI talked about adding value

through its brand name and through customer draws such as directory

services for the Net and for voice. It would even line up copywriters

for the storefronts. But what good would this do merchants whose volumes

simply did not justify such expenditures? Pettit reminded me that a

quarter-page listing in a phone directory cost $2,000. But that wasn’t

true in many areas, and most merchants did not take out that much space

anyway. Even then the typical business person might hire an extra clerk,

and perhaps have money left over for advertising with a smaller

cybermall. That, of course, was projecting into the future. After all,

even Larry Grant wasn’t grossing more than $15,000-20,000 a year at the

time, and the Lilienfelds had a long climb ahead to reach that level.

Perhaps MCI would learn. I still loved the sparkle of the Gramercy

area and hoped that it would thrive in the end. Regardless of my

doubts and frustrations, I hadn’t anything against the people of MCI,

especially Mark Pettit, who, despite his absentmindedness, had

actually been more helpful than the others. MCI wasn’t Canter and

Siegel. It hadn’t disrupted Usenet. As long as it paid its own way and

did not take advantage of its Net connections in ways that stifled

competition—Washington needed to monitor MCI closely—then it could

actually help the average Net user. The greater the volume on the Net,

the greater would be the virtual pipeline and the lower the cost for

everyone. So, far from disliking MCI’s interest in the commercial

promise of the Net, I still saw plenty of potential here. MCI simply

needed to understand the obvious. If its electronic marketplace were

to succeed, then the company must price its services more

realistically and not keep customers searching for Darlene.

Federal Express and Right-O-Way:

Absolutely, Positively on the Net

A FedEx woman called me up and asked what the people in Memphis could do

to retain my business, which had plummeted to almost zero volume.

“You’ve given me great service,” I said, thinking of all the

foot-to-throttle occasions when FedEx had picked up manuscripts on

deadline. “But you see, I’m on the Internet nowadays. _Everything_ for

my current book project goes ever the wire.” I was working on a guide

telling how to lobby for one’s political beliefs online, and the

publisher had even received the book proposal via the Net. Lots of

people were doing the same, not just with the Net but with commercial

services and fax. On legal lists, some lawyers were debating the

validity of electronic mail for business matters, but the new technology

would quiet the discussion soon enough when foolproof, digital

signatures could establish the identity of the sender.

No one needs to weep for FedEx, United Parcel Service, and the rest,

however. The typical computer is a medium-sized box full of parts that

come in much smaller boxes, such as a disk drive or a modem. And, as

shown by the thickness of _Computer Shopper_ and other magazines that

cater to computer users buying from afar, FedEx and similar services are

thriving. That is just one example. High-tech companies, especially the

network kind, want reputations for reliability and fast turnarounds.

They love the FedEx slogan: “When it absolutely, positively, has to be

there overnight.” Courier services are godsends for corporations that

rely on just-in-time delivery to reduce inventories of spare parts. If

nothing else, this principle appeals to manufacturers with slim

inventories. Also, more and more people are working at home. At the same

time, upscale consumer magazines abound with ads touting merchandise via

express, everything from steaks to flowers.

The real question, then, isn’t how to downsize but rather how to cope

with the deluge of business in small packages. And Federal Express views

the Internet as among the more promising of many possibilities.

For years, FedEx used its own network to set up computer links through

which high-volume, Fortune 500 companies could request pickups, track

shipments, and receive invoices. First, FedEx communicated with

mainframes. Then it began supplying some customers with personal

computers; eventually, some companies shipping as few as three packages

a day could qualify. “We started with the biggest customers first and

then extended that service to smaller and smaller companies,” said

Robert Hamilton, a marketer at FedEx dealing with information matters.

The next move was supplying tracking software through which people could

use their own machines to dial up FedEx. Step by step, FedEx was working

to get almost _all_ customers online to its computers—even the operators

of small home businesses.

The Internet could play an important role here because it is the closest

thing to a universal computer network. By the mid-1990s people in the

air freight business caught on to the advantages of the Net over the

proprietary networks in many cases. The Internet reached scores of

countries, no small advantage in an internationally oriented business,

and planners could use the Net’s volume to help slash the costs of

telecommunications _and_ improve service to customers. Right-O-Way, a

freight forwarder in Tustin, California, was among the Net pioneers.

Back in 1992 the company had figured out how to use customers’ personal

computers to print out bar code labels.

With portable radio-frequency scanners linked to the firm’s mainframe,

Right-O-Way’s workers could track shipments for customers—could, in

other words, offer the same services that Ex could. Right-O-Way’s

customers dialed up the company directly rather than through the

Internet. But in 1994, Martin Hubert, vice president of information

systems, hooked Right-O-Way into the Net for customers wanting to use

it. He spent just $1,000 on additional UNIX software, modems, network

setup charges, and programming time, and $350 a month in

Internet-related bills.

“Some customers have tried it already,” Hubert said. “We have sales

people use the Internet to access shipping data. Our advanced overseas

partners can access our computer directly for e-mail, tracking, and

tracing. Customers like BMW, ClothesTime, and Packard Bell access our

computer and save money on long-distance charges from overseas.”[2.7]

Those companies could reach the Right-O-Way computer directly, getting

immediate answers while they were online. Using the Net, they could even

schedule shipments. Right-O-Way told me that it protected account

numbers by requiring customers to use passwords that they received

through sales reps and ways other than the Internet.

What’s more, the company served even customers having only the most

basic of Internet connections. Yes, you could Telnet into the

Right-O-Way computer system on the Internet—could issue commands as if

you were at a keyboard at headquarters. But if you lacked Telnet

capabilities and didn’t mind the delay, you could also send electronic

mail messages in the appropriate format to track shipments or issue

pickup orders.[2.8]

Around the same time, FedEx and other industry giants were gearing up to

do business on the Internet. The Net, of course, wasn’t the only

possibility. Federal Express by then was an old hand at using its own

network, which at the time accounted for more than 50 percent of the

packages shipped. It was also distributing Windows and Mac software to

enable tracking through the FedEx net. Just the same, in December 1994,

after having earlier experimented with the Net for the distribution of

press releases, FedEx turned to the Internet’s World Wide Web as a way

for customers to track packages. Within FedEx’s Web area, they could key

in the number of the package and get the latest information.

I checked out the Web service. At www.fedex.com I saw “FedEx” in big

purple and orange letters, along with a short, easy menu that led me to

electronic forms. A detour offered “Interesting Facts about FedEx!” It

was the “world’s largest express transportation company,” had 1994

revenues of $8.5 billion, employed “more than 505,515 worldwide,” served

191 countries, owned more than 400 aircraft ranging from 32 Fokker F-27s

to 5 Airbuses and 13 McDonnell Douglas MD-11s, operated “more than

32,560 vehicles, and shipped an average of more than 2 million packages

each day.” Another menu item could tell me about pickup availability. If

I typed in the time I would have a shipment ready to go, my zip code,

and the destination code, among other items, then FedEx would tell me

how soon it could deliver the package using Priority Overnight Service

or alternatives.

Right now, however, I wanted to learn the whereabouts of a test

package—containing nothing more than Robert Hamilton’s business

card—that went out under airbill number 50044562. It was a no-brainer. I

chose “Select Track a FedEx Package” and keyed in the number. Almost

immediately I learned when a courier had picked up the package and when

it had left Memphis. And eventually the Web would pass on other facts

such as the name of the driver at the destination, the delivery time,

and who signed for the package. An idea hit me. When you filled out an

express form in the future, perhaps you could give both your recipient’s

e-mail address and your own. Via the Net, a service could tell the other

person that a package was on the way—and after it arrived, you’d

automatically receive a receipt.

Even as the FedEx area existed now, however, it was serving customer

needs well. Yes, I appreciated the flash of MCI’s efforts, and I

understood why Darlene and friends were attracting many more people than

the courier company was right now. But compared to MCI, FedEx left me

feeling _better_. Those modest little electronic forms, the ones that

would let me track packages and check out Ex’s service availability by

location and time, treated the customers as individuals and responded in

seconds. MCI, however, ignored Bob Lilienfeld, who, disgusted, later

sold his stock.

On top of everything else, MCI, which had vastly more programming talent

than FedEx did, had missed out on some major opportunities for

interactive software. I could imagine a small company keying in a

description of its telecommunications and network requirements and

getting a series of at least basic recommendations. On a

package-by-package basis and in the most private of ways, FedEx was

doing this already—since its forms queried you about your shipping needs

of the moment and then told you what services were available. The people

at MCI weren’t dumb. They could turn around their operation in a

flash—they might have done so by the time you read this—but in terms of

customer service FedEx was clearly the winner right now.

“Five years from now,” said Robert Hamilton, “35 or 40 percent of the

customers connected to FedEx could be using the Internet.” His company

stood a good chance of saving millions in annual communications costs

and the expenses of staffing phones. “The big factor is how individuals

are connected today,” he said. “With CompuServe and America Online

galloping in the direction of the Internet, maybe that will happen

sooner rather than later.” FedEx would let customer usage, not official

corporate policy, drive its use of the Net, and that is exactly how it

should be. One way or another the Net would definitely figure in its

plans. The only question was, “How much?”

The big need now, of course, was for customers to be able to key in

their account numbers and get immediate pickups. FedEx did face some

challenges here. FedEx needed to blend the Internet into its existing

network of computers, and this complicated the security issues. FedEx

wanted to make certain that a cyberthief couldn’t go on a joyride with

an illegally obtained account number of a customer. So it was evaluating

security-enhanced software from CommerceNet, a California organization

that helped put businesses on the Net. Meanwhile, we customers could not

use the Net to schedule shipments through Federal Express. FedEx had

offered a temporary solution: we could at least download software that

let us call up the company directly, or we could reach FedEx via America

Online or another commercial network. That would do for the moment.

Mulling over what I’d seen and heard up to now, I could not escape three

conclusions. First, it was clear that computer networks could be a help,

not a threat, to delivery companies that were trying to upgrade service.

No longer would I have to wait for an operator to schedule a pickup or

check on shipments from FedEx. The second conclusion was broader: The

Net often could be good for corporations of _all_ sizes, not just

Fortune 500 firms like FedEx. Right-O-Way had staked out its own place

in cyberspace by going for the simplest solution—Telnet and electronic

mail—rather than worrying first about the World Wide Web. The company

could add the Web later. On the Internet, with its inherent economies

for the Right-O-Ways of this world, “smaller” didn’t have to mean

“backwards.”

The third conclusion about these case histories resulted from my

comparisons of MCI and the courier companies, and it transcended the

fact that they were in different industries. Even on the Internet, good

customer service would have to be a company’s first priority and counted

even more than the technology per se. Oh, you could use electronic

forms. But unless you programmed the forms to provide the right

services—rather than simply trying to sell The Product and awe the

customers—you might actually alienate the people you were trying to

befriend. MCI didn’t understand this sufficiently. FedEx and Right-O-Way

did.

Intel: How the Net Helped Turn an

Advertising Sticker into a Warning Label

The Internet, of course, can hurt as well as help business. Well

populated with skeptical academics—whose postings often find their way

onto the screens of equally skeptical journalists—the Net is a good

place to learn about scams. Legitimate companies, of course, needn’t

worry: They will benefit as word of their successful products spreads,

and the Net excels as a conduit for rumor control. Should there ever be

another Tylenol scare, you can bet that publicists will use the Net to

get the truth out. Even legitimate businesses, however, can feel the

wrath of the Net if they err—as Intel, the chip maker, found out in the

ugliest of ways after it released the Pentium chip.

The Pentium chip was the new flagship product, the speedster that would

let PCs impinge on minicomputer territory. But that wasn’t all. Intel

envisioned the Pentium as the perfect chip for computers aimed at the

home market. No longer would Mom, Pop, and The Kids poke along with

computers weaker than those at the office. Thanks to Intel, they would

enjoy glitzy cartoons, educational programs, and other multimedia

offerings in full glory on their machines at home. Intel launched a

major TV campaign and persuaded scores of computer makers to adorn their

boxes and ads with “Intel Inside” stickers. Intel was looking ahead to

millions of dollars of Christmas-related sales. At the time, I suspect,

the Internet didn’t figure that prominently in Intel’s plans. Its Net

area was hardly as dazzling or as ambitious as those of many other

companies. That would change.

The trouble started when a mathematics professor in Virginia found that

under certain conditions, the Pentium chip would make mistakes in

arithmetic. There at Lynchburg College, Dr. Thomas Nicely couldn’t

believe his screen. To his amazement, he was able to verify that the

chip, not the human, was at fault here. In October 1994 the professor’s

“Bug in the Pentium” memo went out over the Internet. It circulated

rapidly from mailing list to mailing list, from newsgroup to newsgroup,

as well as on commercial nets such as CompuServe and Prodigy.

Pentium-hostile messages flew back and forth between scientists,

corporate executives, consultants, and other influential people, who,

thanks to the Internet, could share complaints more efficiently than

ever. Intel tried some damage control via the Net and in press

statements. The heat reached the point where the head of Intel asked a

underling to issue an apology and a technical explanation. The message

betrayed corporate panic, pure and simple. “I am posting from my home

system,” Richard Wirt, Director of Software Technology, prefaced a

weekend note. And then came an “I am truly sorry” message from Andy

Grove, President of Intel. In various statements Intel assured customers

that the average computer user would typically run across the problem

once every 27,000 years. The official line was that nontechnical people

needn’t worry. Intel announced it would replace chips _if_ people could

show that the defect could harm their work.

That still didn’t placate the Net and the media. Netwise reporters at

papers such as the _Washington Post_ and _New York Times_ and at

_Newsday_ warned the thousands of Christmas shoppers who were about to

buy $2,000 Pentium machines. Billions of dollars were at stake here.

Computer makers had already moved millions of Pentium machines, and IBM

came out with a statement saying that it would replace defective

chips—even though Intel kept claiming that the nontechnical need not

worry. It didn’t help when shoppers learned that Intel knew about the

Pentium’s defects as early as June.

What most threatened the Pentium, however, may have been the humor. It

started on the Net and, via mailing lists such as On-Line News, reached

major newspapers. David Letterman started cracking jokes. Politicians

and chips had something in common. If still quite alive when Letterman

ridiculed it, the Pentium was headed toward the emergency room

afterward—given the speed with which the story was traveling around. On

the Net itself, and on the front pages, typical Pentium humor went

something like this:

Q. “How many Pentium designers does it take to screw in a light

bulb?”

A. “1.99904274017, but that’s close enough for nontechnical people.”

Q. “What do you get when you cross a Pentium PC with a research

grant?”

A. “A mad scientist.”

Q. “What’s another name for the “Intel Inside” sticker they put on

Pentiums?”

A. “The warning label.”

Maintaining to the end that this was more of a marketing problem than a

technical one, Intel relented. It agreed to replace chips for free

without interrogating the public. What’s more, Intel expanded its

presence on the Net. It now offered a nice area on the World Wide Web

with items ranging from product descriptions to job announcements.

Still, this fiasco aside, Intel had a good reputation for quality

control, and by not shrinking from the Net community, it was responding

correctly.

Another major lesson should also have sunk in among marketers of all

kinds—beyond the obvious fact that the Internet could spread news of

flawed products. Customers throughout the world could use the same

channels to find out about geographically based price gouges. If a

software firm charged reasonable prices in the United States but boosted

price tags for Europeans, then the Net would spread the word. Software

companies might not appreciate this immediately, but sooner or later

they would. This was especially true of companies sending their products

over the Net. The Internet Adapter, the product that had proven to be so

good to my wallet, would have cost me $25 even if I’d lived in

Antarctica or New Zealand. I wondered how long it would be before the

traditional vendors of shrink-wrapped software would understand this

lesson and stop squeezing customers outside the United States. Even with

the expenses of middle people and translation factored in, the prices of

some American software products were too high in Europe. Consumerism on

the Net just might make the marketplace more sane.

Other Hazards For Business People

Not surprisingly, the old sixties people saw the Internet as a victory

of smallness over big corporations. Little companies could use the Net

in new and imaginative ways and woo prospects thousands of miles away.

Some enthusiasts promoted the Net as a powerful weapon for individuals

who hated life in sluggish, bloated corporations.

Still, the Net might not always be a Nirvana for small entrepreneurs.

Consider the Lilienfelds. What if toy companies decided to sell on the

Net directly, for example? The Lilienfelds themselves could still fare

well since they were working hard to become known for personal service.

For example, if a toy weren’t shown online, Bob might even scan in a

photo from a wholesaler’s catalogue and e-mail it to an interested

buyer. And he and his wife were planning to make themselves a

conspicuous presence in relevant newsgroups, while respecting

netiquette. But not all of the small merchants would be as astute and

dedicated. I suspected that many bankruptcies lay ahead.

Other problems might hit large as well as tiny companies. Many customers

refused to give their credit card numbers online; in fact, many stores

didn’t even _want_ them. The Net wasn’t entirely secure. Theoretically,

snoops in a number of locations could intercept orders and pick up the

MasterCard or VISA numbers with software that looked for common data

associated with credit cards. I regarded this as a temporary problem.

Lilienfeld had dealt with it nicely by letting people—at least those in

the United States—phone in their credit card numbers for free. The

numbers would remain safe in White Rabbit’s computers, ready for future

transactions. Besides, as Lilienfeld pointed out, it wasn’t worth the

trouble for thieves to keep a tab on small stores like his.

Bigger businesses, however, were right to worry, and solutions were on

the way. Popular browsers such as Netscape, for example, were coming

with security features. Customers would be able to effortlessly transmit

their credit card numbers in encoded form.

What about the problem of customers without sufficient funds to pay for

merchandise? Some Web merchants could almost instantly verify that a

customer had enough money in a credit account. The process would be even

easier if companies such as Microsoft followed through with plans to

team up with credit card companies. But that still left another worry

for customers—privacy.

If you use old-fashioned paper money, your transactions aren’t

traceable. With electronic money—or with regular credit or conventional

debit cards—they might be. What if you were a gay woman, lived in a

small Arkansas town, and enjoyed lesbian literature? Or suppose that in

the future you were caught up in a divorce and your wife employed a

cyberdetective to snoop on your spending habits? DigiCash, a company in

Amsterdam, thought it had a solution in the form of anonymous electronic

money that you could spend without being traced. Only your digital

banker would know for sure. The possibility, of course, gave fits to tax

collectors throughout the world. It was one of the reasons why

bureaucrats in the United States had lobbied so hard for industry to

adopt the Clipper chip, which allowed federal snoops to break its codes.

Clearly, however, the Clipper effort could _harm_ U.S. companies.

Suppose foreign governments used a similar approach—making it easier to

steal commercial secrets from American-owned multinationals?

Still another threat to business is from people who might spy on or

change data on corporate systems. Hackers got into General Electric

computers containing secrets. The solution to these electronic thefts,

in many cases, was stronger “firewalls”—electronic gateways between

public and private areas. In some instances, however, the threat was

exaggerated. Yes, in theory, hackers could turn your home phone into a

pay phone or make off with your corporate password or spy on your

electronic mail. And some hated commercial activities on the Net and

were ready to act. But by far, these were exceptions: most of the better

hackers were benign—they saw themselves more as scholars than as snoops

and saboteurs. Indeed, old-timers would not use the word “hackers” to

describe the malevolent; no, they were “crackers.”

Ironically, on the Net, the real worry isn’t hackers but snoopy

competitors, who, without necessarily breaking the law, can find out

information about prices and new products much more efficiently than

before. A rival phone company has paid thousands and thousands of visits

to the MCI area on the Web. This must be going on constantly. Earlier,

Digital Equipment Corporation offered software demonstrations over the

Net and found that its competitors were tying the machines up. More

scrupulously, companies could use powerful searching tools such as the

Lycos on the Web to seek out files mentioning rivals’ products. They

could also send the names of rivals to a computer at Stanford

University. And then whenever a company was mentioned in a major Usenet

newsgroup, an electronic clipping service would send the information

back to them at no charge. A careless engineer or marketer could

jeopardize thousands or millions in investments. The answer, of course,

is to educate people about the risks.

Not so controllable is the risk of companies using the Net to troll for

unfavorable mentions of rivals—grist for negative advertising. There is

only one solution: make better products or give better service.

* * * * *

Of the goods and services discussed here, a major kind is conspicuously

missing so far: entertainment. Some of the best is free. Just ahead

you’ll find a favorite of many Netfolks—the Internet Underground Music

Archive, from which you can download free samples from top hits as well

as surprises from new musicians.

CHAPTER

THREE

EntertaiNet: A Few

Musings on Net.Rock,

Leonardo da Vinci and

Bill Gates, Bianca’s

Smut Shack, and

David Letterman

in Cyberspace

Don’t count on the Ugly Mugs pushing Billy Joel off the charts, or even

showing up at your closest record store.

They’re zany, avant-garde musicians whose work is a cross between Frank

Zappa and freakish, carnival rock—not the stuff of the Top 40. But Jeff

Patterson, a thin, pale guitarist with a fondness for old jeans and

green-topped sneakers, can still spread the word about himself and the

other Mugs. Their music is on the Internet. Fans as far off as Turkey

and Japan can dial the Internet Underground Music Archive run by

Patterson and his “co-czar,” Rob Lord. Hundreds of musicians are

suddenly in cyberspace. For just $100 a year they can pay IUMA to post

cuts from their music, complete with information on how you can send

away for the CDs and tapes. In fact, some have even posted complete

songs to the Net for free.

Tens of thousands of Netfolk a week dial up IUMA, making 200,000

page-accesses—perhaps a third of the attention that _Playboy_ gets, but

still one of the best numbers on the Web. That’s no small feat: The

archive more or less started in a tiny room with a bare lightbulb

dangling from the ceiling, and it is still a low-budget operation run by

two information science majors.

IUMA is just one of many delights on the Net for techies and

technophobes alike. Entertainment and culture are taking off in a major

way in cyberspace just when clueless Snubbites are deriding the Net as

artless. I can enjoy gifted but unheralded performers, from reggae

artists to banjo players. The New Zealand Symphony is online with a

digitized rendition of the national anthem down there. Imagine the

possibilities for fans of classical music in the future—the chances to

hear live performances of Tchaikovsky directly from Moscow, or enjoy

classical Chinese music from Peking or Taipei. Net.radio is already

here. WYXC, for example, a station at the University of North Carolina

at Chapel Hill, sends rock music into the ether twenty-four hours a day.

Running software called RealAudio, owners of deluxe home computers can

hear top-ten rap from an Internet site in South Korea, astrological

forecasts from England, and selected programs from ABC News, National

Public Radio, the C-SPAN cable network, the radio version of the

_Christian Science Monitor_, the National Press Club, the Canadian

Broadcasting Corporation, and a wealth of other draws whenever they

want—even weeks or months after the original broadcasts.

Just a mouse click on the right Web address conjures up a Daniel Schorr

commentary, or a feature about the Illinois reporter whom the mob

supposedly buried in concrete, or scads of other NPR offerings that I

wish I could have enjoyed when they first aired. I don’t have to bother

with tricky downloads of files containing the sound. This happens on its

own.

RealAudio sounds rather muffled right now, at least on my computer, as

if the technology is a throwback to 1920s radio. But sooner or later it

will make FM stereo seem antediluvian.

Consider, too, the diversity of programming from grassroots people who

can broadcast at a fraction of the costs of even peanut-whistle

stations. Thousands of mom-and-pop sites—unencumbered by the Federal

Communications Commission, unless the nanny faction wins out in D.C. and

cracks down on the Net—may be online in the next year or two. What

happens when unpopular political beliefs spread around this way? Will

the Oklahoma City tragedy be invoked to squelch RealAudio and

equivalents?

Cheerier possibilities may arise. Someday you might go hiking in the

middle of the Rockies and be able to tune in performances and talk shows

from all over the world through a net.satellite link; never mind the

limits of the local radio stations.

Even video transmission will be routine over the Net or a successor. And

then what? When Michael Moriarty, a TV actor, appeared in a public Q & A

session on Prodigy, the possibilities made him wonder if network

television would go the way of vinyl records. “Television,” he told the

_New York Times_, “might become the 33-1/3 of the visual arts.”

For the moment, however, the Net is Fan Central for television along

with other media. David Letterman fans and those of Jay Leno debate the

merits of their favorite talk show hosts, while major movie studios

preview their megahits with video clips. Elvis is alive and well in an

area on the Web. And just when we Netfolks are ridiculing the TV moguls’

dream of 500 channels of _Terminator_ movies, Hollywood has used our Net

to ballyhoo _Junior_—a comedy starring the Terminator himself, Arnold

Schwarzenegger. As if that isn’t enough, Hollywood has just released

_The Net_, a thriller with some evil techies; let’s see what the

marketers will post on the Web to push _that_ one. Lower on the show

business hierarchy, you can find model Danielle Ash replying to

questions, in alt.sex.breasts, about her double Fs.

Netfolks with more elevated tastes can dial up the WebMuseum, Paris, or

check out the works of new digital artists from Boston or New York or

dozens of other big cities. Obviously the Net isn’t the same as

beholding a Rembrandt in Holland and gazing into the face of a local man

or woman a few feet away. That’s screamingly clear. Stoll, the near

Snubbite, correctly notes that “Rembrandt painted real people—their

facial features and mannerisms live on today in the Dutch population.

Dressed in period costumes, I’ll bet the security guard with his war

medals and the young woman tour guide would look as if they stepped out

of one of those incredibly detailed paintings.” Moving and true.

Imagine, however, the benefits of the WebMuseum to people without the

Snubbites’ ability to jet to Amsterdam or Paris. What’s more, the Web

brings its own glories to compensate; I can view Artist X’s work, then

call up text about the person or the times; if anything the Web can

provide _more_ context than do the skimpy handouts available at most

museums.

Caviling away, Stoll also objects that computers can’t reproduce the art

exactly. But colors and resolution will just keep improving. The

Snubbites who rant about lost details remind me of the foes of

electronic books; incorrectly, given the ease of digitizing everything,

the foes worry that new technology could kill off distinctive

type-faces. But we shouldn’t preserve art and literature just by

attending to the detail work. Culture also needs a place in the public

mind; da Vinci-class art should be free, or close to it, by way of the

Net. That is surely the ethos of Nicholas Pioch. An ex-Microsoft intern

now studying economics in his native France, he is behind the WebMuseum,

Paris, the new name it bears, now that bureaucrats won’t let him say,

“Le WebLouvre.”

Within Le WebLouvre—there, I’ll say it anyway—I saw such da Vincis as

_Mona Lisa_ and _Virgin and Child with the Infant John the Baptist and

St. Anne_. I went on to look at Rembrandts, van Goghs, Cezannes, Dalis,

Klees, and Manets, among others, and to read two warnings. “If you think

the law prevents you from viewing these exhibits, you should stop now

and do something more interesting, such as flying to Paris and touring

live!” Pioch wrote. “Some companies may be trying to get a monopolistic

grab on arts and culture,” he said elsewhere, “developing a pay-per-view

logic, shipping out CD-ROMs while trying to patent stuff which belongs

to each of us: a part of _our_ human civilization and history.”

How right Pioch was. Bill Gates has just bought a notebook of Leonardo

da Vinci, and let’s hope that like some of the old robber barons, Gates

will habitually share his acquisitions with the world. But a major

difference shows up here. Andrew Carnegie and the rest did not make

their money off art and entertainment, part of Gates’ master plan. For

Bill Gates to give away great paintings and manuscripts will be like

Carnegie giving away steel. His motives may be the most ethereal, and

with a $10-billion net worth, he can afford many a donation; but a

conflict will forever arise between Gates the businessman and Gates the

philanthropist. Just which side will prevail when he dies? If not in

life, then in death, by way of his lawyers, will he have the decency to

turn _all_ his old masters loose on the Net for free viewing? No

judgments here. Perhaps that day will come. He has already agreed to

loan the notebook to a museum.

Old masters, of course, are far from the only Culture on the Net, and I

doubt that Bill Gates will be interested in buying some of the other

kind—especially Bianca’s Smut Shack. Don’t ask me if Bianca exists. The

Shack’s “trolls” swear that she does. If so, maybe a good many Netfolks

know her at least slightly. They can click on a picture to flit from

room to room of her virtual apartment on the Web, leave notes on the

walls of her virtual bathroom, enter her virtual music room to take in

the latest jazz or rock, or engage virtually in sex acts with strangers

in Argentina or Brazil or San Francisco or wherever else hormones fuel

technology.

Bianca’s proud trolls have not sold out their mascot; the virtual Bianca

lives on the Web for fun, not direct money making. But sooner or later,

elsewhere on the Net, if this has not happened already, an ad agency

will create a fictitious character who buys CDs, foods, books, video

tapes, automobiles, and other products only from hidden “sponsors”—not

open, MCI-style ones (as described in chapter 2). I’ll hope that day is

far off. The FCC has had problems enough regulating children’s TV;

imagine what could happen if supposedly educational areas knuckled under

to Madison Avenue. I’m not sure if laws are the solution here, but it

would behoove Net providers to come up _now_ with rules against that

sort of thing.

In the fun areas of the Net, other dangers lurk for the vulnerable.

Millions of Netfolks enjoy role-playing in imaginary worlds known as

Multi-User Dungeons, where they can be knights or damsels, regardless of

gender—sometimes men assume women’s roles to win more attention. At the

risk of sounding like Stoll and the Snubbites, I have mixed feelings

about the worth of MUD-style diversions.

A real potential exists for cocaine-heavy addiction—far more than just

regular Netsurfing, where you’re not competing to rescue a fair maiden

or dodge alien attacks. Stories circulate of role-players who have

kissed off good grades and careers. Up in Canada, one player got so

wrapped up in his game that my researcher found him amid wall-to-wall

trash as he struggled to balance his schoolwork and role-playing.

Just like online groups for depressed people, however, MUDs and similar

areas can bring shy Netfolks together face to face. I heard of several

romances, in fact, that the games led to. Risks notwithstanding, games

do more good than harm if players just know when to quit. Like it or

not, among millions of Netfolks, MUDs and cousins are as much a part of

the Internet as the Web and @ signs.

Of all the entertainment on the Net, however, the musical and video

kinds could most intrigue the masses as the technology takes off; with

just a modem, a reasonably powerful computer, and a $100 sound card, you

can hear the offerings of IUMA and similar areas. You don’t even need

programs such as Mosaic or Netscape if you know what you’re doing.

People with cheapie dial-up connections and no frills software can

download rock albums and the rest. Granted, the technology as a whole

could be better, and even using IUMA can tax the wallets and patience of

some. In most cases you’ll spend more time downloading the music—from a

remote machine to your own—than you will hearing it. Fidelity on some

setups may be just this side of a tin can. But that’s now. Wait.

Transmissions in the future will zip along through cable TV connections

to the Internet, or through ISDN[3.1] phone connections. Then you’ll

truly be able to use the Net as a jukebox and _hear_ what you click on

with your mouse. What’s more, even now, with the right software, you can

enjoy almost CD-ROM-quality fidelity from areas such as IUMA. Audio was

the next step up after text, of course, and, yes, video is on the way.

Techies already have mounted gigabyte after gigabyte of amateur videos

on the Net. Sooner or later, directors of little films will enjoy a

monster-sized IUMA-style archive. Perhaps Rob Lord and Jeff Patterson,

those co-czars of IUMA, will run _it_, too.

If you think that the $10-billion-a-year recording industry is a little

nervous, you’re right. In early 1994 Lord told the _San Jose Mercury

News_: “We want to kill the record companies.” He and Patterson have

backed off since then; they’ve even helped Warner and other giants set

up Net areas of their own. IUMA’s own 500-act selection is pathetic

compared to those at the largest record stores. Still, think about the

long run: The IUMA model just might jeopardize the seven-digit salaries

of top recording executives. After all, if the Net can advertise music

and even be used to take orders—perhaps with electronic forms—just what

becomes of the big studios? They themselves will sell music directly

over the Net, but with heavy competition.

The bypass-the-middle-man idea could apply in other ways. What about

radio hosts, for example? Suppose they can reach people all over the

world through the Internet, and perhaps ultimately through wireless

connections based on the Net. Will they need CBS or NBC or ABC or

equivalents as much as they do now? I can already download snippets

from, say, the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation. Too, just what will be

the fate of art dealers if so much of art goes digital and people can

discover artists on their own without leaving their living rooms?

Publishers of newspapers, magazines, and books, of course, are in a

quandary—see the next chapter on electronic publishing.

In some ways I don’t envy the big guys. IUMA is clearly wired into the

Internet, while companies such as CBS, at least at this point, are

fumbling in some respects. Many of the amateurs on the Net are actually

coming up with better offerings than are the professionals. When I

dropped by, the official Letterman page on the WWW was far from an

abomination, and yet at the same time it showed the problems here.

The page indeed was full of odds and ends about how to get _Late Show_

tickets, Letterman’s upcoming guests, his top-ten lists (the one for the

April 13th broadcast was on “Ways CBS Can Raise Money,” with number one

being “A two-hour paycheck freeze on Letterman”), and the rest. But

where were the connections with the rest of the Net, especially the many

Letterman fans out there? How about the fans’ Letterman pages? Or

relevant mailing lists or newsgroups? Perhaps they were there but

hidden, but whatever the case the cyberspace Letterman was less hip than

the one on The Box.

To Letterman’s credit, he didn’t fake things. He publicly confessed he

was ignorant of data ways. But in my opinion, his Web people could have

done better.

Moving on to the CBS home page, I saw an offer for me to “Join the EYE

ON THE NET club. That way we can send you more information about CBS and

its programs. You can also take part in special previews and other

interactive events. Fill out the following registration form and we’ll

give you a special CBS screen saver just for joining.” Oh, boy, that was

just why I was on the Internet—to end up on marketers’ lists. I didn’t

blame CBS for trying; some of Letterman’s fans would like the free

software. But surely the network could have done better.

Aaron Barnhart, who put out a good little electronic fan newsletter

called _Late Show News_, defended Dave’s people on the Net. “I think

it’s great,” he said of the official Letterman area. “All of these large

entities are trying their best to integrate with the interactive age. A

lot of e-mail gets passed that you never see, so don’t assume that just

because there aren’t any bulletin boards ... there is no interaction

happening.”

Perhaps he was being kind to his sources for his newsletter—I hadn’t any

idea. What was clear was that he’d made a second career of Lettermandom.

He devoted twenty to thirty hours a week to Letterman-related

activities. Much of his newsletter was a review of reviews (“Frank Rich

of the _New York Times_ wrote one of his standard pitiless columns last

week on the Oscars broadcast, and we quote, ‘in which the belly-flopping

David Letterman demonstrated just how large a bullet he dodged by not

moving his own show to L.A.’”). Barnhart also served as owner of the Top

10 List (“60,000 subscribers and booming”).

So what was Barnhart in it for? He was freelancing for the _Village

Voice_, and I could see where some attention might do any writer’s

career good, but if Barnhart even wanted to be on _The Late Show_

itself, he did a pretty good job of concealing that. “Attention is

great,” he said, “but it doesn’t pay the rent.” Did he send stuff into

the show? “No.” So why was Letterman so popular on the Net?

“Demographics.” Well-off computer owners just liked that kind of

program.

I checked out the Letterman page maintained by Jason A. Lindquist, an

electronic engineering student at the University of Illinois,

Champaign-Urbana, a self-described “Statistician, Smart-Ass-for-Hire,

and Mac Programmer.” I found references to newsgroup postings on such

items as “Dave instigates the feud with Bryant Gumbel with these words,”

“The great Stevie Nicks controversy of 1986,” “Madonna—Your first choice

to date your son,” and “No inside stuff on the strong guy or the fat guy

here.” And I saw mentions of the newsletter, the Frequently Asked

Questions List, and at least two Letterman-related newsgroups. CBS ought

to hire this guy.

It was time to move on to alt.fans.letterman. I did a search within

Netscape for the word “Leno” in the subject header and found a post from

an apparent Leno fan on the attack: “Everyone knows that Jay Leno is way

better than ugly gap-tooth Dave!”

“Oh,” replied one of the faithful, “you say that Jay Leno is still on

the air? Is it true that they use a wide-angle lens to photograph that

lantern jaw of his? Just wondering.”

“Letterman has more comedy in his little pinkie toe than Leno will have

in his wildest dreams,” said another Davite, “and if Letterman is so

ugly, who has all the models and top actresses flirting with him and

asking him to go out—it certainly isn’t Leno.”

_That_, not the official Letterman area, was the true Net. Just what

might await the world if the inmates actually ran the asylum and

themselves mounted a major entertainment effort rather than trusting the

corporate world. It had happened with the Internet Underground Music

Archives, and I liked the results.

IUMA

The normal story is that IUMA began when Rob Lord and Jeff Patterson,

the co-czars, met in a newsgroup devoted to supermodels. Both liked Kate

Moss, a waify Calvin Klein woman; strutting down the runways, she was

lost amid the big, bosomy knockouts favored by so many young men on the

Net. It turned out that Lord and Patterson were both from Valencia,

California, a far-north suburb of Los Angeles. They knew each other

slightly from William Hart High School, both had worked in record stores

while teenagers, and both had both been attending the University of

California at Santa Cruz. That’s the story, and it’s true.

IUMA, however, in another way, may have started not on the Net but in

the corporeal United Kingdom.

Thousand and thousands of Brits were dancing to synthesized _bleeps_,

_conks_, _cooonkks_, _clunks_, _bomb-bombs_ and _tssss-tsss-tssses_, and

odds and ends that I could never even come close to reproducing here.

The name of the music was Rave, as in “raving mad,” and by the time Lord

was in high school in the 1980s, the craze had found its way to Los

Angeles.

Middle-class white suburbanites, Latinos, Blacks, they were all

_bleep_ing and _conk_ing together, thousands of them, risking the wrath

of the fire department, overcrowding the halls, going at it from 11 P.M.

on, some dancing twelve hours on into the morning.

“No place in Los Angeles,” Lord said of the Rave halls, “had such a

peaceful coexistence as between these three groups. They didn’t say

anything. They shared the beats and feelings and the technology. And on

the Rave scene, the person in charge is the DJ, and they’re sort of the

cultural funnel. The DJs were in charge of finding these odd records

that would come from Belgium and from the UK and from Chicago, and there

were some made-in-Los Angeles things. They were hard to find, but the

DJs were responsible for scouting them out and bringing the very latest

_bleeps_ and _conks_ together.”

“So,” I asked, thinking of IUMA and Lord’s chance to bring the world to

his listeners, “you liken yourself to those DJs?”

“Yeah, yeah!” Lord said enthusiastically. “I believe IUMA is my personal

implementation of Rave’s calling. I just love working with technology

and all those kinds of things, and what Rave culture espoused was that

there’s a new revolution going on, an information revolution. You know,

one of the biggest stars of Rave music was a band called Dee-Lite. And

one of the first lines was, ‘From New York City in the age of

communication.’ And that means all kinds of communications, a shrinking

world, Internet, it means ideas and the convergence of ideas.”

Returning to the subject of his younger days, Rob Lord told me how

much he hated the Depeche Mode music that was so popular in

upper-middle-class neighborhoods like his—the kind the record stores

were selling. He wanted his music from the clubs, from the 100-copy

pressing, not from the megaconglomerates offering the likes of

Depeche. “The lyrics were terrible, and the emotions were feigned.”

I’m sure Depeche fans might disagree. The point, however, was that

Depeche music was much more readily available at record stores than

Rave was, and Rob grew unhappy with the distribution system.

Jeff Patterson, working at a music store, just like Rob Lord, was

equally disgusted. Patterson and co-workers “would sit there and talk

about who’s making all the money.” CDs cost $15-$17 at Music Plus, his

employer. Elsewhere they were around $12-$13. “And you know, we were

thinking like, ‘Where is that extra $4 being pocketed?’ You know, after

all the costs were taken out, then their manager would get paid, the

record company would get paid, people on the tour would get paid, and

then the band would finally get some money after all that, and it was

usually a very small check. So the artists that were actually continuing

to be artists were the artists that were making money; so it was, like,

this level of superstardom that was consistent and the barriers of entry

were extremely high.”

That was true in all kinds of creative endeavors, especially in writing.

I myself was amused when lobbyists representing industries such as music

and publishing would rant on and on about the need for “creative

incentives.” If business people at the megaconglomerates really

understood incentives, they would cut out their caviar, sell off the

executive jets, and spend more than a modicum on garden-variety

artists—not just the Mailers and Madonnas. When, even as a teenager,

Jeff Patterson started asking where the money was going, he was laying

some of the more important underpinnings for IUMA.

An “A” student who would later graduate near the top of his class,

Patterson wrote a school paper on another major issue: censorship. Back

in the 1980s, Tipper Gore, Al’s wife, had helped start a group called

the Parents Music Resource Center, which wanted to rate music and keep

the more nefarious offerings out of the hands and CD players of young

people. “I was a big fan of Frank Zappa and he was basically taking it

upon himself to challenge the PMRC.” The Senate held hearings. And

Patterson recalled that PMRC deemed a Zappa recording, “Jazz from Hell,”

to be sinful. The album lacked lyrics and the cover just showed Zappa’s

face. “It was obvious,” Patterson said of Tipper’s group, “that they

weren’t actually listening to the content or caring what it was. They

just kind of labeled some artists as being bad, and therefore were

trying to prevent stores from selling many albums.” I asked if that made

Patterson think later on, “Let’s go on the Net so we don’t have those

bozos to worry about.” “Yeah, yeah. That actually had a big part in it.”

From the start, it was clear that Patterson’s own music wouldn’t exactly

please the conventional. In high school he played guitar in speed metal

bands, which are “usually a lot faster, a lot more angry sounding” than

heavy metal. When the Ugly Mugs found each other at William Hart High,

Patterson rejoiced in his friends’ weirdness. The style in this case was

Dada, a form of random art.

“Who cared if anyone liked listening to it,” Patterson said. “We just

wanted to play it. We were using mainly guitar and keyboards and bass.

However, we wouldn’t always play them in the normal standard ways. Like,

we’d use guitar for percussion or something, and we had also used a

vacuum cleaner and things like that. A lot of times we just recorded

sounds of things that were just laying around.” Their big gig was at an

interpretative dancing class at a community college where teacher and

students loved Dada-style mime.

The Ugly Mugs was a life, not just a band. Except for an Egyptian

guitarist, whose hair stubbornly kept turning into an Afro when he let

it grow, all the Mugs sported long locks. In a dark, ratty,

poster-ridden room, they would talk politics and philosophy, standard

teenage fashion.

Lord ended up at the University of California at Santa Cruz, and

Patterson himself went on to the University of California at Berkeley,

where he studied computers, his fallback field. He had made music on

them in high school, and, in fact, at Berkeley. “I started changing my

major to be a combination of music and computers. Two years into it I

really got frustrated with the high pressure and decided to transfer to

U.C. Santa Cruz. It’s right on the beach, a laid-back community.

Everyone drives, like, five miles under the speed limit.” Beyond that,

members of the Ugly Mugs had moved there, and in Patterson’s opinion,

the school itself was “really great.”

David Huffman taught there. In a certain niche of computerdom, Huffman

was famous as the creator of Huffman coding, a compression routine that

software products such as Stacker use to double the space available on

hard drives. Music isn’t exactly a low-bandwidth use of the Net.

Compression routines of one kind or another are de rigueur for the

transmission of high-quality sound—not just because of the space that

the material requires, but also because big files take longer to

transmit.

At the time Patterson moved to Santa Cruz, he wasn’t using Hoffman

compression on the Net or posting CD-quality sound from hundreds of

musicians through an IUMA-style operation. But like other techies, he

was posting files in the synthesized MIDI format. “The stuff I put up

there, it sounded like a bad Casio keyboard playing our songs. It really

wasn’t very representative at all. I’d just sit there at my computer,

compose ’em on the computer, and upload ’em on the Net. I posted them to

a couple of news groups, like alt.binaries.sound and things like that

and basically got no response at all.”

Jeff Patterson was reading the supermodel newsgroup when he saw a

posting from Rob Lord in favor of Kate Moss, the model that so many of

the regulars considered too bony. Patterson replied. “We were both huge

Kate Moss fans.” Lord sent him some e-mail talking about how Kate Moss

should be the “queen of supermodels.” People on the Net have a custom of

leaving “signatures” at the bottom of messages—places where they may

post their address or phone number, or an I-don’t-speak-for-IBM

disclaimer, or quote somebody to support them or deride them—and

Patterson took quick notice of Lord’s “.sig.” It alluded to “MPEG Audio

Compression, 16 to 1 CD Quality.”

“And,” Patterson recalled, “I was like, ‘Wow, what’s that?’ So I

e-mailed him back talking about getting together some Moss pictures, and

in passing I asked him about MPEG compression.” MPEG stood for Motion

Picture Expert Group—engineers who set standards for audio and video

compression. Growing curious, Patterson downloaded software so he could

play MPEG through his sound card. The results delighted him, and he

spread the news to the other Ugly Mugs. Hey, guys, Patterson said in

effect, what if we put our music on the Internet? “They thought it was a

pretty good idea. So we decided to chip in together and go ahead and buy

the software that we needed to compress MPEG files, because you could

get that player for free, but the compressor cost $100. Rob came over to

my house, and I told him we were putting our band on the Net, and he was

all excited about the whole idea of creating this archive of bands on

the Net.“ But of course! Rave-think could reach cyberspace.

Something was evident here, something obvious to me, but perhaps not to

all the bluenoses and prudish, power-fixated bureaucrats. Patterson and

Lord were proving the old wisdom that hormones could drive technology on

the Net, or at least the applied variety.

The wizardry of MPEG would be useless if people didn’t use it. And it

took a meeting of Patterson and Lord in the supermodel group—not one

devoted to Bible study, or to paeans to Bill Clinton or Al Gore, or to

the mandarins of Singapore—for IUMA to give MPEG one of its biggest

boosts on the Net. Why, horror of horrors, Patterson and Lord just may

have wanted to scan and swap _copyrighted_ photos of Kate Moss. One way

or another MPEG would become important on the Net, but thanks to people

like these two, it was happening far faster than it would have

otherwise. Technology was at odds with the vested interests of record

companies, and they knew it.

At around the same time IUMA was getting under way in fall 1993,

lobbyists for the companies and performing artists were fighting for

laws that could lead to onerous pay-per-listen schemes—while publishers

were trying to lay the basis for pay-per-read. Indeed, business people

and creators should receive fair compensation, especially the creators;

but in the zeal to protect major political contributors from the

entertainment industry, bureaucrats and lawyers could imperil technology

in the most lethal of ways. Bruce Lehman, Bill Clinton’s intellectual

property czar, would prove it later with a stunningly oppressive

proposal called the Green Paper, a technophobic lawyer’s wetdream, a

techie’s nightmare.

The first song the Ugly Mugs put on the Net was called ”_Arbeit Macht

Frei_”—German for “Work will make you free.” A punky carnival song, it

sparked an instant debate on free speech.

Asked about the title, Patterson told me, “It was kind of born out of

our frustration of, ‘In order to have the money to do everything that we

want to do, we have to work, but if we work, we can’t do anything we

want to do.’ So it was kind of like commenting on people’s attitude of,

‘If you work you’ll be able to do what you want to do,’ when actually

you won’t be able to do what you want to, because you’ll be working.

Actually it wasn’t a smart song title. It was a phrase that was over the

gate on the way to the Auschwitz concentration camp in Poland.

Unfortunately, people took it to be this Nazi song, which is actually

completely the opposite of what we meant.

“We got responses from people who flamed me because they thought it was

extremely cruel to be using this as a name for a song and taking it all

lighthearted when it actually meant something serious to a lot of

people. Whenever anyone actually wrote to me, I usually sent them back

the lyrics and explained our stance, why it was called that. It

definitely created enough of a stir among the few people who heard it.

You wonder if a label would ever take a chance with something like

that.”

On the Net, however, “_Arbeit Macht Frei_” would find its audience. A

man from Turkey asked for a full demo tape—unavailable—and more songs.

Other Netfolks wrote in from Texas, Florida, and elsewhere in the

States, some of whom said more or less: “You know, wow, I’m a Zappa fan

and I can hear the influence. It’s pretty cool.” The Net, in character,

was blurring distinctions between artists and fans and helping the two

groups mix. “We realized we had something,” Patterson told me. “Like,

‘Jeez, we got these responses to a band that had never played anywhere

and didn’t have a tape out.’ So we started grabbing a couple of our

friends’ bands—like my roommate’s. And we put Rob’s roommate’s band up

there, and we just kind of kept grabbing bands to put up. And slowly

everyone was getting one or two responses to what they had posted. And

we needed a place to actually keep all this music. There were like four

bands maybe at that time.”

Patterson, however, quickly filled up all the disk space available to

him at his commercial Internet provider, Netcom; so he and Lord

contacted their university and asked if they could store the music

there. “Well, it turned out that the guy who was in charge of running

the FTP site was a musician—he was in four bands—and he said, ‘Sure, go

for it.’ And we put his four bands up there.”

The technology would have seemed infuriatingly hard to the world at

large. You couldn’t just hook into the World Wide Web, point and click

your way to the IUMA archives, and choose the song you wanted; no, you

had to do FTP, short for File Transfer Protocol, threading your way

through the big hard drives at Santa Cruz, until you reached the

subdirectory with the music. And then, with most software, you had to

type out the file names. Patterson and Lord didn’t even start out with

postings on Gopher (which, to be grossly simplistic, is a more primitive

version of the Web).

Even back then, however, the two were thinking about the Net equivalent

of album covers or of the J cards that record companies used to tout

cassettes. In other words they didn’t just post files of sound alone.

They also pondered the use of files with pictures that music fans could

download.

“At this point,” Patterson said, “it was still just a fun project. We

didn’t think about making it a money-making venture at that point. We

were just like, you know, ‘Let’s put bands up and see what we can do to

mess with the record industry.’ We had this attitude like, ‘We’ll cut

out waste in the industry.’ At that time there was, like, no press about

us, so we weren’t really vocal, but we had those attitudes. We were kind

of like naive and rebellious.”

Then an event happened that was almost as significant to IUMA as was the

discovery of MPEG. Lord discovered the World Wide Web. “None of us,”

Patterson recalled, “had any clue what it was. I think it was in

December of ’93 that we got a hold of a copy of Mosaic.” They tried it

out in a faculty lounge at U.C. Santa Cruz. “There wasn’t really much

content on the Web at all. It was pretty much, like, weather satellites.

We realized from that point on that we could really do something with

taking the music and the pictures and using the World Wide Web as the

way to present everything. People would be able to look at the album

cover, read the text, see ‘play’ buttons. You know, press the play

button, hear the music, and all that sort of thing.

“So,” Patterson said, “we called up the guy we knew from maintaining the

FTP archives at U.C. Santa Cruz, and asked him what he knew about the

World Wide Web.” Overnight he learned how to set IUMA up on the Web. His

name was Jon Luini, and he would become a partner in IUMA, the co-czars’

“Kaiser.”

Meanwhile IUMA’s popularity kept growing, and soon the archives landed

on SunSite UNC, a big digital library sponsored by Sun Micro Systems at

the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. IUMA would even make it

to servers in Europe, so that people there could enjoy the music without

tying up the trans-Atlantic connections. Other big companies, such as

Silicon Graphics, took an interest in IUMA and donated computers and

other gear.

But how were Patterson and Lord—and their musicians—going to make money

off the Internet, where “free” was a religion and where commercial audio

might be pirated? I loved the many legitimately free pleasures of the

Net. It was truly for sharing. IUMA, of course, was offering lots of

music at no charge. Via the World Wide Web, I myself was giving away a

book chapter I’d written for a forthcoming information science

collection; and I hoped that at least some material from _NetWorld!_

would be retrievable without any money changing hands. But what to do

about the darker side of “free?”

Sympathetic to the cash-short but clearly a realist, Lord told how

casually kids copied computer games for each other. “There’s a complete

underground going on,” he said, and he told how young hackers had

secretly turned the IUMA archives into a site for stolen software. The

mischief was hard to spot just by doing the usual check of the storage

area.

“We deleted their stuff,” Lord recalled, “and left a note saying, ‘Leave

us alone, you Rug Rats,’ because it was clear there were 13-year-olds

doing it. Some of the biggest pirates in the world are younger than 15.”

His words rang true. Adolescents in the States were no match for the

best pros abroad, but the teenaged pirates could still be awesomely well

organized. One group of teens might crack the software. Another group

might craft a slick screen telling who had defeated the protection. Lord

told of a 13-year-old making $24,000 a year writing and selling

shareware; and although the business was legitimate, this example showed

the energy and brains out there among the young—in other words, the

difficulty of fighting rip-offs.

Lord and Patterson were thinking about releasing IUMA offerings with

digital identifiers that would make it easier to track down thieves. And

yet another tack could be to design the music files that you could play

only with the right digital keys. IUMA’s owners were of GenNet; they

were more interested in relying on technology than law to thwart

pirates.

Piracy is one reason why major record companies feel uneasy about the

Internet. Unable to ignore so large a market, they want help in getting

their message across to the strange, young denizens. Warner paid IUMA to

put short samples of music online, along with pictures and information

about the artists. It was similar to what Patterson and Lord were doing

already.

Now, however, like many others, the two were looking ahead to new

business models. Lord had a bunch of possibilities in mind.

One was that people would pay if they liked what they heard, and maybe

even give in advance. Another was that they would receive little

gifts——maybe clay cats?——for making donations.

Patterson, however, offered some models that were more conventional.

Gasp, his comments even sounded like an actual business plan.

First, he said, he and Lord would take orders for CDs and tapes online

for companies such as Tower Records. Then IUMA would go the next step.

It would sell files of music electronically. Fans would be able to use

Web browsers like Netscape to encrypt credit card numbers so hackers

couldn’t intercept them. Eventually IUMA would sell music for instant

listening without customers first having to transfer it to their hard

disks. “There could be some kind of royalty treatment,” Patterson said.

“You might pay two cents every time you listened to a song. Or you could

just buy an album.” Some good possibilities existed here as long as no

one gouged. If people could hear music with just a tiny investment up

front, that might benefit new performers.

More immediately, IUMA was helping fledgling musicians and others by way

of an informal support network. Sue Few, a Santa Cruz woman who’d

formerly worked for record companies, went online with a newsletter

called _Sound Check_ and offered a stream of tips on subjects such as

copyright law, musicians’ unions, royalties, and lining up bookings.

“Booking people aren’t so bad, are they?” she wrote. “If they enjoy your

tape and feel you’ll fit well with their customers, you’ll get

booked—simple as that. So they don’t return your telephone calls—keep

calling until you talk to a live person and still keep calling until you

get an answer and a date from them.”

IUMA itself was a calling card of sorts. Record companies and clubs

could cruise the archives looking for bands to sign up.

Most important of all, however, IUMA helped potential fans and musicians

get together. At the time I toured the IUMA area you could check out

offerings by “Last 15 Bands” just uploaded to the archives, by artist,

by label, by location, and by song title. Or you could click on a

database with a number of options. I myself wanted to know more about

Scott Brookman, who had written “When I Die You Can’t Have My Organs,”

and who, as a result of IUMA, had been on National Public Radio.

A digitized photo showed him to be a bearded man with glasses. Something

white was against his face, though I couldn’t quite discern the shape. I

hoped it wasn’t a stray from an anatomy lab.

Messages on the screen said IUMA would let Netfolks listen to Brookman’s

“Organs” in stereo or mono. I clicked on the latter option and watched

the bottom of my screen as it showed the number of bytes passing over

the wires from a computer in California to my 486DX-class machine.

Within 45 seconds I’d received a 119K file. In size it was equivalent to

maybe 60 double-spaced, typewritten pages even though this was music not

text.

“When I die,” the lyrics wafted out of my stereo hooked to the 486, “you

can’t have my organs, though you think that you will need them ...” If

I’d had the right software on my machine, I could have heard several

minutes’ worth. The song was good even if, with my primitive sound

software, it wasn’t even AM in audio quality. My rather untrained ears

picked up a Loudon Wainwright-ish edge to the music. I made a mental

note to myself. When I was off my book deadline, I’d do what I should

have done in the first place and install the MPEG software whose

existence had helped make IUMA possible. I had heard only a little cut

in another format With MPEG I could have enjoyed three minutes’ worth,

and in better fidelity.

In the IUMA area Brookman said, “Organs” was “from my latest cassette

release, ‘They’ll Nickel and Dime You to Death.’” He thought of his

music “as a bizarre mix of stylistic parody, satire, self-referential,

and meta-songs, full of clever guitar riffs and daring vocal harmonies.

I write about personal heroes, local history, teenage memories, bits of

folklore, and sometimes I make fun of rock music (lovingly, of course).

Usually the result is intentionally funny ...”

Brookman’s inevitable pitch for money was reasonable enough. “I hope you

enjoy the song, and I really think you should get yourself a copy of

‘They’ll Nickel and Dime You to Death.’ Send a check for five bucks (no

charge cards) made payable to Loser Records. That’s a full 60 minutes of

awesome music for only $5. Where else, other than a used record store,

can you find that kind of entertainment bargain? Here’s our address:

Loser Records, P.O. Box 14719, Richmond, Virginia 23221.” Hey, I’d

already enjoyed a bargain, his delightful little fan area. I would

remember the name Brookman.

People could leave feedback and I brought up some. “My colleagues and I

agree—what a scream!!” read a note from Virginia, where Brookman lived.

“I think we’re going to track down your CD. Congrats on a nifty tune!

It’s good to hear a local band ‘make it big.’” An Australian wrote in:

“Heheheheh. Nice sense of humour.” None other than Jon Luini, Raiser of

IUMA, said of “Organs”: “I cannot get this song out of my head! The

sincerity around this song is a great combination with the odd nature of

the lyrics, especially when combined with the folk feel of the music. It

makes me feel like it should be included whenever people first get their

driver’s license.”

Brookman’s electronic mail address was online, of course, together with

those of listeners who had offered feedback. Anyone wanting to start a

fan list focused on him would already have some names and e-mail

addresses handy.

This was what the Net was so good for—not displaying Canteresque spam on

behalf of Green Cards or pitches from CBS to join its fan club.

Small business actually enjoyed an advantage here. To CBS, fan mail must

have been a nice a way of gauging the market. But the Brookmans of this

world could go far beyond that and establish good rapport with fans, one

by one—something for which the people at the CBS site would never have

had time, given its volume. Small worked in other ways for Brookman. He

or Loser Records (were they the same?) could do a short run of CDs and

spread the news with minimum investment. Pressing a thousand CDs costs

less than $2,000 nowadays. Combine that with the Net, and the music

world just might be a little kinder to a young performer than it was in

the days when Lord and Patterson were toiling away in the record stores

back in Valencia.

Granted, a place in the IUMA archives was hardly a guarantee of success.

A musician with the band Black Watch told me that she and her colleagues

normally heard only from a fan or so a week. IUMA would _not_ make a

band instantly rich. On the other hand, she loved the feedback and

encouragement that arrived from all over the world; and, we both

thought, wasn’t that important, too—not just the money? The music was

finding its way to those who loved it. Besides, in the end, all the

small fry might add up. Lord said that instead of one Madonna there

might be fifty—“Maybe it will no longer make sense to have even

one.”[3.2] Perhaps, I hoped, the money instead would reach the Black

Watches.

Once Lord had predicted that in several years IUMA might be “a one- or

two-digit percentage of the $9 billion music industry.”[3.3] I didn’t

know what would happen. Major record companies would surely be doing

plenty on their own. And when I talked to Lord in April 1995, IUMA’s

annual revenues were still in the low six figures. But that could

change, quickly. No matter what happened, IUMA was brilliant for a

niched world in which millions were rebelling against the

any-color-if-it’s-black mindset.

We want just the right friends and spouse; the right home; the right

coffee; the right newsgroups, now that they existed for all; and, yes,

just the right music.

* * * * *

The same nichization is happening in the world of publishing—the

Internet is home to hundreds if not thousands of electronic

publications. So what’s a hometown paper to do? Just how is _Time_

magazine responding? And in such strange times—normal times, actually,

once they’ve been around long enough—what becomes of books, especially

when you consider the digital piracy issue. In the next chapter I’ll lay

out the problems and even suggest a few solutions.

CHAPTER

FOUR

Pulped Wood versus

Electrons: Can the

Print World Learn to

Love the Net?

I ran across A. C. Snow on the Internet the other day, and old memories

poured forth.[4.1] A.C. is as low tech as they come. He writes a Tar

Heelish column with jokes and stories about church picnics and football

and beach trips, and yet there he was online with the folksy prose that

I remembered from eons ago. The _Raleigh Times_ is gone now. A.C. works

instead for the bigger _News & Observer_, a sister newspaper that

thudded against my dormitory door when I was in college. Weekday

circulation is around 150,000 nowadays, and many state legislators wake

up each morning to the _N & O_—it just might be the most powerful paper

in North Carolina.

Millions of people on the Net, however, would question the need for the

three-story tan brick building, the fleet of delivery trucks, and the

recent decision to invest $36 million in color presses.

You can’t update the ink on pulped trees the way you can move around

dots on a computer screen. “Aren’t newspapers obsolete?” scads of

techies are asking. Besides, the Raleigh-Durham-Chapel Hill area has

changed. Thousands of locals swap e-mail addresses at cocktail parties,

while many schoolchildren grow up reading off computer screens as well

as from books. IBM and other Fortune 500 companies are in Research

Triangle Park outside town.

Still, like the Raleigh area, the _N & O_ has evolved. In a nearby

building, a small crew is putting out electronic newspapers on the

Internet and on a bulletin board system. This isn’t just a

pulp-and-ink-era newspaper company. It’s also an Internet provider.

Aided by two phone companies, the _N & O_ gives out free Internet

service to teachers and students to find out what the latter would like

online in the future. It’s offered Netfolks a colorful, multimedia tour

of the state. Tens of thousands drop by the _N & O_ area each week. “The

Internet is like the real world—unorganized, unruly, and filled with

more happenings than any one person can possibly track,” says Frank

Daniels III, the paper’s executive editor. “It’s growing at a fantastic

speed, and its citizens are literate. An opportunity for editors!”[4.2]

Not everyone on the print side feels as he does. When a _Washington

Post_ writer did a gossipy little item on Cliff Stoll’s net.exposé, the

journalist said book editors were looking forward to reviewing _Silicon

Snake Oil_ as “confirmation of what they hoped was true all along.”[4.3]

That may or may not have been a joke. Whatever the case, a war is going

on between pulped wood and electrons. Can commercial publications, from

newspapers to book publishers, learn to love the Internet, and what does

this mean to us readers?

“There is no doubt in my mind that the Net will force a transformation

of newspapers,” says Peter Lewis, a cyberspace writer for the _New York

Times_, “but demise? That’s what they said about radio and television as

well.”[4.4] Just the same, a headline in _Wired_ magazine said online

newspapers “still suck.” Many newspapers are too enamored with the

traditional models where editors and writers inflict whatever they want

on the unsuspecting public. They don’t give their readers enough of a

chance to speak back online or communicate with each other. Still, the

best electronic publications can indeed be two way. And more and more of

them will be packaged for the medium. You’ll be able to read summaries

of stories, for example, and then summon up longer versions with a click

of the mouse.

Even ads may improve. “Think of the typical print tire ad,” says Teresa

Martin, an online expert with the Knight-Ridder newspaper chain.

“_Yawn._ But what if touching each tire bought up detailed specs about

it, or the sizes in which the store currently has it in stock—or even

some really cool car careening around a racetrack with the voice-over

‘speed rated?’ The ad can be like a window to a store, enticing the

reader in to look for information.”

I know—computers are too hard for many technophobes to learn, too big to

use in bed, and often too blurry or flickery to read off of; and

batteries are forever eager for their next charge. But life will get

better. It will happen faster if governments worry less about smartening

up TV sets and more about smartening up schoolchildren with programs

that drive down the cost of book-friendly computers. Much, however, is

already going on. Xerox, for example, has experimented with a computer

screen whose output is as sharp as printing on paper. It’s a power hog,

but less hungry screens are coming. Writing in _Digital Media_, Martin

says the right hardware could be a mere six years away.[4.5] I myself

think—based on my monitoring of technical publications—that her estimate

is conservative.

Besides, even now, electronic texts can at least complement the paper

kind. For example, they can increase the variety of newspapers, books,

and magazines available. After U.S. Senator Jesse Helms joked that Bill

Clinton would need a bodyguard to protect him from angry service people

who resented his military policies, I did not rely just on the

_Washington Post_ for details. I called up the story directly from the

_News & Observer_ hundreds of miles away. What’s more, it’s easy to

wander from one electronic publication to others when you are after

facts on the same topic, or to search back issues of newspapers and

magazines. Even novelists are discovering the possibilities of the new

media. Readers can choose their own endings or pass on suggestions to

the authors of works in progress.

Adventurous media people are trying to adapt to this online world as

gracefully as they can, and the Internet is oh so enticing to many. The

cost of the technology has fallen to the point where a bare-bones

newspaper can go on the World Wide Web by investing as little as

$5,000-$10,000 up front. Publishers needn’t divvy up revenue with a

commercial online service, such as America Online or CompuServe.

Compared to pulped wood, the Net looks better and better—the price of

paper shot up some 30 percent between the fall of 1994 and the spring of

1995. Environmental regulators are forcing the pulp mills to quit

sullying the air and the water, and new mills can cost half a billion

dollars each to build. “Like the rest of us,” writes Jonathan Seybold,

publisher of _Digital Media_, “the paper company executives read all of

the press stuff about the Information Highway, the rise of online

services, and the decline of paper-based publishing.” And he says they

are now asking, “Why should we invest in a new paper mill?” The result?

Newsprint shortages and higher prices. “The fear,” Seybold says,

“creates its own reality.”[4.6]

More than 100 newspapers either are on the Internet or are planning to

be there. The _New York Times_, for example, has used the World Wide Web

to transmit a fax edition condensed from the normal paper. A full-grown

_Times_ may be on the Net now. The _San Jose Mercury News_ in California

not only is online, it offers a service called News Hound. For just $10

a month, the Hound will automatically scan a massive database from

Knight-Ridder papers and additional dailies, then e-mail you the latest

articles on the cover girls of _Sports Illustrated_, on Afghanistan, on

the Chicago Bears, on Bill Clinton, or on any other topic that quickens

your pulse or makes you reach for your Valium. From the _Halifax Daily

News_ to Poland’s _Gazeta Wyborcza_, newspapers are trying the Net. Even

a strike paper, published by reporters of the San Francisco _Examiner_

and _Chronicle_, made it into cyberspace.

Some Netfolks preferred the strike daily to the electronic spin-offs of

the regular ones, and I wasn’t surprised. What applies to business

applies to newspapers: The Net is a great equalizer in some ways; a

small newspaper can reach as far-flung a readership as an international

daily. In fact, the first paper on the World Wide Web just might have

been the _Palo Alto Weekly_ from Silicon Valley. South Africa’s _Mail &

Guardian_, a 30,000-circulation weekly, finds the Internet a much

cheaper way to reach people overseas than air-mail. Devoted to Russian

news, the _St. Petersburg Press_ uses the Internet to serve an

English-speaking audience throughout the world. The _London Telegraph_

has shown up on the Net with some striking graphics. No longer is the

Internet just for little magazines published by techies and smart young

English majors.

Time Warner has put _Time_, _People_, _Entertainment Weekly_, and a

shelf full of other magazines in a colorful, well-done area of the World

Wide Web. Readers can praise and flame the editors and each other.

Hearst magazines have their own area. _PC Magazine_, one of the giants

of the Ziff-Davis chain, enraged many Netfolks with clueless articles

suggesting a rather thorough ignorance of the Internet and its reasons

for existence. But guess what. Now Ziff-Davis has a wonderful Web area

with generous samples from its magazines, including _PC_. The German

newsmagazine _Der Spiegel_ is on the World Wide Web, too, complete with

some news in English; from Japan, specialized publications serve Net

audiences ranging from gays to office workers.

I learned of the most dramatic use of cyberspace by a magazine just as I

was finishing this book. _Omni_, the popular science publication, said

it would forsake monthly paper editions in favor of a version on America

Online, augmented by just four print editions, one each quarter. It

expected to save some $4 million a year. The newsletter _Interactive

Week Publishing Alert_ raised some valid questions—copies of back

articles from _Omni_ were too hard to locate—but even if the grand

experiment failed, the model was out there. A major publication was more

or less forsaking pulped wood in favor of computer networks.

Book publishers are catching up with newspapers and magazines. Time

Warner, Random House, Macmillan, and McGraw-Hill use the Internet for

promotion, and they will distribute more and more of their books this

way. Free classics like _A Tale of Two Cities_ have been a staple of the

Net for years, thanks to voluntary efforts such as Project Gutenberg.

And now you can pay a few dollars to download a short story by Stephen

King or works by many others.

Meanwhile, however, some old-fogey publishers view the Internet as an

unfathomable virus transmitted via cable. That’s especially true of the

book business. People in it fear a massive bootlegging of their wares.

Using the Net, you can even pirate paper books; there is no technical

reason why machines cannot scan the latest from Philip Roth or Tom

Clancy, convert their novels to bits and bytes, and zap them to your

friends in Juneau. Software-based copy protection could help safeguard

electronic books. But I myself think there are other solutions as

well—for example, a national library fund to make free or low-cost books

practical and reduce the incentive for bootlegging.

Paper publishers also complain that if electronic books are cheaper to

create and distribute, manuscripts will receive less editing. With a

good library system in effect, however, a way would exist to highlight

works of merit—marketers would enjoy less clout and we’d see fewer

best-sellers on astrology and more on history. And without the

distribution costs, more money could go to writers and editors.

Other obstacles also exist in the minds of publishers eyeing the

Internet. Some worry about finding a market for text offered through a

global network. And certain people in the book industry also dread the

competition from the many gigabytes of free material that the Internet

offers. Didn’t Samuel Johnson know best?—No one but a blockhead ever

wrote except for money. If nothing else, many word people are captives

of their senses. They hate reading off computer screens; they want to

hear a newspaper thunk against their doors, hold Section A in their

hands, hear it rattle, sniff the ink.

Going in the other direction, many people on the Internet love to bash

the print world as benighted and even a little worthless. Who needs

publishers when you can post your own books and little magazines for the

world to read on the Net? That’s simplistic in many cases; I’ve got a

little more faith in the editors at Knopf or Viking than I do in the

proofreading gang from the Department of Chemistry or Joe’s Literary

Bar.

People on the Net, however, are right to criticize the print media’s

ignorance of electronic publishing and computer networks. If nothing

else, many traditional publishers fail to grasp the potential here.

Looking at the old, underpowered machines that clutter their offices,

they may believe that computers won’t progress from there. An

intelligent staffer with a publishers group—someone I respected on other

matters—didn’t understand the promise of computers for reading e-books.

I shared this story with Robin Peek of Simmons College, who coedited a

book on electronic publishing for the American Society for Information

Science and the M.I.T. Press. She told me that many book publishers just

hoped that computers wouldn’t improve until the publishers died or

retired. Computers keep stubbornly getting better, though; blurry

screens and fragile hard disks won’t always be the order of day.

More amazingly, a popular magazine misinformed some of us Netfolks that

we were “netgods.” Didn’t our Internet addresses end with a prestigious

“.net” rather than “.com” (the designation for a commercial site) or

“.edu” (for a school site)? Strange. Anyone can pay $14 a month to

ClarkNet or many other services and automatically get an address like

rothman@clark.net. So much for my godliness.

Zeuslike, however, I’ll hurl thunderbolts at HarperCollins and

Doubleday. The former published the book that the immigration lawyers in

Arizona used to justify the off-topic ads that they had inflicted on

thousands of newsgroups. The Canter and Siegel guide was in the same

class as astrology books. It talked about spending just $.0333 per

thousand users per month to reach 30 million people on the Net. Most of

the people, however, can only use e-mail and aren’t on Usenet or the

Web. Doubleday erred in other ways. It let Cliff Stoll smear cyberspace

as “devoid of warmth and human kindness.” Devoid? A rather

all-encompassing word. In both cases the paper publishers were entering

an unknown world.

To give another example, a _New Yorker_ article lamented the destruction

of library catalogues without really telling how electronic libraries

could do the job better. The article went on about the handwritten

annotations on the cards, and I could see the point here. Couldn’t a

card for a Civil War book include an informal recommendation for a book

on Antietam or Gettysburg? Must all cross-references be official? So I

could appreciate writer Nicholson Baker’s worry about the fate of those

beautiful wooden cabinets. What he played down, however, is that

technology can let electronic librarians create quick paths from one

work to another.[4.7]

Far from being exotic nowadays, this technology is the essence of the

World Wide Web. So if you looked up a general item on the Civil War, you

might see some annotated references to an item on Antietam, and go there

instantly with a click of the mouse.

Just as wrongly, an article in the _Atlantic Monthly_ of September 1994

said future electronic books could perish because they used many disk

formats. “The End of the Book?” asked the headline over T. J. Max’s

doomsaying. But CD-ROMs and books on floppy disk are just transitions.

Unless legislators interfere in the most ham-handed of ways, computer

networks should be the natural homes for electronic books. They could

reach us more cheaply, and in greater varieties, without the bottleneck

of physical bookstores. So disk standards should be just plain

irrelevant in the end. The true raison d’etre for the Internet is its

ability to let many kinds of machines share information without the

least worry about floppies or magnetic tape. Most of the time I don’t

know if my no-name IBM clone is talking to a Mac or a $5-million

mainframe. Besides, we mustn’t preserve books just physically; in a

videocentric era we also need to help them survive in the minds of

readers, particularly those outside the elite. We should spread books

far and wide, then, and make the technology as friendly to words as

possible.

But tell that to Max. In his eagerness to put down electronic text, Max

depicted the _print_ version of _Wired_ magazine as hypocritical. He

wrote:

_Although_ Wired _communicates extensively by e-mail with its readers,

conducts forums, and makes back issues available on-line, its

much-repeated goal of creating a magazine—currently called_

HotWired—_that is especially designed to exist electronically remains

fuzzy. For the moment this is no open democracy, and_ Wired _is no

computer screen—its bright graphics would make a fashion magazine

envious_. Wired _celebrates what doesn’t yet exist by exploiting a

format that does: it’s as if a scribe copied out a manuscript extolling

the beauty that would one day be print_.

Strange. Just what’s so odd about using old technology to spread word of

alternatives, especially the dazzling e-magazines that already enliven

the Web? When Nicholas Negroponte published _Being Digital_ (New York:

Knopf, 1995), a bestselling collection of his lively _Wired_ essays,

some Generation Xers bought it not for themselves but for their

parents—which was exactly what Negroponte wanted.

Max is especially off target about _HotWired_. Today, just months after

he wrote of the publishers’ “fuzzy” goal, the magazine is one of the

most successful on the Net with far more than 100,000 readers. It makes

massive use of hyperlinks—the technology I described by way of the Civil

War example. Within discussion areas, readers can create links from

their posts to text, pictures, and sound elsewhere in the World Wide

Web, including their own electronic pages—they needn’t confine

themselves to tiny letters to the editor. Simply put, _HotWired_ both

praises and exemplifies the new medium.

I couldn’t care less, moreover, if this electronic magazine runs long

articles that have come out in print or could have—just so _HotWired_

also gives me new material. Not everyone on the Internet reads the

printed _Wired_. One of joys of the Net, moreover, is the ability to

offer greater levels of detail for those wanting it. What a grouch Max

is. He might as well be a monk lecturing Gutenberg about the glories of

calligraphy.

Even _PC Magazine_, one of my favorites, at times can be all wet about

the Internet and related topics. A columnist suggested that most people

on the Net be forced to pay for each letter sent out; supposedly,

Netfolks were too quick to e-mail each other. Excuse me. Such an

approach could kill off many of the mailing lists through which

academics and nonacademics swap ideas and research notes en masse. A

very small fee based on actual costs and Net congestion? Maybe. But not

one designed to minimize use. To the columnist, however, the Net’s role

as a petri dish may count less than its promise as a corporate mailman.

He misses a major point. The Internet is one of the planet’s cheapest

ways to transmit knowledge, including the kind that might cure cancer or

give us a 150-mpg automobile. While commerce on the Net is laudable, we

need those mailing lists as well—and not just for professors but public

schools, libraries, charities, psychological support groups, and

activists of all ideologies, to name just a few of the better examples.

The economics of the Net will make this possible, especially as

bandwidths increase to accommodate greater use of audio and video—text

just won’t cost that much. Alas, the columnist in this instance failed

to understand the Internet and its possibilities.

I myself won’t claim omniscience about the Net. Once I saw a message on

a mailing list from someone pushing for a huge National Knowledge

Foundation to benefit educators, librarians, journalists, and

investigators. The post mentioned international topics, among others,

and flares went off in my head. I posted some sharply critical,

journalistic questions, wondering if the post had come from a CIA type.

Some people on the list cheered me on while I pressed for public

answers. It turned out that the post _was_ from a former Company man,

and as I persisted in querying Robert David Steele about his funding and

motives, he sent me a colorfully worded note that might have made a

Paris Island drill instructor envious. I quoted his e-mail, as I would

have done if writing this up for a magazine. What a way to justify my

fears of the intelligence establishment playing too powerful a role in

determining the content of material online. I remembered the valuable

exposés that the press had done of the CIA years ago; we need to

separate U.S. journalists from spies, lest impartiality of the news

media suffer. This debate I would win.

But I didn’t. In fact, I suffered a major debacle; flame after flame

from bystanders assailed _me_. Even though I told Robert Steele I wanted

public answers, people felt that I had violated the traditional

prohibition against quoting private posts in public, at least with names

attached. Some of the bluntest Anglo-Saxonisms came from luminaries on

the Internet. People wanted perfect freedom to speak their minds in

messages deemed private, just as professors and students in class would

want to be free to say outrageous things without ending up on the front

pages of the local paper. I, on the other hand, had applied journalistic

expectations to the Net. A reporter might end up with a better story if

a celebrity exploded during an interview and this fact came out in

print. But on the Internet, the freedom to be outrageous in private

mattered more than the freedom to quote, even with advanced warning.

Yes, I had questions about this custom. What if people took advantage of

this Netiquette to engage in sexual or racial abuse, or just abuse,

period? Should rules really be hard and fast? Just the same, in Net

terms, I was the loser here because I wore my Writer Hat at the wrong

time.

Luckily the story ended happily. Robert Steele and I, while disagreeing,

made our peace. I went to one of his conferences and shook his hand.

Later I happily discovered that he shared my hatred of the Clipper chip,

the loathsome White House scheme to make it easier to snoop on citizens’

communications. He was far more openminded than I’d originally expected.

Even without that consideration, however, a feud just didn’t make sense

here. Canter and Siegel may claim you can reach 30 million people in one

swoop, but as I say repeatedly, the Net is a _series_ of communities,

some of them rather small-townish. Within our somewhat overlapping

circles, it would have been mutually harmful for Robert Steele and me to

squander time and reputations on a protracted flame war.

Other kinds of clashes take place between Internet culture and that of

traditional media types; in the eyes of many people on the Net, print

people are not the only villains. _Dateline NBC_ ran a story about

children using computer connections to locate recipes for making bombs.

The children, however, could have done the same at bookstores or public

libraries. _Dateline_’s episode reminded one Netizen of the time NBC

secretly used a hidden ignition system to show that an automobile could

explode. Just as bizarrely, in print and on the air, some journalists

love stories about the Internet as a playground for child molesters. If

we on the Net were a religious or ethnic group, we could start an

antidefamation league and keep it forever busy.

By Net standards, the media bumble in yet other ways. If you’re a

newspaper or magazine journalist, you may have been reared to neuter

yourself about The News; no opinions online, please. On the Net,

however, many people are suspicious if you do _not_ join the crowd and

speak out. They dislike net-thropologists; that is, media people and

others who study the Net rather than contribute to it. Among some

journalists the standard modus operandi is to post questions for an

article, then vanish without sharing anything with the Netfolks.

Happily, this is changing somewhat. In fact, you can find a few

journalists from the _New York Times_, _Wall Street Journal_,

_Washington Post_, and other major papers speaking up online about

matters dear to them. Recently a reader flamed the _Post_ for its

Internet coverage (“what those idiots at the _Post_ write isn’t worth

minimum wage”). Alluding to software that can screen out messages from

offensive people, reporter John Schwartz punched right back: “It’s bozo

filter time.” He had been using online services for years, and here, it

showed. The old stereotype, in which all members of the major media are

clueless, just doesn’t fly any more. Not too long ago somebody shared a

_New York Times_ article—discussing some other people’s proposal for a

national digital library—with hundreds of a members of a list devoted to

law in cyberspace. He did not ask permission from the _Times_. A pithy

reference to copyright law then emanated from none other than Peter

Lewis, who had written the article and was a regular on the list.

So how are Netfolks treating Lewis nowadays? He e-mailed back an answer

in prose worthy of a discussion group on the Internet itself:

_It took me a while to get used to being flamed by pencil-dicked

geeks who hide behind their terminals, saying things I’m sure

they’d never dream of saying to my face. But now I’ve become

something of a connoisseur of flamage, and while I regret that

it is widespread on the Net, I regret more that the quality of

flaming is almost uniformly weak. I now savor good flames and

ignore the rest. On the other hand, it took me almost as long to

get used to having instant feedback, often pointed and critical

and right-on, to my writing. While there is a danger of a

“chilling effect” from flamage, perhaps subtly influencing

reporters to back off a subject in anticipation of a flood of

“Dear Clueless” letters, I think the overall benefit of instant

and widespread reader feedback is a Good Thing. Perhaps all

rookie reporters should be required to write a Net story just to

let them know that they do not write in a vacuum, whether their

beat is the Internet or the police station or sports._

Like the police beat, the Internet comes with its set of rules—as my

experience with the CIA alum vividly showed. Some on the Net attach a

statement to every post saying it’s copyrighted. Others just worry that

the wrong set of people may read and quote their more outspoken

messages. Lewis considers list and newsgroup posts to be public: “My

mother once advised me, long before she knew I would be a journalist,

‘Never put anything on paper that you wouldn’t want to see on the front

page of the _New York Times_.’”

Still, Lewis normally catches up with the writers of posts he plans to

quote. “However, the reason has more to do with verification than with

netiquette. In cyberland as well as in the real world, as you know, the

fact that someone’s name and address appear in a letter does not

guarantee the identity of the writer.” Lewis reminded me that “half a

century ago some newspapers forbade reporters from quoting sources

contacted by telephone on the same rationale: How do you really know

that was Mr. Doe on the phone if you didn’t see him? In cyberville, not

only can we not see our sources, but neither can we hear them.” And then

a few sentences later came the electronic signature, “Pete (at least,

you _think_ it’s Pete) Lewis.”[4.8]

Other challenges exist online. When reporters use e-mail for interviews,

they take away the element of surprise—often the surest route to the

best answer. “Also,” says Jordan Green, a Canadian freelancer who relies

heavily on e-mail, “there is no body language or voice intonation in

e-mail. We do have our various symbols to >>>highlight<<< and

_emphasize_ WORDS and feelings :-) but there is far more which cannot be

picked up.”

In the end, however, computer networks will make the press better

informed, not worse. Via Lycos, for example, a searching tool on the

Web, I can track down files written by just the right person to

interview or find background information that someone archived from the

relevant newsgroup. Besides, who says that all interviews are

confrontational? Often e-mail is just right, and I can always use the

telephone to fill in gaps. “I used to ask, ‘What’s your fax number?’ at

the end of a phone interview,” says a magazine writer named Peggy

Noonan.[4.9] “Now I also ask, ‘What’s your e-mail address’ because it’s

often much faster to post a question or send a draft for approval via

e-mail than by another means.” Some journalists might object to showing

drafts to sources. But Noonan clearly sees the networks as a godsend for

other purposes as well.

Another believer is Arik Hesseldahl, a young reporter with the _Idaho

State Journal_ in Pocatello who, like many journalists of his

generation, grew accustomed to the technology in college. “Remember that

flesh-eating bug scare a few months ago?” he said. “I got in touch with

a doctor in England who debunked all the rumors and media hype, which is

what it was—hype. Just today I am looking for an expert on nuclear fuel

reprocessing equipment who is untainted by the Department of Energy and

the rest of the federal nuke bureaucracy. Already I’ve gotten five

suggestions for experts.”

I myself see other advantages for people in the pulped-wood world; via

the Net I don’t just approach editors—I hear from them out of the blue

when they like my postings. Other freelancers have also benefited.

Steven Sander Ross, a professor at Columbia University, uses the Net to

communicate with European magazines that pay better than those in the

States. Just as the Net creates global markets for florists and sellers

of teddy bears, it multiplies opportunities for the best writers. That

is true for newspaper and magazine writers now and will be increasingly

true for authors of books. Mind you, there is a downside, too. The Net

may actually _hurt_ the worst writers as they face more competition,

whether from professionals across the planet or from the free material

that Netfolks share with each other.

Here are three case histories that should be of interest to writers,

editors, publishers, and the rest of the cosmos:

• Case History 1. The _News & Observer_ has used the Internet not only

to reach the denizens but also to get existing readers and advertisers

on the Net. In an era when so many greedsters hope to charge

outrageous fees to consumers for online information, the _N & O_ is

hoping that ads will pay much or even most of the freight.

• Case History 2. Time Warner, as noted, is putting magazines and book

excerpts on the Internet, and it’s doing so in ways befitting the

medium. Many of the same concepts carry over from online newspapers,

which is why this section and the next will be much shorter than Case

History 1. In fact, so far, an _N & O_-style business model seems to

be influencing Time at least somewhat.

• Case History 3. Laura Fillmore runs an online bookstore that not only

sells books but _gives them away_ on the Internet. She even used the

Net to promote a pulped-wood book that has sold hundreds of thousands

of copies. Fillmore’s ideas are significant because she is working

hard to reconcile publishers’ needs with those of society at large,

and I commend one of her business models as an alternative to

pay-per-read gouges. The ultimate answer, in my own opinion, is a

national digital library and a program to drive down the cost of

book-friendly hardware. Using this approach—a mix of editorial and

technical wizardry to add to the value of plain text—good publishers

would flourish. Readers and writers would come out ahead, too.

Finally, I’ll offer an update on the _N & O_ and other publications on

the Internet. When Frank Daniels described the Net as “unorganized” and

“unruly,” he might also have been talking about certain trends in his

own industry. A surprising twist unfolded in the story of the _N & O_.

Newspapers on the Net:

The Raleigh Experiment

More than two decades ago in a scuffy-floored room at the University of

North Carolina, not that far from the _N & O_, I heard Professor Walter

Spearman expound on the prickly question of uppity letters to the

editor. What if a reader taunted, “You’ll never print this?” The crux of

Walt Spearman’s wisdom was this: _Don’t go for the bait. If you don’t

want to print it, don’t._[4.10] He was teaching me to be, in modern

parlance, a “gatekeeper”—to decide which news and opinions made it into

print and which didn’t. Only so many column inches existed on the

editorial page, and we journalists were to watch over this space as if

it were the Mona Lisa. Without the slightest apology, we should tell the

public what to read, and besides lording over the editorial pages, we

should inflict the same front page stories on everyone. The notion that

each reader could write regularly for other readers, or that he or she

could see wire service stories online, was as sacrilegious as it was

science fiction-like.

By the end of the 1970s, however, at Duke, UNC, and N.C. State, hackers

were paving the way for Usenet, a series of discussion areas on the

Internet and on bulletin board systems that let _everyone_ have a

say—from Nazis to Maoists. Together with talk radio and with other forms

of computer communications, Usenet could help Americans bypass the

gatekeepers. Readers wouldn’t see on their screens an appealing

combination of headlines and Times Roman type. But no blue pencils would

be around to scratch out the heresies of nonjournalists.

Usenet in the end wouldn’t just carry alt.activism or comp.general or

alt.sex; it would also be home to a nice little electronic newspaper

called ClariNet, which in 1995 enjoyed 100,000-plus readers, and which

each day let readers choose from among hundreds of dispatches from

Reuters, the Associated Press, and more specialized services. My friend

Jim Besser covered Washington for a string of Jewish newspapers. He

could dial up ClariNet, other sections of Usenet, and the Internet at

large and see material that might take days and days to wend its way

into the _Washington Post_, assuming it ever got there at all. Usenet in

the end was more of a wire service than a newspaper; that just may have

been its real triumph. Some old print people hated ClariNet, seeing it

as a threat to their gatekeeping. For a while, ClariNet sent out the

columns of Dave Barry, the quirky but popular humorist enjoyed by

thousands of Netheads. Then, however, his syndicate pulled him off the

service. Illegal copies had wafted all over the Internet, and the

bootlegging had surely outraged client newspapers—the main reason; but a

second, minor one may have existed as well—the hostility between the Net

and many members of the print media.

The Internet was partly why Michael Crichton, the author of the novel

_Jurassic Park_, could shrug off newspapers and some other mass media as

“tomorrow’s fossil fuel.” The Cable News Network and radio talk shows

are not the only threats to the hegemony of the old-time gatekeepers. So

are the Internet, CompuServe, America Online, GEnie, Delphi, and, of

course, the more than 50,000 bulletin board systems run by hobbyists and

others. “Newspapers,” wrote the media critic Jon Katz, “have been

foundering for decades, their readers aging, their revenues declining,

their circulations sinking, their sense of mission fragmented in a world

where the fate of presidents is slugged out on MTV, _Donahue_, and

_Larry King Live_.”

I was fascinated, then, to learn that the old _News & Observer_ was on

the Net now. Was the _N & O_ serving readers better? With the above in

mind I spent several weeks talking to the Raleigh people on the phone

and via e-mail, and studying the electronic versions of the newspaper,

both the free samples on the Net and the version for paying customers.

My conclusions were positive, though not entirely. Katz, the author of

the “Still Suck” article in _Wired_, would have disliked some aspects of

the _N & O_’s electronic efforts. _Wired_ had asked, “How can an

industry which regularly pulls Doonesbury strips for being too

controversial possibly hope to survive online?” And, sure enough, if you

were on the Internet by way of the _N & O_’s service in fall 1994, you

couldn’t subscribe to the alt.sex string of newsgroups. Moreover, unlike

the _Time_ areas online, the _N & O_’s BBS had not sprouted hundreds of

messages from free-spirited readers and editors. Truly controversial

postings were rare. And yet the editors were clearly moving away from

the traditional gatekeeping role. Meanwhile, the _N & O_ was enriching

the Internet by way of well-written news stories and features—many

available for free. Flaws aside, this was a fine example of how the

print media could befriend the Net and the young people who favored

computer screens over pulped wood.

Frank Daniels III, the executive editor, tinkered with computers himself

in high school two decades ago, and as early as the late 1980s he was

using Macs to shuffle around stories on the pages of a magazine that his

family owned in Charlotte, North Carolina. Working with a stock analyst,

Daniels created a computerized database of the top fifty companies in

the Charlotte area, and that, in turn, led to a newsletter. So early on,

Daniels saw how high tech could spawn lucrative opportunities. He also

saw the negatives. The owners of the _Los Angeles Times_, Knight-Ridder,

and other organizations were experimenting with Videotext, which allowed

news stories to scroll across television screens.

Such endeavors were brave. They were also premature. Videotext at the

time cost the customers too much, and just as the Prodigy service would

err later on in the same way, the newspapers failed to appreciate the

fondness of many customers for typing to each other. Reading news

stories and shopping from home weren’t enough.

Many U.S. dailies would go on to flounder even on pulped wood. Whether

Americans were watching video-cassettes or hang gliding, millions had

other uses for their time, especially baby boomers. Some 60 percent of

the households in Wake County had once subscribed to the _N & O_; by the

late 1980s, just 40 percent did. Newspapers kissed off much of the

market, jacked up their prices, and began seeing themselves as a way for

advertisers to reach at least the Oldsmobile set if not the BMW set. And

yet, even by those criteria, the _N & O_ was a slacker. Back then, as it

does today, the Raleigh-Durham-Chapel Hill area boasted one of the

highest concentrations of Ph.D.s in the country. Some 40 percent of the

households now own computers, more than 10 percent can go online, and

the average home price is well on the way to equaling that of some major

metropolitan areas. Even five years ago, and long before, high tech was

enriching the Research Triangle.

But would the _N & O_ adapt to this new market, a harbinger for many

other areas in the United States and elsewhere? Frank Daniels saw the

newspaper as a change-proof antique, and he was ready to dump his _N &

O_ stock and sink the money into an online service.

Then Daniels got some journalistic religion at a newspaper seminar, the

secular equivalent of a good Baptist soaking. To hear him tell it, he

suddenly understood that “the relationship between a newspaper and a

community has such a richness and history that communities shouldn’t

lose that.” And he felt that online services could take advantage of

those relationships with readers and advertisers. Today the _N & O_ goes

by this philosophy, not entirely but to a great extent. Readers can

e-mail many of their favorite writers, while long-time advertisers can

buy _X_ number of column inches in the paper editions and receive

exposure in the electronic editions.

Something else, however, may have bound Frank Daniels to his paper as

well—old family stories and the memories they stirred. The first Daniels

landed in North Carolina several hundred years ago, and the family

reunions continue to this day. Frank III’s great-grandfather, Josephus

Daniels, purchased the _N & O_ at a bankruptcy auction in 1894. He

carried on as one of the state’s more colorful and outspoken publishers,

with a strong populist streak, and took time off in Washington to serve

as secretary of the Navy under Woodrow Wilson. I ran across Josephus on

the Internet, just as serendipitously as I had found A. C. Snow. Through

the American Memory Project at the Library of Congress, I could _hear_

Josephus honor two naval heroes with a speech called “There Is No Rank

in Sacrifice.” I passed on word of my discovery to Bruce Siceloff, an

online editor, and he played another Daniels’ speech for the clan while

showing off the paper’s marvels of technology. Frank Jr., publisher of

the _N & O_, tapped the arm of a cousin who had just walked into the

room. “That’s your grandfather,” he said as the spooky old wax recording

crackled away in its new electronic incarnation.[4.11]

Josephus, though his racial views softened, reflected the separatism of

many Carolinians in the first half of the twentieth century. The paper

itself changed. It eventually hired Claude Sitton, a Pulitzer winner

notable for his civil rights reporting in his days with the _New York

Times_. The _N & O_ in some ways became the _Times South_. Reporters

fought racial injustices. Frank III portrayed the paper of that era as

never having met a cause it didn’t like. What’s more, he said the _N &

O_, although exposing politicians on the take, was too quick to

editorialize for local programs that raised local tax rates. I myself

favored the crusading kind of newspaper—in fact, one risk of a high-tech

orientation was that it could turn a newspaper into an uncritical

cheerleader for business if editors were not careful—but I could

understand Daniels’ concern over government spending. At any rate some

felt that the _N & O_ was losing touch with many readers, and so Frank

Jr. and the others on the board of directors agreed to let Frank III

serve as executive editor in the wake of Sitton’s retirement.

The contrast between the old and new editors couldn’t have been more

stark. Sitton was a formal man who insisted that his reporters wear

suits and ties. Frank III relaxed the dress code. In place of a sign

with his editorial title, he stuck up one that said simply, “Frat Man.”

Old-timers groaned that this young Duke alum lacked enough journalistic

experience. The man had been the newspaper’s _operations manager_.

Wasn’t it apparent? For each year of experience on the State side of

newspapering, you could subtract two years of experience with the

Church.

Even under Sitton, the reporters typed away on a modern publishing

system for newspapers. But that was more or less all they did—write.

Many could just as well have been pounding away on old Smith Coronas.

They hadn’t any desire to learn the technology, not when there were

doors to knock on, vote counts to check, political corruption to

chronicle, Ku Klux Klan rallies to report, and courthouse records to

search the old-fashioned way. Young Daniels set to work changing all

that, and with the most surpassing of allies. The news librarians almost

instantly grasped the potential of computerized databases. So did Pat

Stith, the senior investigative reporter. The _N & O_ would go on to

collect state records showing traffic or hunting violations, or others,

and then seek out patterns. “We analyzed all the speeding tickets,” said

Daniels, “and found out what percentage of tickets were given at each

mile-per-hour level. It turns out that if you go 63 miles per hour in a

55-mile-per-hour zone, you have less than a 1 percent chance of getting

a ticket.” Via the same quantitative techniques, the _N & O_ could

evaluate the programs of local government. By the time Daniels had

effected his transformation, he had squeezed dozens of personal

computers into an already-crowded newsroom.

A year or so after Frank Daniels III became executive editor, he first

beheld the Internet over at North Carolina State. “An engineering

student said, ‘Have you seen this?’ and he showed me Usenet. And about

forty-five minutes later, while I was thirty minutes late for a meeting,

I was speechless. I walked out. I was just buzzing with the

possibilities.” Daniels saw some engineering newsgroups and, yes, some

sexually related ones. “I couldn’t believe how many people I saw talking

together, just following each other’s conversations. The letters to the

editor at the time were the only connection the _News & Observer_ had

with its readers.

“Our business is connecting people. Here was a whole world that existed

without our knowledge. It was a small world and an elitist world, but it

confirmed my earlier belief that computers were going to be ubiquitous.”

Effortlessly Daniels understood that Usenet wasn’t Videotext—people

_wanted_ you to talk back. So the Internet was at least on his mind as a

possibility for the time when the numbers were right. Daniels for the

moment pushed into less exotic areas; for example, he started a useful,

lively, but expensive fax newsletter for the elite, _The Insider_, which

covered North Carolina politics with a commitment to detail missing from

the daily press. The _N & O_ also offered sophisticated research

services, using the databases it was amassing. And the paper let readers

dial up stories over the telephone through a technology known as

Audiotext.

The electronic action, however, really took off after Daniels hired

George Schlukbier, a computer-oriented librarian who had worked wonders

at the _Sacramento Bee_. Like Daniels the frat boy, Schlukbier flaunted

a few eccentricities within bounds. An electronic signature at the

bottom of his Internet messages identified him as “Chief Bull Goose

Looney,” a tribute to the giant Indian who terrorized Nurse Ratched in

_One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest_, the Ken Kesey novel. Some, of course,

might argue that the Internet is itself a virtual asylum with the

inmates in charge.

Schlukbier and Daniels checked out Prodigy and America Online to see

about getting on those networks and decided that the numbers stank. Yes,

Prodigy-style services already had their networks in place, and the _Los

Angeles Times_ and papers in George, New York and elsewhere would go on

to sign up. But the _N & O_ concluded—rightly, in my opinion—that the

online services would need the newspapers more than the newspapers would

need the online services. Newspapers were the best source of steady,

detailed news about local communities. Each year the _N & O_ spent $12

million covering mainly local and state news, an amount that even a

giant like Prodigy could not replicate everywhere. “They’ve got their

view of the world that’s defined by whatever technology they adopted at

the time they started their service,” Daniels would later say. “We got

uncomfortable with the fact we’d be living their rules, and the

customers would be their customers.”[4.12]

Some other newspapers felt happy with Prodigy. “No,” said Mike Gordon,

an editor with Cox Newspapers in Atlanta, “Prodigy isn’t taking most of

the money.” What’s more, his online edition could enjoy revenue from

online ads. Still, more and more publishers were turning to the Internet

rather than Prodigy-type alternatives, and the balance of power changed.

When Microsoft started a new online service later, it offered newspapers

as much as 80 percent of revenue—at least several times the amount that

Prodigy had offered the _N & O_. (The Atlanta papers would themselves

end up on the Internet eventually, not just on Prodigy.)

Instead of relying on a Prodigy-style service, Schlukbier started a

locally oriented BBS with an Internet connection and a strong emphasis

on schoolchildren, not just the adult readers of today. This orientation

may have baffled many. Some newspaper publishers were too myopic to see

past the next quarter, especially if they worked for the big chains.

Exceptions did exist, of course. Knight-Ridder, for example, regardless

of its public ownership and its Videotext flop, was still pouring

millions into the new technology. As a family-owned newspaper, however,

without security analysts breathing down its corporate neck, the _N & O_

was especially free to experiment. Schlukbier believed that a decade

would pass before 40 or 50 percent of the homes in Raleigh were online,

and by then the children would be of customer age.

“By focusing on third-graders,” Schlukbier said, “I’ve got ten years to

learn from them what information they really need and want.”[4.13] What

they hoped for, in many ways, didn’t seem like a newspaper at all.

Rather they wanted their own tools. The bulletin board blossomed with

imaginary worlds in which, for example, Frank Daniels was the owner of a

fictitious newsstand. Children could wend their ways through cyberspace

by using written descriptions and computer commands to tell where they

were and what they were doing. George Schlukbier’s young son, Shane,

designed a mythical camp online with danger-ridden woods. Some may have

wondered how this applied to _newspapers_; I myself did. And then it

dawned: if newspapers would be increasingly two-way in the future, just

like the Net, then didn’t it make sense to see how the children

interacted with each other, as they did in role-playing games? The

children could change as they grew older, or moved away from the area

when their parents packed up for another job with IBM, but the

journalists could still observe the basic patterns.

The _N & O_ put more than 6,000 children and 700 teachers online for

free. NandOLand was the name of the educational service designed with

children in mind; a mouse click on a cloud, for example, would take

children to a NASA area on the Net. The students could send electronic

mail to each other or type to each other instantly. “I have seen

children who never cared what they wrote turn to a dictionary rather

than send a letter to a key pal with misspelled words,” said a teacher

named Stephanie Toney. “I have seen a child with a severe reading

disability sit for hours and concentrate on e-mail to another person on

the other side of the world. His English teacher would have given her

right arm to interest him in reading and writing for this period of

time.”

Granted, NandOLand wasn’t the entire solution to the needs of children.

Many couldn’t spend much time on a machine at school and lacked one at

home. But the program was much better than the alternative: expensive

school connections to the Net or no Internet at all.

Like the children, the _N & O_ itself was learning—about the local

schools and other institutions and the Net itself. “How many newspaper

editors and reporters get to talk with students, parents, and teachers

any time they want to without making a big deal of it?” asked

Daniels.[4.14] And so the educational coverage was better. Rosalind

Resnick, publisher of _Interactive Publishing Alert_, wrote that the _N

& O_ was “at the head of the pack when it comes to promoting

interactivity between its readers and reporters.” By the summer of 1995

every staff member, including those in circulation and advertising,

would be able to go on the Net from their desks. Daniels’ own Net

address showed up on the paper’s editorial page each day. The _N & O_

was publishing a dozen or two Internet items each month, complete with a

column called “Net Rider.” How different the paper was from a rival in

nearby Durham: “We don’t print many Internet stories,” a staffer there

said when I asked to speak to whoever covered the Net. The words were

spoken almost in a way to suggest that “Internet” was synonymous with

“_N & O_.”

Not everyone was happy with the _N & O_’s Internet service. Around 700

people had subscribed commercially by fall 1994, paying $20 a month, and

some rightly complained about the look and feel of the BBS and the busy

phone lines they had encountered during the summer. When I posted a

query on the Internet, at least half of the replies were hostile to the

online _N & O_. Some showed a knee-jerk hatred because they disagreed

with the paper’s politics. But others were right on target. The BBS

incarnation of NandO.Net, the name for the commercial part of the online

endeavors, was more of a rutted dirt road than an eight-lane information

highway. Customers for some months had trouble dialing up the service’s

modems for want of enough phone lines. Other glitches arose. The service

prided itself on the ability to whip people back and forth between the

local board and the Internet-related services without any effort. And

yet in making the transitions, customers suffered delays and software

glitches that they might not encounter with a more polished service.

Schoolchildren and BBS junkies were the best kinds of people to enjoy

the wild ride and the scenery.

The online _N & O_ responded with some technical improvements; the paper

added many more phone lines and gave customers the ability to use Mosaic

to point and click their way through the Web. Mosaic had a much smoother

feel than the BBS software. By late 1994 the _N & O_ was offering the

public an electronic newspaper and the Internet at the competitive rate

of $20 a month while helping to subsidize the educational side. And it

was serving people with different levels of equipment. The BBS was

designed to work especially well with less powerful machines and

snailish modems that were far too slow for Mosaic.

On the Net, the people who answered my queries had another major

complaint—the inability of NandO.Net to make alt.sex-style groups

conveniently available. Frank Daniels made no apologies. However liberal

towns like Chapel Hill might be, the state as a whole was of the

opposite bent. And that included more than a few church-goers in

Raleigh. “The community standards of our community don’t mix with some

of the sexual parts of Usenet,” Daniels said, “so we edit them out.” In

addition, most subscribers were children. “I have a seven year old,” he

said, “and I don’t want him delving into alt.sex.bestiality or those

other places.” Many of the Netheads would have said that one person’s

“editing” was another’s “censorship.” I myself, however, understood

Daniel’s worries. At least two other Net services were available in the

same area, so it wasn’t as if he were gatekeeping for the entire town;

what’s more, he said that when the software allowed, the sex-related

newsgroups would be available as an option. Just the same, the issue

epitomized the clash between the gatekeeping ethos and that of the

Internet.

More serious than the lack of alt.sex, to my mind, was Daniels’ failure

to appreciate sufficiently the political freedom of Usenet, the same

service that had attracted him to the Internet in the first place. I

complained to him that his own BBS included far, far less in the way of

political discussion than I’d have wanted, and I contrasted this to the

robust debates of Usenet. “To be honest, David,” he said, “I think one

of the least useful pieces of the Internet so far is their political

discussions. They’re not very good ones. There’s a lot of flaming. The

political discussions aren’t very productive. I follow mainly the local

ones here. These people discuss national issues and never have a

policymaker looking in there. So why discuss it if it isn’t going to

have an impact on policy?”

While Daniels was worlds ahead of newspaper editors at large, he was

showing the vestiges of the gatekeeping mindset that the new technology

had made obsolete. I myself disliked unmitigated flaming. And yet there

were times when harsh words were called for. The _N & O_ didn’t wimp out

when the editorial board attacked the Ku Klux Klan or the more

outrageous statements of Jesse Helms, the right-wing senator. Why should

people online be any different? And although it might be nice for a

policymaker to read my public messages as soon as I sent them out—and,

yes, I could recall hearing out of the blue from the White House after

one such posting—that was hardly necessary. Democracy isn’t just a

citizen writing to a congressman. It is also citizens communicating with

citizens, educating, proselytizing; and with the economies of Usenet,

more citizens could reach their peers for greater enlightenment. And

then, if a consensus were reached, political action might ensue, such as

letters to Congress. So why must politicians be involved from Day One?

Daniels was out of touch here, and I hoped he’d catch on.

Admittedly NandO.Netters could hook up with the Usenet political areas,

even if the _N & O_ played them down; but the newspaper didn’t really

promote political debates on the BBS itself. And it was not just because

Daniels believed that the readers disliked flaming and extremism—it was

also because he felt that real, live politicians were not ready for

online appearances yet. “When we can get commitment from the politicians

and policymakers, then we’ll make a push at it. But not until it becomes

something where our community can have really productive discussions. I

don’t want to train them not to like them. What happens is that the

people on the Net are trained not to like them. Extremists and flamers

love them.” I supposed there were a lot of us undesirables, however; for

alt.activism and similar areas were among the more popular newsgroups on

the Net—no match for alt.sex, but certainly not small time.

If Daniels had had a complete set of Net values, he would have

understood the benefits of debate online, and not just the political

action but the _education_. I myself was liberal. And yet when

discussing information policy, I could learn at times from the most

zealous of Libertarians and Objectivists. Some were among the most

advanced of the technologists. In fact, their technical backgrounds may

have led to their hatred of regulation—they loathed the bureaucrats who

could not fathom the direction in which computers and communications

were headed.

To his credit, Daniels at least was not calling for censorship of

Usenet; he was merely saying that he wanted his own service to be

different. What’s more, technology and marketing forces, the great

deciders of cyberspace, might change his mind for him.

Just as he had assumed in the first place, people on the Net wanted to

_talk_—not just to the _N & O_ but to each other about all kinds of

topics, including material in the paper itself. And the more comfortable

the readers grew with the online world, the more spirited, the more

Usenet-like, would be the discussions. No, the meek would not suddenly

turn into flamers. But the thrill of technology would be less of a

distraction, and they would pay more heed to what they had to say and

grow more adventurous about it. On the _N & O_’s present BBS, with its

often awkward commands, many people were not even leaving messages for

each other. Instead they typically used the system at a more primitive

level to type out their thoughts with the other person online at the

same time. I hated this approach. It brought to mind Dave Barry’s crack

that the Internet was like CB radio with typing.

Even if Daniels still did not enjoy the political debates on the Net

itself, he was living up to the old tradition of sharing material with

the rest of the world. In that sense his newspaper was exemplary. The _N

& O_ didn’t just offer news, discussion areas, and games for its

subscribers: Sample news and features were free to anyone who wanted to

read them. That was how I’d first run across A.C. Snow. I’d seen the _N

& O_’s name on a list of newspapers, and A.C. had caught my eye as I was

wandering through the Gopher that stored sample news stories and columns

from the paper. The World Wide Web, however, was the best way to try out

the electronic _N & O_. When I dialed up the main page for NandO.Net, I

could see a colorful, bluish logo and enjoy a newsstandish atmosphere,

with scads of goodies to explore. The _N & O_ differed from many

electronic newspapers. It didn’t just inflict on readers a digest of

generic news, with only the most cursory helping of original material.

I read samples from the regular _N & O_ and specialized publications

such as the _Insider_; enjoyed brief but regularly updated electronic

news intended for the Net itself; wandered through a little bookstore

with cover shots from books by Snow and other columnists; wended my way

through tens of thousands of words from a journalism seminar at Harvard;

soaked up long, multimedia features; dialed up samples of rock music;

and ventured into the sports area—the _N & O_’s most popular material on

the Web.

The sports area was the baby of a bearded, forty-something editor named

Eric Harris who had turned into a Nethead, and who like Schlukbier came

with a nickname: “Zonker.” A child, seeing the beard and taking in the

personality, had compared him to the Doonesbury character. That was a

little unfair. Zonker of the comics is a goof-off, while Zonker of the

Net is a workaholic whose messages might bear 4 A.M. time stamps. Harris

is Webmaster—the man with the daily responsibility for the content of

the Web area in general—but his true love was sports. He packed the

server with game schedules. During the ’94 baseball strike the _N & O_

indulged fans with whimsy such as “Cybersox Take the World

Series”—reportage of mythical games. “Need something to do while we wait

for the owners and players to resolve their differences?” the Web area

asked on another electronic page. “Well, the Baseball Server is doing

its part. Download the above images, tack them onto the wall, and buy a

set of darts. Then, every time you feel a twinge of baseball withdrawal,

grab a dart, think a ‘warm’ thought about one of the participants, and

let the fun begin.” And sure enough, Netfolks could print out pictures

of the villains, each of whom had a superimposed picture of a dartboard

and the wonderful caption: “The only losers are the fans.”

The _N & O_ also shared with the Net a variety of other material, of

which my favorite was North Carolina Discoveries. A lively feature

writer named Julie Ann Powers sought out offbeat places. In Lake Norman,

for example, she found that “houses and hangars ring the airstrip and

each lot comes with a grass taxiway to the paved and lighted runway.” In

Orient, a hamburger-and-hot-dog cook named Red Lee claimed that at

twenty-five cents each, his offerings were the cheapest in the country.

And in Tryon, the publishers of the _Daily Bulletin_ said that at 8 by

11 inches, their newspaper might be the smallest in the world. Powers

drove from town to town in a Ford Explorer that she had nicknamed

Barlowe after Arthur Barlowe—one of the first Europeans to behold the

state of North Carolina. Barlowe was a gadgeteer’s heaven on wheels,

full of audio and video equipment. People on the Web didn’t just enjoy

gloriously descriptive stories from Powers: with Mosaic-style software

they could _see_ a picture of her wearing a sun hat on a beach or gaze

at sand dunes or waterfalls or whatever she happened to be writing about

at the time. If they owned a sound card, they could _hear_, too. She

walked around carrying a microphone so large that it resembled a

folded-up umbrella.

Powers might well be one of the first multimedia reporters to work for a

Net-oriented daily newspaper. I asked her to share a few trade secrets.

She said she interviewed people twice. The first time she gathered the

basics for her regular story; the second time they spoke while tape

rolled. Powers said she never knew which sounds would work out and which

wouldn’t. A recording of a glorious waterfall ended up sounding like a

toilet flushing.

I asked about the challenge of balancing her traditional duties as a

reporter with those as an audio-oriented interviewer. Some old hands in

the _N & O_ newsroom saw the gadgetry as a threat. It was all too

remindful of the days when computers were replacing typewriters in the

newsroom, and many reporters and editors balked at being typesetters.

But Powers turned the new technology to her advantage. The microphone

and electronic camera—a photographer followed her around—made her more

aware of her surroundings and sensitive to new story angles. Once she

did a story on Ten Commandment Mountain. It was part of a Biblical theme

park, a peak in western North Carolina with God’s words spelled out in

“concrete letters each measuring five feet high and four feet wide.” A

roar from a giant lawn mower kept drowning out the voice of the man she

was interviewing. “They always ask,” he volunteered, “how do you mow

that mountain?” Presto, she had the magic quote to use near the lead. “A

special mower with a low center of gravity,” she revealed, “tilts and

leans up and down the steep planes.”

Whether reading about twenty-five-cent hamburgers or godly peaks, I

could scoot easily between pictures and words. The _N & O_ had a “North

Carolina Discoveries” logo at the top of one page, a picture of Powers

in the same area, and then a list of the Discoveries stories that she

had done. By clicking my mouse on a list of story headlines in blue

letters, I could immediately go to the stories. When I chose “Home Sweet

Hangar,” I sped to the same headline atop a color photo of an aviation

buff inspecting “his Cessna 172 after rolling it out of the hangar at

his house in Lake Norman Airpark.” Yes, the caption was there too. And

then I saw the story lead with an apt quote (“It’s like being an avid

golfer and living on the golf course”) followed by a list of other

items. I could choose “Audio: Talking about life on the flight line” if

I wanted to hear an interview. What’s more, if I’d set up my software, I

could even have picked “Video” and gone on to a list of short movies. I

also saw background items such as a list of “Triangle-area flight

schools” and “FAA regulations: How to get your pilot’s license.” The

beauty of this arrangement was that the _N & O_ could provide all kinds

of wonderful details for the interested without inflicting them on

others. Unless they mouse-clicked the appropriate words in blue letters

(or whatever the special color), they would never see the material.

The _N & O_ used the same approach on news stories. When North Carolina

was about to gas a man named David Lawson, readers could click on the

item “The Lawson Execution.” They could see a schedule of the events

ahead—from Lawson’s removal from his cell to the EKG examination that

would help certify his death. After the Associated Press reported the

execution, readers could click on a headline and read the details. They

could even summon up “Preparing for the execution” or “How the gas

chamber works.”

The Lawson story was a just a sample—the _N & O_ at the time wasn’t

constantly doing multimedia on breaking news—but it was easy to envision

the future for American newspapers using the Web. Imagine the blessings

for journalists who wanted to write on neat little odds and ends without

getting in the way of their main articles. They could merely add “links”

to offshoot stories. Perhaps the reader could even click and summon up a

collateral audio report or even a video. At first it might be hard to do

all this on deadline, but links would be a cinch as software improved.

What’s more, newspaper writers might evolve into true personalities just

like their counterparts on television. After all, if a reporter’s byline

were in blue letters, you could click your mouse to see a photo and

maybe even a bio featuring credentials—you could find out, for example,

if the legal reporter held a law degree. You could also quickly locate

copies of earlier work or a list of his or her favorite books.

Granted, electronic newspapers posed new challenges. Not all stories

lent themselves to multimedia, for example. What if newspapers played

down those that didn’t? “If you tried to do that with a lot of news

stories,” Julie Powers told me, “you would end up serving the video

masters rather than the news functions.” Still, in the end, the reader

would enjoy far more choices than before.

The Web, as I saw it, held out yet other possibilities for local papers

such as the _N & O_. Suppose you lived in Chapel Hill and wanted to see

what news had happened there in the past 24 hours; you could click on a

map of the Raleigh area and behold a story list from your town.

Neighborhood-level submaps could show still more. You could read the

most minor tidbits—for example, new requests for zoning changes or items

from neighborhood newsletters. Even more helpful, you could find old

stories and other background information. Let’s say you were shopping

for a condo on a certain street. You might think the neighborhood was

safe—Chapel Hill is a university town, remember—but learn that many

crimes had occurred nearby. Furthermore, you could adjust the _kind_ of

information that you summoned from the Web. For example, you could see

lists of houses for sale in a neighborhood and then retrieve their

photos along with audio sales presentations. Moving on to another

information category, you could uncover lists of nearby stores or see

test scores from the closest elementary school. And you might even see

ads from nearby restaurants and click on them to order.

The food-related examples weren’t entirely hypothetical; Zonker Harris

pointed me toward me some mock ads from Hardee’s and a chain called

Little Caesar’s Pizza. The same business principles I discussed in

chapter 2 applied here. Rather than planning to inflict vast quantities

of material on the unwilling, the _N & O_ made the ads useful and

entertaining. Elsewhere in the _N & O_ area I saw an ad for a computer

dealer, among others, but the real triumph was the area from Mammoth

Records—with home pages for bands, promo photos, discographies, tour

dates, album covers, and more, including a catalogue and, yes, free

samples.

But what about the economics of all this? Via an electronic edition the

_N & O_ wouldn’t collect the fifty cents it charged per hard copy issue,

but it wouldn’t have to buy newsprint and distribution services. _That_

was how George Schlukbier hoped the newspaper would turn a profit

eventually. The electronic activities, although not yet profitable as a

whole, were coming along. People on the Net, for example, were calling

up the pages within the _N & O_’s area several hundred thousand times a

week. A page was what you saw when you clicked the mouse to call up an

item, and each page could be just a few lines of information, or go on

for a number of screens. Zonker Harris expected that by the end of 1994

as many people would be dialing up the _N & O_ as called up SunSite UNC,

the popular collection of files at the University of North Carolina.

Readers retrieved Mammoth Record’s pages some 35,000 times a week. That

didn’t mean 35,000 people—there was plenty of repeat business, and of

course the same people looked at more than one page—but the numbers

looked good as a start.

Just who, however, was reading the Web areas of the _N & O_ and other

Internet publications? The _Washington Post_ and many other dailies had

chosen to avoid the Net for the moment because they thought that the

right people weren’t there. And some marketers and journalists tried to

reinforce such arguments by citing a study of 4,777 Web readers by

researchers at the Georgia Institute of Technology. Ninety-four percent

were men, and 56 percent were 21-30 years old—almost half were students

or faculty members or had other university ties. “These are hardly the

type of people to make large consumer or business purchases,” a _San

Francisco Chronicle_ story observed. The experience of JoAnn and Bob

Lilienfeld, as recounted in chapter 2, showed that riches would not

automatically come to merchants on the Web. And yet the potential was

there. The Web readers uncovered by the institute weren’t charity

cases—just yups. Studying the readers of the Baseball server, the _N &

O_ found they were a long way from poverty. Twenty percent of these

Netfolks, for example, earned $35,000-$50,000 a year, 18 percent earned

$50,000-$75,000, and 4 percent earned more than $75,000. And, of course,

many of these Netfolks were young people who would carry their Net habit

over to their jobs and their personal lives. Not surprisingly,

Schlukbier claimed keen interest from representatives of companies such

as J.C. Penney and Radio Shack, and, of course, from fast-food chains,

which, in so many cases, targeted their ads at the young.

Cleverly the _N & O_ built on existing relationships with advertisers.

If you were already on the paper and bought _X_ number of lines, then

you could get the Net as a bonus. North Carolina businesses paid as

little as $50 a month in basic fees to be in the _N & O_’s area on the

Net, not including add-ons such as design services. Big national firms

would pay well into the thousands. Given the newness of the medium, this

would scare off many—unless, like the _N & O_ itself, they saw the Net

as an investment in the future. Then the experiment might work. In my

mind, however, there was one other variable: What about _national_

publications competing with local papers for the same _national_

advertisers? Already Time Warner and the _N & O_ were watching each

other carefully.

Magazines: Time Warner

Typing away on Macintoshes on the fortieth floor of the Time Life

Building in Manhattan, ten floors above _People_ magazine, a small team

started an area of the Web known as Pathfinder. It offered electronic

versions of Time Warner’s vast stable of magazines. Zonker Harris at the

_N & O_ had a slogan, “May the best server win.” The Durham newspapers

might not be in the game so far, but _Time_ and brethren were.

Zonker was justifiably proud of the 300,000 or so accesses a week that

the _N & O_’s Web area was enjoying after several months on the Web. But

just within a week of start-up in fall 1994, the Time Warner area was

drawing more than 80,000 accesses a _day_. That didn’t mean that the _N

& O_’s efforts were doomed—hardly. But despite all the talk about the

Net being nirvana for smaller companies, Fortune 500 corporations

arrived with some advantages of their own. Once readers grew comfortable

with a certain area of the Web, they might spend less time on other

parts of the Net. This wasn’t so much a pattern at the time, but as mass

audiences descended on the Net, corporate logos might count far more.

Beyond that, Time Warner already offered a daily version of _Time_—a

_newspaper_ in effect. It was just one service among a rackfull of

publications. Readers could read up on foreign policy or the latest

_Star Trek_ film in _Time_, take in reviews from _Entertainment Weekly_,

keep up with Ice-T and other hip-hop musicians in _Vibe_, or fire off

questions to authors of best-sellers from Warner Books.

An even greater threat to the _N & O_, in the long run, was the fact

that Time Warner didn’t just own magazines and book publishers. It also

owned _pipes_, including a cable operation in the Raleigh area. And

someday it might use cable TV lines to send the Net into homes there,

competing with the _N & O_, which had already been providing Internet

services. If no antitrust or other legal boundaries existed, then Time

Warner would be remiss in its duties to its stockholders if it did not

explore this route. Think what this would mean to users of the World

Wide Web. If an article came with fancy photos, they might have to wait

several minutes for the whole works to reach them at a speed of 14.4

kilobits per second. But suppose Time Warner used cable TV to bring the

Internet to them. Their televisions would still work with cable the

usual way. But their computers could share the cable and retrieve Web

articles and other material in a fraction of the time. Cable modems sold

for hundreds of dollars. But pilot projects were going on with other

companies, and the cost could soon drop to a fraction of that amount.

More important, big, well-financed corporations might be willing to

modify the old cable for these new capabilities.[4.15] What did this

mean for local, _N & O_-sized companies? Just as high tech had blurred

the difference between telephones and televisions, the Net itself was

blurring the barriers between local and national. It was unclear whether

the public would win or lose.

For better or worse, Time Warner’s area on the Net was part of an

evolution in cyberspace. The process had begun with the small academic

magazines and hobbyist publications that turned to the Net as a cheap

way to find readers. Many if not most still relied on plain text without

graphics; they were little more than archived dispatches to mailing

lists—which was fine because the words mattered above all. One of the

best of these was Adam Engst’s _Tidbits_. Written for Apple owners, it

also appeared on the World Wide Web and bulletin board systems, and

Engst claimed more than 100,000 readers—no small feat for a

kitchen-table-style publisher. Nonconglomerates still provided most of

the magazines on the net, and not all were for techies or sci-fi buffs.

_International Teletimes_ was edited by Ian Wojtowicz, a gifted high

school student who lived in Vancouver, British Columbia. _Teletimes_

went out over the Web with fetching art, not just text, and some of the

prose could have graced _Harper’s_ or the _Atlantic_. Recounting a

winter trip by train, a college student named Paul Gribble wrote: “Every

now and then we pass a lake, completely frozen over, flat and white,

smooth as a skating rink. I’d love to walk to the center of a big frozen

lake like that and just sit there for a while. I’d feel like the first

blot of paint on a fresh silk canvas.”

Many steps up from _Teletimes_, in business terms, was _Global Net

Navigator_. Like the _N & O_ in North Carolina, _GNN_ was trying to use

advertising to support its activities, and you could see ads from

companies as large as Digital Equipment Corporation. _GNN_ was not just

technical. It posted informative, brightly written articles on topics

ranging from money to food and travel. _Wired_ magazine was on the Net,

too, with an offshoot called _HotWired_, which itself wandered far from

technical topics and attracted lucrative ads from the likes of Volvo and

AT&T. None of these publications, of course, happened to be a Household

Name like Time Warner’s _Time_ or _People_. Many experts felt that as a

profitable medium for big-time magazines—and let’s not confuse size with

quality or lack thereof—the Internet had a long way to go.

Jeffrey Dearth offered at least an interim answer. Teaming up with a

small corporation with the grand name of the Internet Company, Dearth

offered the Electronic Newsstand. Like the Pathfinder or _N & O_’s Net

edition, the Newsstand was a godsend to browsers. You could wander

through sample articles from _Business Week_; _Field & Stream_; _The

Economist_; _The New Yorker_; _National Review_; _Maclean’s_, Canada’s

largest newsweekly; or The _New Republic_, of which Dearth himself was

publisher. The Time Warner experiment notwithstanding, most of the Names

were far behind. Dearth offered them the equivalent of a catch-up course

or at least some solid remedial instruction. They could test the waters

of the Net to see how much interest their articles drew, before deciding

whether to set up their own areas there. Via the Newsstand, magazines

could accept subscription orders.

But order taking was a long way from fancier “interactivity”—to use a

pet term of media people—and this was where Time Warner’s Pathfinder

area would shine. The area didn’t just recycle magazines on the Net, it

also offered powerful tools to find old articles by typing in search

words or the names of topics. From the start, the searching capability

was among the more popular services. Soon Pathfinder would include

hypertext links that let you go from an article on a certain topic to an

ongoing discussion. Already Time Warner provided special services such

as one for gardeners. They could type in their general wishes about

flowers and supply their location and other odds and ends, and then Time

would offer tips on what to grow. It also allowed inquirers find out how

their congressman or senator had voted on certain key issues. And many

more applications like this were on the way. What’s more, people could

talk back to Time Warner writers and others by way of an advanced

bulletin board system designed for the Web. It was _much_ easier to use

than the _N & O_’s.

Not everyone liked the Web area. One woman hated the “overstuffed”

artwork—others said it gobbled up too much downloading time. She also

chided _Time_ for putting out the online version of _Sunset_ magazine

“for Northern Californians still living in their ’50s ranch houses.” I

myself, however, enjoyed the kitsch and flashy, busy look of the Web

area as a whole. That was the way the _real_ magazines came across; this

was pop culture, not the _Kenyon Review_.

Almost immediately the _Time_ board teemed with lively talk on issues

ranging from Clintonian stupidities to, yes, the future of the

electronic medium. I felt much more comfortable here than in the message

area of the _N & O_; people on the _Time_ board spoke their minds more

freely. Some amusing posts showed up. Amazingly, the software let people

key in their own identities, and the late Henry Luce, cofounder of

_Time_, arose from the grave as luce@pastmytime.com. One message

appeared, truthfully or not, with the name of a staffer at _U.S. News &

World Report_. He promised that _U.S. News_ would set up an outpost on

the Net soon, and someone at _Time_ twitted him for not answering e-mail

promptly. Despite my fondness for the reporting in _U.S. News_, I had to

agree. Researching a Net guide for political activists, I’d written

_U.S. News_ six months ago and had yet to receive an answer.

Time Warner also showed network savvy by following the example of _GNN_

and similar publications and providing some hypertext pointers to the

rest of the Internet, rather than expecting readers to stay within its

own area. Time Warner even enlisted some of its household names in the

cause. The electronic version of _Entertainment Weekly_, for example,

did not just review Madonna or Springsteen or the latest Hollywood

films; it also directed people to popular, entertainment-oriented sites

on the Net itself by way of hypertext links. I still wanted to see many,

many more links—a strength of _GNN_. But I suspected that would come in

time.

Planning the Pathfinder service, Time Warner had even consulted with the

publisher of _Wired_. “They’re providing real news, not just PR blather

or sales areas for their products,” said Chip Bayers, the managing

editor of _HotWired_, the _Wired_ offshoot on the Web. And he was right.

I myself was no cheerleader for Time Warner in some ways—I worried about

media concentrations.[4.16] But here the Suits deserved their due.

_HotWired_ offered avant-garde graphics on the Web along with services

such as bulletin boards and free archives; I was pleased, yet hardly

surprised. _Wired_, after all, was still a bit of an upstart despite

heavy investment from a corporate arm of the powerful Newhouse

family.[4.17] But Time Warner was different—the epitome of the

journalistic and Hollywood establishments, a company with many benefits

from the status quo. I recalled the upbeat stories that _Time_ had run

about the world of 500-channel television. Such articles betrayed far

more tolerance of the “one to many” broadcast model, as opposed to the

newer, more anarchistic model of the Net. Many in the Time Life tower,

especially on the entertainment side, might still harbor these less

adventurous visions. And yet the company was now spreading its bets

around. That seemed sensible enough, given the chilliness that some test

markets had shown interactive TV.

A _Time_ writer named Philip Elmer-DeWitt had grown more and more

attuned to the potential of the Net. He was a regular on The WELL, the

bulletin board system frequented by many of the elite journalists on the

Internet. Again and again Elmer-DeWitt showed up on newsgroups and

mailing lists with spunky, opinionated posts on such topics as the media

and telecommunications. He lent his name to a successful legal campaign

to aid Brock Meeks, a small publisher on the Net who faced a libel suit

from a mail-order tycoon in Ohio. What’s more, Elmer-DeWitt was

sensitive to the threats from the Clipper chip, which Washington might

use someday to invade the privacy of millions of Americans. He clearly

represented the interests of his employer, but he did so with a good mix

of wit and smarts that endeared him to many on the Internet. His

electronic signature said, “Read Time on America Online where we are

paid to take abuse.”

Enlivened by posts from Netfolks and WELLfolks whom Elmer-DeWitt had

befriended, _Time_’s message board thrived on America Online. But now,

quite correctly, _Time_ had run an article pointing out the advantages

of the Internet from the perspective of publishers. _Time_ raised a big

question, the same one Frank Daniels had asked. Did publications really

have to fork over such a hefty percentage of their online revenue to

commercial services, such as America Online, when the Internet existed?

Time Warner’s well-stocked area on the Net was itself an answer of

sorts. Granted, the company’s outpost on America Online wasn’t about to

vanish. Time Warner was testing both interactive TV and computers as

transmission vehicles; similarly the company was not committing itself

to any single network in cyberspace. I took it for granted that sooner

or later Time Warner might end up on the network that Bill Gates was

starting. Just as _Time_ reached newsstands everywhere, the electronic

equivalent could seek out eyes wherever the phone lines led. _Sports

Illustrated_, _Fortune_, and _People_ would soon be on CompuServe. And

yet Time Warner’s priority in the computer world was clear: the Internet

above all else, at least for the moment.

“When we put _Time_ on America Online,” said Walter Isaacson, editor of

new media at Time, “it is done on their server, using their software,

and only someone subscribing to America Online and using America Online

software can access it. On the Web, anyone using public domain software

can get to it.” I could just have substituted “_News & Observer_” for

“_Time_,” an impression only strengthened by the next sentence: “We have

a direct relationship to our readers.” Isaacson went on: “There will be

massive amounts more content from Time Inc. on the Web than on America

Online or CompuServe, which will just feature individual magazines.”

Some twenty-two magazines were to go on the Web. Isaacson said around

ten editors would participate full or part time. Total investment in the

Web site was to reach the “mid six figures,” and “with advertising it

should be in the black within a year.” “There may be a mix of ads and

subscription fees,” Isaacson said. Mercifully, the advertising would not

be the intrusive Prodigy kind that popped up on the bottom of my screen

in a garish, Vegas style.

Jim Kinsella, the ex-newspaper editor who presided over the Web area,

said he was pushing for a subscription fee of around $8 a month. I would

have wanted the price to be a few dollars lower, but it was fine if I

got enough for my money. If nothing else, Kinsella wanted readers to be

able to stay online without the time charges that made thousands unplug

their hookups with America Online and similar services. A product

manager with Microsoft would later say as much to the _New York Times_

in discussing Bill Gates’ new service: “We’re trying to reduce the

threshold of pain. We think users hate connect fees.”[4.18]

Kinsella’s $8 monthly fee—his proposed figure, not Time Warner’s—would

be for Pathfinder itself, not for the Internet connection. I did some

quick math. Pathfinder could indeed be a competitive possibility if Time

Warner were able to lower the cost of using the Internet by way of cable

television from the $75-$100 a month that people typically paid for such

arrangements.

Mass use might enable Time Warner to undercut the $20 that the _N & O_

presently charged. Typical readers might want to keep reading a _local_

newspaper, and the _N & O_ could drop its own prices, but this was still

a good example of how national media just might drain at least some

readers away from the local media. Understandably, Kinsella was thinking

in mass, national terms, as I would have done. He predicted that within

five or ten years half the country might be able to reach the Net in one

way or another. Others at Time were similarly optimistic.

Not everyone in late 1994 was so sanguine. Mark Stahlman, for example, a

media expert in New York, shrugged off Net publications as “just the

latest in a series of fads.” Richard M. Smith, _Newsweek_’s editor in

chief who was running the new-media committee of the Magazine Publishers

of America, was skeptical about online services in general: “The people

who are making money are the people who are running conferences about

it.”[4.19]

Smith was oversimplifying somewhat, but formidable barriers did exist,

of which one of the biggest happened to be the limits of the technology.

Reading electronic text for hours on end could be murder on both the

back and the eyes. All day long I sat in front of a computer screen; the

last thing I wanted was to have to do it while I wandered through

magazines or books. Television wouldn’t do: I hated the idea of reading

a magazine or novel from ten feet away. Besides, didn’t magazines and

books exist to be enjoyed in bed, on the hammock, or at the beach?

Mightn’t Silicon Valley, however, come out with small, tablet-style

computers designed for reading? “TeleReaders” could feature optional

keyboards for people who wanted to use them as general purpose

computers. Screens, needless to say, must be much sharper than today,

and without so much flicker. Batteries should last longer. And, ideally,

you should be able to dart from place to place in a newspaper or

magazine by merely touching a “pen” to the appropriate part of your

screen. _That_ was what the magazine, newspaper, and book industries

needed, rather than just more conferences. Washington could even

encourage this by way of a focused procurement program for schools and

libraries; the same machines could even be used for electronic forms for

government and commerce.

Roger Fidler of Knight-Ridder had already been experimenting with

mockups of tablet-style machines. He was more interested in a

newspaper-oriented approach and less in a general one than I was. But

the basic idea was the same—words needn’t be captives of the printed

page. The real question was this: How soon until the right technology

appeared? Electronic magazines such as Time Warner’s would still make

money without a TeleRead-style approach, but the full potential would

not be reached, especially if more children abandoned words for TV and

computer images. That was even truer for the world of books. Even more

than magazines and newspapers, e-books suffered from the limits of

technology. It wasn’t just a question of the right machine for viewing;

at issue were other matters such as copy protection and billing. But at

least some partial solutions were on the way, and even with the present

difficulties of the medium, online bookstores were sprouting up on the

Internet. One of the best was run by Laura Fillmore, an editor in

Massachusetts who had once worked for Little, Brown.

Books: Laura Fillmore and

the Online Bookstore

An elderly man owned a charming old store in a southern town with the

standard magnolias, wrought iron staircases, and hot, moist summers, and

he loved to brag about his shiny new safe. Most customers did not know

about it or care. Rather than worrying so much about the protection of

his wealth, he might have been better off to imitate his rivals and

invest his money in air-conditioning instead of the safe.

The man reminded me of myopic publishers and authors. Not quite grasping

the full potential of the Internet, they fretted too much about

copyright protection, and not enough about making their wares friendly

to shoppers. A pay-per-read company in Virginia was typical here. You

could download its books off the Internet, but you did not enjoy such

niceties as links to other titles online. Nor could you print more than

a page or so at once. Beyond that, you had to clutter up your computer

system with a $25 gadget hooked up to the printer port. If you were

working on tight deadlines and were rich and desperate enough, you might

stomach this copy protection system. But I dreaded the possibility of

its adoption by the book industry as a whole; established publishers and

writers just might see the world pass them by if they cared too much

about cybersafes and not enough about customer amenities. Many megabytes

of good, free reading awaited the public on the Web, and not everyone

understood the value that professional editors and writers could add.

Nowadays, however, more publishers and hangers-on were catching on to

the nuances of the Net. Among them was Laura Fillmore, a publishing

consultant who owned the Online BookStore in Rockport, Massachusetts.

She must have driven some traditionalists crazy. Fillmore actually had

the notion that ASCII—text in a popular format, without italics and the

other trimmings—should be free to everyone. She loved Project Gutenberg,

which an Illinois academic had started to put classics and other works

on the Net at no charge. Fillmore was the antithesis of a techno-geek,

the kind of woman who just might read Dickens to her two children on

snowy days, and who was a regular on the speaker circuit within her

industry. She had majored in English at Barnard College and worked for a

publishing company that dated back to the nineteenth century. Fillmore

helped bridge the past and the electronic era. Her vision wasn’t quite

the same as mine, but it was worlds apart from that of piracy-fixated

publishers who saw electronic readers as a criminal class.

The move to the Net was, in her opinion, part of a long evolution toward

a new form of decentralized publishing. She recalled when the great

houses didn’t farm out editing and other tasks as often as they do

today, and when almost every book took nine months to reach the stores.

“Back in the late ’70s when I was at Little, Brown,” she said, “we

needed to get special permission to use Ex. When an author wanted his

sales figures, I’d walk up the street to the top floor of a separate

building where Rose, the lady with the P & L cards, had been keeping

tabs for twenty years, and I’d sign out the neatly penciled card and

carefully carry it to my boss, wrapping it in plastic against the

weather if necessary. I passed the copyediting department with their

well-stocked reference library, a bastion against inaccuracies, and the

design department, smelling of wax, hung with rulers, sizing wheels, and

X-acto knives.”[4.20] The industry, though, had changed; now freelancers

throughout the country, not just in New York or Boston, were often

editing and even publishing books. Fillmore herself had gone into

freelance editorial work years before, and she still remembered “the

shrinking feeling in my stomach the first time I bought a computer setup

back in 1984: $10,000 of the bank’s money for an XT and an HP LaserJet.

The salesman left, I was back at the C prompt, and the room grew dark.

No matter which buttons I pushed, ‘Abort, Retry, Ignore’ glared back

persistently. Finally, I chose none of the above and unplugged the whole

thing.”[4.21] Fillmore overcame her technophobia, but the chaos of

change still made her uncomfortable. “Increasing speed and volume have

led to high job turnover, a blurring of disciplines. Our computerized

tools allow the editor to become a typist, a designer, and a

type-setter, the designer becomes a software junkie, a graphic artist, a

prepress house. No time for galleys! Straight to pages! No time for

pages; straight to film. The drop dead date is bottom line. Sales are

needed this quarter.”[4.22]

Years ago, competition had reached the point where many typesetting jobs

left the United States. “We even hired freelancers thirdhand in

Singapore and Haiti,” Fillmore recalled in a speech. “The publisher

hired me; I hired someone stateside to hire someone in-country to hire

the keyboarder and, still, the publisher ended paying maybe half what

the job would have cost him at $15 per hour. Our topic today is

slavery.”[4.23]

But in Fillmore’s opinion, this distributed form of publishing, where

tasks went every which way, would take a newer and more humane form. In

the 1980s books had appeared on computer networking, a kinder technology

than the brutal, production-oriented variety of the past. And now

Fillmore saw in networks a chance to “elicit life from people” who used

computers to communicate. Her own “epiphany” came when a Net-oriented

writer, John Quarterman, author of _The Matrix_, introduced her to “the

then alien concept of electronic mail. My assistant would pick up mail

from my lone correspondent, the author, print it out, put it in my in

box, and I would handwrite responses which she would input and send back

in due time. It sounds quaint, but it seemed to make sense to me at the

time—in the same way computerized typesetting distributed though

unconnected PCs made sense.” On the Net, everyone could publish, not

just giant publishing houses. And so Quarterman could forward to her

some public messages from students who were defying the Chinese Army in

Tiananmen Square. They could speak for themselves; no one edited them.

They weren’t like the freelance typists in Haiti: They were not “hidden

and voiceless behind four middlemen” and “with no hope of a phone, much

less an Internet connection.”[4.24]

The overlap in Fillmore’s mind, between publishing and communicating via

the Net, was entirely natural. When the Haitians typed, they created a

digitized version of the book they were working on. They were not just

transferring words to paper. Bits and bytes, once created, could go

anywhere.

Fillmore, of course, was hardly the first to think of consolidating

knowledge. As early as 1945 a scientist had published a preternaturally

farsighted _Atlantic Monthly_ article that was to electronic publishing

what Leonardo da Vinci’s notebooks were to inventions in general.

Vannevar Bush had proposed a memex, a microfilm-based device that could

bring together knowledge from many disciplines—along with the thoughts

of the user. It would be, in other words, a cross between a personal

file cabinet and a giant library. In a speech, Fillmore quoted a key

passage: “The human mind ... operates by association. With one item in

its grasp, it snaps instantly to the next that is suggested by the

association of thoughts, in accordance with some intricate web of trails

covered by the brain.”[4.25] Bush might as well have been describing the

World Wide Web and its links that allow you to click on “Boeing” and see

“Airplanes” or click on “Clinton” and see “Presidents.” Ted Nelson, a

dreamer-writer-programmer, was thinking of the memex when he invented

hypertext links. That concept, in turn, excited Tim Berners-Lee, a

staffer at a physics institute in Berne, Switzerland, who was the father

of the Web—the vast network of computers through which I could retrieve

the Raleigh _News and Observer_, _Time_, and Fillmore’s offerings.

Back in 1992, however, the World Wide Web was a fraction of its present

size, and programmers had yet to release easy, graphically oriented

browsers such as Mosaic that would help tame the Web. Even more than

today, people needed books to fathom the Net. And yet no popular-level

guide was in print. So it was entirely fitting that when Fillmore

decided to create a book from scratch—rather than just produce it for a

publisher—the Internet was the subject. This how-to guide was _The

Internet Companion_, the author was Tracy LaQuey, and the paper

publisher was Addison-Wesley. Fillmore kept the network rights and

looked forward to distributing the book through her new Online

BookStore. Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die, the first commercial

service to hook ordinary mortals into the Internet, had offered her

space on his bank of hard disks. “He described his operation,” she said,

“as basically an electronic store with empty shelves and a cash register

at the door. I decided that I’d find electronic properties to fill these

shelves.”[4.26] But the Internet at the time had Acceptable Use Policies

that prevented her from making a profit. What to do?

Fillmore hit on a solution that actually rewarded her for an idealistic

approach to publishing. She gave away—with great luck in the end—ASCII

files from the book in hopes of drumming up interest in the paper

version. “Who wants to read hundreds of pages in ASCII anyway?” Fillmore

would later ask. Unadorned ASCII by itself wasn’t always that pleasant

to read, and many people liked the Net version well enough to shell out

money for a paper book. “Even our publisher was supportive of our

effort,” Fillmore said, “and happy with the resulting sales

figures.”[4.27] Orders poured in from as far off as Finland and Korea.

Netfolks all over the world could learn of Fillmore’s offering

immediately rather than waiting for reviews to show up in local

magazines and newspapers.

Within two years, _Companion_ had sold hundreds of thousands of copies.

Al Gore had written the foreword just before his election as vice

president, but the freebies on the Net certainly hadn’t hurt. Other

publishers also found that free copies could be a boon, not a bane. _Zen

and the Art of the Internet_ (Prentice Hall) and _The Hacker’s

Dictionary_ (MIT Press) similarly flew off the racks. “Giving something

valuable away for free,” Fillmore said, “can make money.”[4.28]

Of course some would say she hadn’t actually published online. Rather

she had used the medium to promote a paper book. Still, the prospect of

purely electronic publishing beckoned. “I was seduced by the prospect of

the then 10 million people on the Internet—10 million literate people

with disposable incomes—attached to the Net. Why not acquire lots of

Internet rights to lots of books and put them online at the Online

BookStore. Surely some percentage of those people would buy files of a

popular author’s books for a reasonable price.”[4.29] Fillmore was

sensible enough to price her offerings for consumers who were spending

their own money, not their bosses’. Some commercial databases were

charging as much as $200 per hour or more, while Fillmore was thinking

more in terms of $5, say, for a short story downloaded from the Net.

The test story was “Umney’s Last Case,” a fifty-page Stephen King story

from a collection called _Nightmares and Dreamscapes_. King was among

the best-selling writers on the planet. Fillmore dreamed of tens of

thousands of dialups even if “Umney” intrigued only 1 percent of the 10

million people on the Net at the time. Fillmore had picked out just the

right King story, one where a time traveler gave a Toshiba T-1000 laptop

computer to a tough detective around 1939—someone who in turn used his

“plastic Buck Rogers steno machine” to write a story within King’s own

tale.

Fillmore’s “Umney” project was a sensation at the biggest book fair in

the world, the one at Frankfurt; upbeat stories appeared in places

ranging from European news programs to the _Wall Street Journal_. She

witnessed “a vast amount of smoke, a tremendous marketing boost for the

printed book again, lots of noise—and by extension, lots of profit for

the publisher and for the author—but handfuls of per-copy sales.”[4.30]

They didn’t even pay for all the phone calls used to set up the deal.

I was hardly surprised. Enjoying access to many megs of free material on

the Net, the typical denizen didn’t want to shell out even $5 for the

story even if she or he could simply fax in a credit card number. It

wasn’t that King’s work was worthless—quite the opposite. Rather, on the

Internet and with this business model, “Umney” at most any realistic

price could not compete with free material such as Usenet postings.

Yes, the Net teemed with sci-fi and fantasy fans. But as I saw it, they

were too busy talking to each other, and, while they would have been

delighted to download “Umney” for free, they balked at spending the $5.

You might say that “Umney” was like a typical TV program. The appeal was

potentially broad but not deep. Pay-per-view wasn’t that much of a hit

on cable TV, and the same principle applied here. “Umney” could enhance

a collection of material for subscribers—we go back to the flat-fee

example of the _News & Observer_ and Jim Kinsella’s vision for Time

Warner—but even a Stephen King story wasn’t strong enough on its own for

online use. Part of the problem, I believed, was the medium. The right

technology for reading fifty-page short stories just wasn’t out there

yet. With the proper equipment, the value would increase.

Besides, even now, Fillmore could use a license or sponsorship model.

She sold “Umney” to two computer networks, one of them CompuServe, which

gained the right to post the story for a week during a conference on

paperless publishing. “Hundreds of people have accessed it,” Fillmore

said. The future possibilities were evident now. Corporations someday

might sponsor books on computer networks the way they sponsored programs

on CBS or NBC. In fact, whole sites on the Net—with the names of

companies—could serve as homes for innovative projects. Sun Microsystems

was oriented toward UNIX, relied heavily on sales to Net users, and

benefited from the goodwill and publicity that its SunSite libraries

enjoyed. Fare ranged from presidential speeches to the Internet

Underground Music Archive; there could be a place for commercial e-books

as well in these high-tech sandboxes, as Fillmore jokingly called such

areas.

The sponsorship model wasn’t perfect, of course. Fillmore herself was

the first to wonder which corporations would have sponsored writings

about the uprising in Tiananmen Square. Big companies often favored

upbeat material. As I saw it, fiction and nonfiction books alike might

suffer if this model alone prevailed. They differed from newspapers and

magazines; book publishers thought more in terms of individual

properties, and beyond that, publications such as the _N & O_ and _Time_

already enjoyed strong identities from their paper incarnations. The new

media were less a challenge to their editorial integrity. But many

sponsored books might degenerate into the Net equivalent of the wretched

infomercials on TV, the ones where over-the-hill actors “interviewed”

astrologers or memory experts, and where the audiences clapped

thunderously on cue.

Wisely, Fillmore did not give up on “Umney” entirely—it was still online

when I was writing this chapter—nor did she quit using the Net to

promote writings on paper. Even more important, she tried out writings

that took advantage of links to other material on the Web.

_Bless This Food: Amazing Grace in Praise of Food_ was an example of

prime material for hypertext. The paper book bought together

food-related prayers from many times and places. But everything was

contained. You couldn’t wander outside the printed pages. Thanks to

Fillmore, however, you could click on Buddhist-related material and see

a Buddha’s image piped in from the Smithsonian. You could even e-mail

the author of _Bless_, Adrian Butash. Fillmore wasn’t just selling the

book itself—she was offering it as a “dashboard” that could take you to

related material on the Net. Certainly the Smithsonian hadn’t had

_Bless_ in mind when it posted the picture of Buddha. However, through

the pointers in the electronic edition, you could learn of this image

and view it in just the right context; that, after all, was the splendor

of the Web. Quite honestly, then, Fillmore could charge $25 for a book

that sold in hardback from Delacorte for $18.95. She was giving you

_more_ for your money. Besides, if you proposed new links and she liked

them, you would receive some royalties. You, the reader, could be part

of the book and the author’s life. We could all be editors.

As a writer, I had somewhat mixed feelings about this. I loved e-mail

from readers. But I was already spending too many hours a day on

electronic correspondence of one kind or another. I hated the idea of

suffering a constant stream of e-mail from Project X when I wanted to

move on to Project Y. If this model won out, writers would have to be

much choosier about the projects they took on—knowing that publishers

expected more commitment.

Given the deluge of 50,000 titles a year that readers face just from

U.S. publishers, more than a few people would enjoy such a prospect. But

they shouldn’t grow too complacent. With electronic publishing much

cheaper than the paper variety, we might eventually see 100,000

commercially published titles a year. I, for one, wouldn’t mind as long

as quality and royalties don’t suffer. The problem is not too many

books, but rather the need for better software to sort through them—or

for more hypertext editors to issue good pointers. That is one reason

why I loved the idea of publishers selling pointers as well as actual

material.

Not every writer would be open-minded, of course; even Fillmore at first

had feared hypertext. When O’Reilly and Associates put one of her papers

on the Web through _GNN_—spreading around her observations on electronic

publishing—she saw all kinds of links. By clicking on blue letters, for

example, readers would call up material about a founder of Internet.

Fillmore felt as if a Philistine had taken her beautiful bowl, her

self-contained piece of writing, and turned it into a colander. Some

writers might see a parallel in another way: Suppose the colander leaked

readers, who, seeing the links, dove off into another area of the Net,

and _never_ returned. Fillmore had adjusted to this possibility, and I

could, too. Just like Zonker Harris I was of the “May the best server

win!” mentality, except that I refused to confuse popularity with merit.

Books weren’t like sports servers.

From society’s viewpoint, another issue presented itself here. Both

Fillmore and I wondered about the damage that television and computers

might be doing to people’s attention spans. “Attention deficit disorder

seems to have arisen at the same time that computers have spread to the

home and office,” she said, “and I don’t think that’s an accident. How

many people age twelve and younger are capable of reading 300 pages of

sustained argument about anything?” Another worry arose, too, in my

mind. Like Frank Daniels, I realized that an entire generation of

children was spending more time gazing at computer and TV screens than

they devoted to books and traditional newspapers.

I felt that technology was destiny, that Washington and other

governments should promote computers that encouraged the receptive to

read e-books hour after hour. Too much of the new-style education, as

envisioned by many, would be task oriented—would be _training_ as much

as _education_ per se. That was fine for technical matters where, for

example, a future factory worker might want to learn the basics of

engine design. Hypertext was superb. The student could study a diagram

of a diesel engine, click on an individual part, and read and hear a

detailed explanation of its function. But I wanted technology that also

encouraged people to read and absorb whole books.

If book readers were too small a minority, then countries such as the

United States would be less democratic and more oligarchic, with the

elite all too able to manipulate the other citizens. Some social critics

such as Neil Postman demonized technology as a source of mindless

distractions for the masses. I, however, saw opportunity if we acted

soon enough before we lost more children to TV. That meant sharp

screens, smaller, lighter machines, and other advances—which would come

sooner or later, but which could be hastened by the coming of a focused

procurement program. Washington should assure the Valley a market for

the right hardware. It should also try harder to help schools absorb it,

so the machines wouldn’t just sit idle in closets.

A national digital library, not just a digital store leading to

commercial collections, was just as essential as better hardware. Today

a college student researching the effect of Shakespeare on popular

culture is able to find the Bard’s work at the school library. But what

about tracking down newer books that the library couldn’t afford to buy?

Also, only one student could read a paper copy at a time; suppose a

professor wanted many students to compare impressions of a novel,

especially one that was out of print and long gone from the bookstores?

People on the technical side could benefit even more than those in the

humanities. The best and most recent guides to Microsoft Word or

Windows, for example, didn’t come from educators; rather they came from

the private sector. The faster this knowledge could reach average

citizens, the easier it would be to upgrade the labor force.

A national digital library, moreover, would help many businesses market

their goods. A food company trying to sell a new line of rice, for

example, could instantly call up cookbooks of many ethnic groups and

find out the relationship between food and the cultures. In an era of

customized products, companies needed to learn quickly about niche

markets. That would be especially true as business globalized; corporate

planners had to keep on top of conditions in many countries.

So TeleRead-style libraries—which let people look through many kinds of

information, everything from books to UN reports—could make real

contributions in the United States and elsewhere. If nothing else,

governments needed to understand the possible efficiencies. Yes, public

and academic librarians would choose books. But innovative, private

firms would own the computer banks (well backed up) storing the books

and other material; many different contractors, always trying to outdo

each other’s technologies, could compete. Other efficiencies would

accrue. Pooling the public libraries of rich and poor citizens would

help everyone by increasing the variety of books available to all.

Big Brother needn’t run a national digital library. Subject-oriented

librarians in many cities might acquire material; in effect they would

be putting a public library system online, one that reflected the tastes

of, say, Lyons as well as Paris. How much more supple than the

overcentralized approach that the French now favored for their national

library! The elite librarians could still identify the books _they_ had

blessed, but the provincials could have their say as well; and, given

the variability of literary tastes over the ages, the latter in some

cases might prevail anyway.

What’s more, by gambling money up front to qualify for royalties from

TeleRead, writers and commercial publishers could bypass the librarians.

Book people such as Laura Fillmore could thrive under this approach. A

national library could offer e-books not only to citizens directly but

also to independent-minded entrepreneurs such as Fillmore, who could

charge for their custom links. I loved the idealism she showed in

suggesting that ASCII be free. It was a good model in many cases for

today. But I feared that as computers grew better for book reading—and

it would happen eventually, with or without a TeleRead program—free

ASCII would take away too many paying customers. And if ASCII books

weren’t free? Then, more than ever, piracy would occur regardless of

various legal and technological precautions. So the answer should be

free national digital libraries—well stocked and with fair pay for

writers and publishers—to reduce the temptation to bypass copy

protection. Use tracking to report dialup counts and pay originators of

material, but not for billing. _That_ was the way to take full advantage

of the technology and keep market incentives while promoting literacy.

Rich countries would be the first to start libraries of this kind. They

could safeguard their intellectual property by helping poorer countries

get books online if the latter agreed to honor copyright laws. The time

would come for national and international Electronic Peace Corps to make

this possible. EPCs could help upgrade Third World phone systems on site

and share knowledge via e-books, e-mail, two-way video, and otherwise.

To enforce global copyright law, we needed carrots as well as sticks.

What’s more, governments could protect books with technology far less

cumbersome than the $25 gadgets that the pay-per-read bookstore in

Virginia used. _Then_ e-text stood a chance. I thought of the old

merchant down South: Safes were useful, but only if the customers could

enjoy an air-conditioner—an easy-to-use digital library for all of a

country’s citizens.

National digital libraries, of course, could link up with each other and

form an official world library someday. But, given the many cultural

differences, that was impossible now. National libraries, then, were the

way to go—with opportunities for citizens in different countries to read

each other’s books when governments allowed this. I pitied the censors.

In an era of international computer networks, national libraries would

end up anyway as one big global library for citizens of open societies

and for the more resourceful people of countries such as Iran. Simply

put, national digital libraries would make it so much easier to market

or shop for books internationally. When a Swedish anarchist heard about

TeleRead, his big question wasn’t, “Isn’t this an opportunity for

cultural imperialism?” Instead it was, “Will I be able to read American

best-sellers as quickly as people there can?” Whatever the kind of

book—a Tom Clancy thriller or an anarchistic tract—TeleRead libraries

would allow easy global distribution.

In rich countries such as the United States and Sweden, the need for

national digital libraries would only grow with the introduction of

better televisions and video games, not to mention the distractions of

the Net itself—including virtual reality, at some point. Even in wealthy

nations, people had only so much disposable income. How much of it would

be left for online books? Mightn’t we use e-forms and digital libraries

to transfer resources from paperwork to knowledge? As much as I

applauded the good work that Frank Daniels was doing with the third

graders in Raleigh, I was a little put off by the online questionnaire

for adults and children using his BBS. It asked about favorite TV

programs, physical appearance, sports, and other activities, but a

simple question was missing—one that I felt certain would have been on

the list twenty years ago: “What are your favorite books?”

Spring 1995: An (Interim) Afterword

Whatever the medium—newspapers, books, or magazines—many Netfolks saw

the Internet as a path to diversity. That was partly why I liked seeing

_The News & Observer_ online with A. C. Snow et al. Maybe the Internet

could rescue locally owned newspapers before they all tumbled down the

maws of conglomerates. On May 17, 1995, however, _The NandO Times_, the

Webbed newspaper of the _N & O_, ran a story that I’d never wanted to

read. A chain was buying up the company. For perhaps the first time, a

Net daily reported on the sale of it and its pulped-wood siblings.

A color photo showed Frank Daniels III briefing his staff. What really

caught my eye, however, was a revelation that I saw later in the _New

York Times_: “Frank Daniels III said he was convinced that the paper

needed to find a larger parent in part to give the paper the resources

necessary to nurture those new electronic efforts.” More than a few of

us newspaper junkies had hoped that the new technology would help keep

the _N & O_ local. I recalled one reason why Daniels had not dumped his

_N & O_ stock in the 1980s in favor of an investment in an online

service. “The relationship between a newspaper and a community,” he had

said, “has such a richness and history that communities shouldn’t lose

that.” Now, however, after 101 years in the Daniels family, the _N & O_

and trimmings were going to a California chain for $373 million. The

buyer was McClatchy Newspapers Inc., the former employer of George

Schlukbier, the Daniels’s new-media guru.

No wicked corporate conspiracies existed here. The Danielses simply felt

comfortable with McClatchy, which not only shared the _N & O_’s still

basically liberal politics but also enjoyed a good reputation in the

newspaper business.

Run out of Sacramento, McClatchy Newspapers was a family-owned chain

with just twelve dailies. It allowed much more leeway to local editors

than many others did, and I might well have reacted just as the Daniels

family did when the McClatchy people came calling. The _N & O_ mustn’t

end up in the hands of some skinflint chain; McClatchy Newspapers could

be an excellent alternative.

Still, the sale did not delight me. The Net, after all, was supposed to

be good for small guys, including, presumably, family-owned enterprises.

Josephus Daniels had bought the _N & O_ at that bankruptcy auction in

1894, seen it through the Roaring Twenties, the stockmarket crash, and

the heyday of his friend FDR. He must have died thinking that the

Daniels name would forever grace the masthead. From a portrait in the

boardroom, he looked out at his progeny announcing the transaction. Just

why couldn’t all the computers and cables and videocams have helped

strengthen the family business, not force its sale?

I could see how the latter may have happened. The Daniels had had to

invest in both the printing press and the new med_ia_, with an emphasis

on the plural. A story on newsprint, an Internet audio, and a video

would cost more than just an old-fashioned version. Network-related

expenses of the _N & O_ may have been smaller than the investment in new

press, but they would only grow in the future. No-frills Web areas cost

next to nothing to set up. But net.papers with the very flashiest

graphics and full-motion video would need programmers and designers and

other specialists, not all of them cheap. At the same time the Daniels

wanted to cover their circulation area well, and that meant a big,

expensive staff of reporters, too.

Just as important, however, the _N & O_ faced strong competition for

advertisers and readers. Yes, the Net shrank distances and gave smaller

companies some new marketing opportunities. But as shown by Time

Warner’s giant electronic newsstand, it could also create some good

synergies for media conglomerates offering package deals to national

advertisers. In certain respects—hardly all—readers also benefited. I

could key in “Carly Simon,” for example, and see any stories that might

have appeared about her, not only in _Time_ but also in _Entertainment

Weekly_ or _People_. Frank Daniels could bring together wire service

news and offbeat items from technical publications and others. But in

the future he couldn’t match the brand appeal of corporations such as

Time Warner.

Daniels had a right to be proud of his technological accomplishments, of

course. But from now on, assuming that he stayed, as he apparently would

for the moment, he would be an employee rather than a member of the

owning family. Forget the Third Wave talk of Net saving us all from

conglomerates. We could all have our own home pages on the World Wide

Web, of course, and maybe put out little magazines; and IUMA-style

startups could always use the new technology to startle the Goliaths—and

in the end, exceptions notwithstanding, the Internet did foster

diversity. Clearly, though, it was far from an all-purpose savior for

the _N & O_s of the world. However powerful in North Carolina, the

Raleigh newspaper was hardly on an equal footing when it competed

against the very largest media organizations.

As if to underscore that point, eight huge newspaper publishers had

banded together earlier that spring to form New Century Network, a club

for the big boys on the Net. Some people wondered if the giants might

lose out in the end—readers wanted to tour the Web themselves, not just

confine themselves to material favored by newspaper coalitions. And

maybe New Century wouldn’t end up so exclusive after all. Also,

advertisers might prefer to sprinkle their cash around the Web rather

than focus it on newspaper chains—they could pay for links to their

pages from many sites without much ado. The natural economies of the Net

might yet win out over the business plans of the giants. Still, for the

moment, publishers such as Gannett and the Washington Post Company were

apparently setting the tone of New Century itself. The 185 New Century

papers claimed more than 23 million paying readers.

“New Century might raise antitrust questions,” wrote Rory O’Connor, a

reporter for the _San Jose Mercury News_, part of Knight-Ridder, a chain

in New Century. Peter Winter, interim chief executive of New Century,

said the publishers were “comfortable with our conformance to antitrust

statutes.”[4.31]

Antitrust was the talk of the newspaper and online industries. In early

June the U.S. Justice Department said it was studying the network that

Microsoft aimed to launch in August. Just by clicking on the proper icon

available through the Windows 95 operating system, people could join the

Microsoft Network. And some newspapers and other online services feared

that Microsoft could stifle the competition. In a year Windows might

sell 20-40 million copies; what if several million users clicked?

Newspapers worried increasingly about the Microsoft Network and other

online services. American Opinion Research of Princeton, N.J., found

that almost a fifth of the surveyed editors and publishers thought they

might lose more advertising to online services than to television.

Nearly three-quarters said the business was in good shape now. Just a

half felt the same would be true by the year 2005.[4.32]

The newspaper chains tried to fight back. Large papers now owned 11

percent of the shares in Netscape Communications, the wizards behind the

fastest and best browser on the Web. For the moment things seemed fine

for the public. Netscape came up with new wrinkles that other companies

didn’t offer, such as the ability for Web pages to sprout color

backgrounds without much fuss. But so far it was working with

standards-setting bodies rather than saying, “Hey, you guys, these

features will be _mine_ alone.” I just hoped that in the future Netscape

wouldn’t fashion its software to bind people to specific sources of news

from conglomerates such as Knight-Ridder. Perhaps half the people

cruising the Web were now using Netscape.

In a buying spree of its own, America Online purchased Internet fixtures

such as WAIS Inc., the software company. WAIS had made some of the best

publishing tools on the Net. America Online also bought the WebCrawler,

a first-rate index to the Web. The company acquired Global Net

Navigator, too, the wonderfully Netcentric magazine from O’Reilly and

Associates, a guardian of Net culture. Just like Frank Daniels III, Tim

O’Reilly alluded to the cost of online services. Explaining the sale, he

told a GNN mailing list that “in order to really do justice to the

information problem GNN was created to solve, GNN would have to be

scaled up beyond our ability to fund it on our own. With many large

players entering the Internet information services market, the best way

to keep our lead was to team up with one of them.”

The most dramatic—and, some critics might say, ominous—alliance may have

happened when MCI teamed up with Rupert Murdoch to form a new

partnership that could offer many kinds of material on the Net. It

committed as much as $2 billion toward his News Corporation.

MCI wasn’t just eager to be a pipeline for publishers and others—it

wanted to Originate Content. The phone company was already publishing

readers’ short stories electronically by way of Gramercy Press. Soon it

would release a trade paperback—yes, a book on pulped wood—from a

novelist writing under the name of a fictitious Gramercy author. But the

Murdoch alliance meant so much more. This global entrepreneur controlled

Harper-Collins through News Corps. Would his electronic books enjoy

global distribution advantages via MCI’s pipelines, compared to

offerings from smaller, less connected publishers?

Within the book business itself, the movement toward the Net was

accelerating as summer 1995 neared. More and more authors were online,

getting feedback from fans—just as the fledgling rockers of IUMA did. It

was a great morale booster, but only to a point. The novelist Nicholson

Baker, author of the _New Yorker_ article on electronic library

catalogues, complained that e-mail had “the problem of promptitude. You

have to answer within four days or you’re being rude. I like the

stateliness of paper, where you can take six months. You’re still being

unforgivably rude, but somehow it’s okay because other people have been

rude in this way before.”[4.33] Obscure writers, however, found the fan

mail from the Internet to be more helpful. In that way the Net was a

_friend_ of diversity.

Smaller publishers were also growing more comfortable with the Internet.

Bookport, a California-based service, let them post their books on the

World Wide Web for Netfolks to read page by page. Alas, a customer could

not obtain a whole e-book at once. The idea, of course, was to

discourage piracy. I disliked the idea of pay-per-read prevailing; the

library model would make books much more popular among the young and

actually _help_ good publishers. But the Bookport was well done with

oodles of great links to book-related sites on the Web. One of the first

titles was _Netiquette_, a guide to manners on the Internet; that was in

the community-minded spirit of the traditional Net.

Larger publishers, too, pushed ahead on the Web. Time Warner was selling

“Quick Reads.” It was a series of reference books, self-help guides, and

others that you could download in full and search for, say, the right

quote from a famous business executive (_Bartlett’s Book of Business

Quotations_) or the appropriate recipe (the _Cooking Library_). I could

understand Time Warner’s fondness here for reference books. Most readers

didn’t want to gawk at electronic novels hour after hour. The big

question, in cases of tech-savvy conglomerates like Time Warner, was not

whether the publishers were ready. It was whether the _public_ was;

whether enough people would end up soon enough with the proper hardware

for reading books in bed or on the sofa.

That, of course, was where TeleRead came in. Whatever their sizes,

publishers needed to hook the nonelite in this videocentric era before

they gave up on the written word.

* * * * *

The above is not to suggest that text is the only way to communicate

knowledge over the Net. The right graphics certainly can as well. One of

the most intriguing examples of the potential here is a remarkable

endeavor—the Visible Human Project—in which, so to speak, a murder lives

on forever in cyberspace to the benefit of medical education and cancer

research. I’ll discuss this in the next chapter.

CHAPTER

FIVE

Wired Knowledge:

When They Let a

Murderer Loose

on the Internet

Paul Jernigan was a tattooed ex-mechanic just under six feet tall and

weighing 200 pounds. He had been a drug addict and a chronic drunk, but

nearly all his organs still looked in textbook shape by the standards of

gross anatomy—a stroke of luck that would later help him win him a

macabre competition. Jernigan had fatally stabbed and shot a

seventy-five-year-old watchman after stealing a radio and a microwave

oven. More than a decade had passed. So had his hopes for a successful

appeal to the courts.

Lying on a gurney in a Texas deathhouse—his arms outstretched, as if in

a crucifixion—Paul Jernigan just gawked upward as his brother watched.

No last words came before the poison flowed into Jernigan’s veins.

Jernigan gave himself to science. A not-so-loquacious sister told me

this was to spare the family the cost of burial. “It was like, matter of

fact,” his last attorney said of the donation. “It was a gift. He wasn’t

going to laud himself, pat himself on the back. We didn’t send an

embossed announcement that ‘Paul Jernigan has donated his body to

science and this is his ticket to redemption.’”[5.1] A former cellmate

offered his own twist. Supposedly, Jernigan wanted his family to be able

to sell his life story for a true-crime book. The donation just might

make the planet care more about him in death than in life.

Within a year of the execution, in fact, I was reading clips about Paul

Jernigan from the _London Times_, _Jerusalem Post_, _New York Times_,

_Washington Post_, _Los Angeles Times_, and the _Boston Globe_. My

favorite lead came out in a British paper called _The Independent_: “A

killer was yesterday let loose on the Internet computer network.” I

wondered how he’d respond to flaming. The new Jernigan lived on as a

digital atlas of the human body, a few steaklike cross sections of which

I could dial up on the World Wide Web.

The Visible Human Project had come out of the National Library of

Medicine in a Maryland suburb near Washington, D.C. It was one of the

most spectacular examples of the Net’s potential for spreading

knowledge, the topic of this chapter.

Researchers had cut Jernigan into four blocks, frozen him in a blue gel,

ground him down millimeter by millimeter, digitally photographed the

1,878 cross sections that emerged, scanned these slices[5.2] into a

computer, put them on magnetic tape, and then on the Internet. Now the

cadaver would be grist for medical educators and cancer researchers and

perhaps even the designers of a “Fantastic Voyage”-style game. Players

might explore the human body from the inside, just as Isaac Asimov’s

characters did in his novel. The government itself was spending $1.4

million on the project; expected commercial payoffs could reach the tens

of millions and maybe more. Research and education, however, would be

paramount here.

The Visible Human Project is but one of thousands of uses that academics

and researchers have found for the Internet. The Net is why many

scientific luminaries were quick to slap the “fraud” label on efforts to

create energy through cold fusion. Skeptics throughout the world could

compare notes. If Paris couldn’t replicate an experiment, then Boston

would know within hours. Working in the other direction, fusion

stalwarts have used the Internet to swap data and maintain the faith.

Cyberspace is to knowledge what beehives are to honey.

Already the Net teems with thousands of mailing lists devoted to the

most arcane disciplines, not just to the mainstream ones. Many

scientists and other researchers envision the Net as a substitute for

paper-style academic journals, subscriptions to some of which can cost

as much as a Ford Escort. Stevan Harnad has caught the imaginations of

many academics with “A Subversive Proposal” for scholars to publish

their finished works formally on the Net without offering them to

academic publishers. He puts out a vigilantly edited, psychology-related

magazine with a circulation of tens of thousand on the Internet; he sees

no reason for the Net just to be a repository for pre-publication

papers. In his opinion, academics could use such opportunities to enjoy

greater bargaining power with existing publishers.

Yet another glory of the Internet is that it serves as a bridge between

experts and nonexperts, as well as one between authorities in many

academic disciplines. A dean of a law school, for example, can sign up

for mailing lists on electronic serials to learn more about the

technology that is fueling the drive for copyright reform.

From Day One, the Internet was a creature of the elite research

establishment, but knowledge-related uses have steadily grown more

egalitarian—starting with the brightest students in elementary and high

schools, then moving on to average children, and even to problem kids.

To dispose of a major issue, No, the Net shouldn’t replace teachers. I

couldn’t agree more with Cliff Stoll when he rants against lax standards

and mindless technocratic schemes. Well-trained teachers can provide

inspiration and guidance to help children explore networks on their own.

The last thing we need is to turn the educational reaches of the Net

into one big flash card. What the Net can do is prepare children to deal

with source material, with actual papers written by researchers, as

opposed to pabulum in textbooks.

Correctly, Stoll criticizes some educators for teaching astronomy

without children studying the actual sky; computer programs should only

supplement such activities, not replace them. But shouldn’t he apply the

same “real thing” logic to Web-distributed source material and applaud

students’ easier access to it? Only the brightest children will benefit

from a complicated mathematical treatise. But surely even an average

student could take advantage of a historian’s paper on a nearby Civil

War battle. If anything, teachers could use the Web and other areas of

the Net to demand _more_ research from students. Just why must Stoll

compare the Net to a fun but dumb educational film? Is a Web version of

the _Odyssey_ to be confused with some educational Looney Tunes?

Intriguingly, Web technology makes it possible for students to produce

information, not just soak it up. In Fairfax County, Virginia, students

at Thomas Jefferson, a high school for the gifted, are posting their

“pages” on the World Wide Web. I can remember when college applicants

submitted tape recordings of their music. Now they can also give M.I.T.

or Caltech the addresses of their Web pages and demonstrate, in the most

direct way, their familiarity with networking. They can post their

papers and point to other people’s pages that interest them.

Also, at Jefferson and countless other schools, students can

electronically send their classmates to knowledge-rich sites on the Web.

Clicking on “NASA” in blue letters within Bob’s area, Jill can see what

the space program is doing. Then she can return, click on other blue

letters, and check out his tip to visit a history-related site

discussing the Sputnik and Vanguard days. Via a project called

MendelWeb, Ellen can read the famous treatise of Gregor Mendel, the

geneticist, and retrieve other scientists’ opinions; then she might

write her own paper and post it on the Web for classmates and even for

students elsewhere.

Clearly the value of the Net, for students and researchers alike, isn’t

just in the information per se—it’s also in the ease of sharing it.

Teachers can point to common Web resources (such as MendelWeb) from Web

pages where they add their own comment, or even their own study guides.

They can also link to other guides.

Some Web sites even offer electronic forms with questions to which

students can respond—in either a multiple choice or an essay format.

Andy Carvin, a specialist in educational technology with the Corporation

for Public Broadcasting, praises the World Wide Web as “an excellent

tool in which to design online curricula.” Understandably, even

elementary schools are getting on the Web with their own areas.

Other good things are happening. By way of a project called Big Sky

Telegraph, Native Americans in Montana have been pen pals with children

in the former Soviet Union. What better way to stir up an interest in

writing, politics, and geography at the same time? Significantly, in

Montana and other places, many schools are not on the Net directly.

Instead, schools use affordable bulletin board systems—their own or

perhaps those operated by hobbyists—which can relay Net-originated

material. If need be, such systems can run on ancient computers of the

kind found at garage sales; some messages may be delayed for days, but

that’s better than no connection at all. Within the BBS world, moreover,

nets even exist especially for education. Consider K12Net, which

includes at least “three dozen conferences specifically related to K-12

curriculum” and reaches some sixty school-associated systems in New

Zealand alone. More and more, however, lucky schools are hooking into

the Internet directly or at least arranging for teachers and students to

get accounts elsewhere.

As a ninth grader at Poolesville Middle Senior High School, in

Poolesville, Maryland, Chris Gazunis used the Net to study catastrophes

such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and oil spills. “We didn’t just look at

a textbook diagram of what caused an earthquake and the casualty number

associated with it,” he recalled. “We used the networks to learn what

happened to the people’s lives and homes. Instead of just being given a

set of directions and material that would result in an earthquake

resistant building, we designed and tested them ourselves.”[5.3]

Randy Hammer, a high schooler at Timberline High School in Lacey,

Washington, who is blind “with two glass eyes,” once had to have sighted

people read the newspaper to him. No longer. Via network connections, he

can enjoy the _Washington Post_, the _Moscow News_, and science-oriented

publications—thanks to a gadget that reads aloud to him the words on his

screen. “It’s hard now,” he wrote, “to remember how I lived without this

wealth of materials and information at my fingertips.”[5.4] That’s what

happens when the hardware is around.

Even in a wealthy place like the United States, however, society so far

has been stingy toward high tech in public schools. The ratio between

students and computers is something like 16 to 1. Some 75 percent of

American schools have computers capable of getting on the Net, but the

children can’t all use them at once. What’s more, just 35 percent of

public schools have Internet hookups in classrooms, media centers, or

computer labs. Only 3 percent of the classrooms themselves are wired in,

according to a survey from the U.S. Department of Education.

We’re talking almost Third World here. “It’s amazing to me how people

outside of education have no idea how teachers still have to line up

outside the teachers’ lounge to use the telephone,” says a senior

analyst at the Congressional Office of Technology Assessment.[5.5]

In the end, as I see it, the real solution is a TeleRead-style program

of the kind described in the previous chapter. It would connect the

students to the nets from home, reduce the future communications costs

of the schools somewhat, and allow students to explore computer networks

at leisure rather than just during the school day. A few small steps are

already being taken in this general direction. The state of Maryland has

granted limited—but free—Internet privileges to school children and

other residents. Without leaving home, they can dial up material ranging

from weather reports, to academic papers, to Shakespearean poetry.

Joseph Peightel, a cable splicer with Bell Atlantic, says that the

Sailor program is just the ticket for his ten-year-old daughter, whose

hunger for books outstrips the family budget. While the Peightels can’t

retrieve the latest best-sellers, they at least can enjoy Project

Gutenberg-style material in the public domain. The Maryland program

helping the Peightels is not TeleRead, and it comes with problems and

inefficiencies, but it may be as close as any state effort to the

nirvana envisioned by Al Gore, in which all children could dial up the

Library of Congress.

Needless to say, I bristle when Cliff Stoll glosses over the reasons why

the Net can’t provide easy answers to questions such as “What political

compromises caused Bismarck to become the capital of North Dakota?” or

“Why isn’t Kyoto the capital of today’s Japan?” or “What’s the history

of the Ruhr Valley, and what are the implications of its new Eastern

European competition?” Of course. Worried about piracy, publishers have

understandably kept their textbooks off the Net. The last laugh,

however, just may be on the more zealous of the copyright interests.

Right now Stoll couldn’t be more correct about the need for more and

better books on the Net; but as shown by, say, MendelWeb, the academic

community is doing plenty on its own. And if this keeps up, the demand

for copyrighted, commercial books, the kind that feed me, my editors,

and yes, my publishers, too, could suffer. Far better to have a national

digital library with privately originated books available from the very

start.

Ahead I’ll examine more closely some scientific and educational uses of

the Net. Selections—yes, the print kind, not the Jernigan variety—will

appear on:

• The “hows,” the positives, and the negatives of the Visible Human

Project—it stands out for reasons beyond the drama. The Clinton

administration has encouraged high-bandwidth, scientific users of the

Net. The original Visible Man requires sixteen gigabytes of

storage—enough space to hold fifty _Encyclopaedia Britannica_s. Some

say this isn’t the best use of Net resources. I disagree, however, and

I’ll tell why. Along the way I’ll pass on information about the

Internet’s Visible Man before he became so visible.

• High school use of the Internet. The United States is hardly the only

nation with thousands of children in cyberspace—countries ranging from

Canada to Singapore are putting students online, directly or

indirectly. Significantly, computers and networks can help students

outside the elite. Some proof of this comes from Nova Scotia, where,

for several years, a high school has been using the Internet to

benefit some “at-risk” students. I’ll tell you about the Internet

success that a Canadian teacher named Jeff Doran has enjoyed with

leather-jacketed teenagers. Many are racing into the computer lab and,

let’s hope, away from fates such as Paul Jernigan’s. The Internet

project at Park View Education Centre is far from an unqualified

triumph—many Park View teachers still fear the technology—but patterns

there suggest a vast potential for educational uses of the Net if

schools will modernize their curricula.

The Visible Man

The doctor, a Scottish-accented man in his fifties or sixties, had

collected a wall full of diplomas and plaques. Perhaps that’s why he

felt entitled to give only the sketchiest of explanations when he told a

Midwestern friend of mine that she might need heart surgery to avoid a

possible stroke. Karen* would be in the hospital just a day or so. But

during this time a surgeon would insert a catheter up her groin and go

on to kill off selected heart cells. With luck, the operation would end

her atrial fibrillation. It had made her heart throb as quickly as 200

beats a minute on occasion and had sent her to the emergency room.

Karen pressed for details about the recommended operation. “Ma’am,” Dr.

S. said in a peremptory burr, “this is too technical.”

It was Valentine’s Day and Karen and her husband would rather have been

thinking about hearts in that way alone. But she wanted to know all.

“Ma’am, I’ll draw you a picture,” Dr. S. said a bit grudgingly. The

doctor sketched a crude heart that might as well have been on a greeting

card. Hastily drawn lines showed how electric impulses were traveling

through Karen’s heart with an extra path. The operation would cut off

the surplus wiring, so to speak.

Well, this was a start. But Karen still felt ignorant, and it was _her_

body into which the catheter would go. And so it is with many patients,

not all, but many. Even good doctors don’t always tell enough.

The Visible Human Project, however, would make it easier for Karen to

learn more. Dr. S. could have shown Karen a computer image of an actual

human heart and have pointed to the exact areas that the surgeon would

kill off. Karen would have picked up a better appreciation of the

complexities of the proposed operation. At the same time, Dr. S. could

also have juggled around computer images to show the increased risk of

clotting that would result if she _failed_ to have the operation. Karen

would have emerged better informed and more confident—or less, whatever

the facts justified. Someday she might even be able to dial up on the

Internet an animated, perfectly detailed series of pictures of the

operation.

That was what the Visible Human Project would mean. What’s more, patient

education was just one of many uses; the right technology could

revolutionize the training of doctors and advance medical research.

As far back as the 1980s, such ideas intrigued Michael Ackerman, a Ph.D.

in biomedical engineering who worked for the National Library of

Medicine, part of the National Institutes of Health. He heard of a

project at the University of Washington that was digitizing the human

brain, although not the entire body. Researchers at other schools hoped

to do the same with other organs. But they were less keen on collecting

images and other data than on using them, so why duplicate each other?

Like the Internet itself, then, just one digitized corpse could help

many researchers at once.

In North Carolina a marketing executive with a drug company was dreaming

of a human atlas on a computer screen. Why should medical students have

to make do with fold-out drawings in anatomy guides? Michael Du Toit,

Vice President of marketing for Glaxo Inc., passed the idea on to a

small company called Butler Communications, which checked out the

technology. Glaxo had three goals. First, it wanted to create the basic

images. Second, it wanted viewers to be able to wander through the body;

ideally they could move the body for the best view, spin it, travel

through it. And third, it wanted researchers to be able to give the

lungs cancer, clog the arteries to the heart, and demonstrate the

effects of drugs. But computers weren’t ready. “The hype versus the

deliverable,” Robert Butler told me, “was miles and miles apart.” To

meet Glaxo’s specs—to show the body by way of artistic recreations and

virtual reality—might cost as much as $100 million.

Imagine the excitement that Du Toit and Butler must have felt on

learning that academic and government researchers were finally coming up

with the means for this to happen at a fraction of the expense. The Feds

put out a request for proposals for the dissection job, and the crew at

the University of Colorado made the final cut. Still unanswered was the

question of whose corpse would end up on the Internet. The contest

judges allowed a bit more leeway than did the people choosing Miss

America and Mr. Universe.

The ideal candidate for Visibility could be anywhere from maybe thirty

to sixty years of age and be a bit thin or pudgy, albeit not exceedingly

so. Height mustn’t go too far beyond the norms for male and female.

Above all, the innards of the body had to be photogenic from an

anatomical perspective. That weeded out anyone worn down by cancer or

similar disease, not to mention any victims of automobile accidents or

knifings.

A little unfairly, this contest had geographical limits. Texas,

Maryland, and Colorado were the states with subcontracts to provide the

body. I could understand Maryland and Colorado, but Texas? I wondered if

the reason would be the fondness of the people down there for capital

punishment. No longer did bodies have to roast in electric chairs. Texas

helpfully killed its murderers with lethal injections. So, in this

competition, Paul Jernigan was a strong contender from the beginning.

Murder is an act of the will no matter how poor or Hitlerian our parents

are, or what genes shape us and our brains. But if Fate sent anyone to

the deathhouse gurney and to Visible Manhood, it was Paul Jernigan. He

lived out an updated Dreiser novel.

His full legal name was Joseph Paul Jernigan, and he was born in Geneva,

Illinois, on January 31, 1954, the youngest of Earl Jernigan’s six

children. The boy suffered from asthma and almost died of it. He and his

brothers and sisters typically owned just one pair of jeans each. Their

mother eked it out in a chicken-processing plant, as a clerk at

Montgomery Wards, and at other low-paying jobs, and they lived in public

housing. She married a truck driver who, like Earl, was a strict

disciplinarian toward the children. Later she suffered a stroke.

Afflicted with a learning disorder, Paul flunked a grade at school and

dropped out two years before graduating. He was a drunk and eventually

was doing a pharmacy’s worth of drugs, from Quaaludes to horse

tranquilizers.

The Army trained Paul Jernigan as a mechanic, sent him to Germany, then

tossed him out as unsalvageable. Perhaps recognizing the cruel matrix

that shaped Jernigan, it gave him a general discharge (a “no comment” in

effect) rather than a dishonorable one. A shrink later found Jernigan to

be a passive-aggressive man who was sometimes TNT-volatile. In the years

after the military Jernigan kept a cooler of ice and beer in his

automobile; a typical paycheck went for pot, cheeseburgers, and enough

octane for himself and the car.

Paradoxically, though, friends trusted Paul Jernigan with their

children. Jernigan was the perfect baby-sitter who enjoyed romping

around with his charges. He married for a stretch and loved his

stepchildren.

But he failed at marriage just as he had failed in school and in the

Army.

Jernigan bungled at burglary, too. He was already a two-time loser in

1981 when he and a pal named Roy Lamb were driving down the road in

Corsicana, Texas, a small, howdy-neighbor kind of town south of Dallas

on Interstate 45. Emboldened by a night of booze and pot, the two

decided to rob Edward Hale’s house. They began stuffing their loot into

a pillow case when Hale surprised them. Lamb ran out. Jernigan beat Hale

over the head with an ashtray, hoping to kill off the witness. Hale

stubbornly survived. Then Jernigan stabbed him with a rusty, dull-bladed

meat knife, which just bent on Hale’s chest. And so he took a shotgun

and fired until the watchman was dead. Edward Hale did not die

painlessly.

After the murder, Jernigan went to Houston to try to straighten out his

life. He was in a halfway house when arrested.

Some would say Jernigan needn’t have wound up on the gurney; the law

prevented the courts from accepting an accomplice’s testimony. Mark

Ticer, his last attorney, believes that Jernigan may have felt so

contrite that he wanted to die. Ticer grew truly fond of his client. In

character, Jernigan would constantly inquire about the lawyer’s

two-year-old and remember birthdays.

Jernigan gave Ticer’s wife, Cecily, some earrings made from gold bought

with his military pension, and he crafted a wishing-well bucket for

Ticer. Ticer was as trusting of the murderer as Jernigan’s friends had

been; he would have trusted him with his own young daughter. Even on

death row Jernigan would write to the stepchildren from his failed

marriage.

Smoking a hand-rolled cigarette and sipping a Pepsi, he would discuss

legal strategy with Ticer until finally there wasn’t quite so much to be

strategic about.

“Paul,” Ticer more or less said, “things are not going well. I guess I

have to talk about your burial arrangements if they’re going to execute

you. I know your family doesn’t have a lot of money.” And it was there

in the Ellis prison in Huntsville that Ticer learned of The Gift.

Neither knew Jernigan would eventually become the Visible Man.

Mark Ticer tried for a stay of execution up to the last minute. Aware of

Ticer’s devotion to him, Jernigan asked his lawyer not to witness his

last minutes. Death was almost instant. Paul Jernigan died much more

smoothly than he had lived.

The state anatomical board, a subcontractor of the University of

Colorado, took it from there. Jernigan got one and a half gallons of 1

percent formalin. That was a light touch. Often cadavers are embalmed

with ten gallons of a stronger preservative, and they sit and pickle for

a year, so that when medical students cut them up all the tissues are

gray. But the idea here, in case Jernigan won the Visible Man honors,

was to keep his tissue looking nice and bright like prime meat; the

students would be able to enjoy a better, more realistic view.

Writing this chapter, I pondered the use of the state anatomical board

as a cadaver procurer. Thank God the board was separate from the court

system. Given the rage for businesslike government, I could just imagine

some of the wilder politicians setting up an execution quota to work

toward a balanced state budget. But the real reason for the use of

Jernigan’s corpse was more prosaic. Texas had one of the best

cadaver-donation programs in the country, and of some 2,000 bodies that

year, his just happened to show up at the right time and in the right

condition.

A Learjet flew Jernigan from Texas to Colorado. Awaiting him were the

masterminds of the dissection effort at the University of Colorado

Health Sciences Center in Denver. Victor Spitzer specialized in

radiology and cellular and structural biology; David Whitlock was a

professor of cellular and structural biology. The people working most on

Jernigan would be the research assistants in the dissection room, which,

day to day, was overseen by Tim Butzer, thirty, and his wife, Martha

Pelster, a bright, curly-haired woman of twenty-five who would later

apply for medical school. Helen Pelster, another assistant, was the

sister of Martha Pelster.[5.6] The whole scenario—the family

connection—begged for embellishment from Stephen King or Robin Cook.

I asked Martha Pelster if her work haunted her at night. “I kind of keep

it on a pretty even level,” she said. “I don’t have too much trouble

with it.”[5.7] She said Butzer felt the same.

Had Jernigan inspired much after-hours talk with her husband?

“If there was a problem that needed to be worked out.”

But did Pelster and Butzer reflect on the Visible Man’s past in relation

to what was happening now?

“Not too much. Getting emotionally involved with something like that—you

don’t want to discuss it. It isn’t relevant to what we’re doing.”

Inquiring about the university’s most famous cadaver, I learned that

Jernigan had come with at least two tattoos on his chest area; they

looked vaguely like dragons. His build and muscles were impressive. The

lab had to modify some of the machinery to handle Jernigan. He showed up

with just one testicle, which, I learned elsewhere, was the aftermath of

painful surgery from his military days. I also heard that another

operation had left him without an appendix. Students and researchers

seeking to unravel the mysteries of appendixdom would just have to turn

elsewhere. As a taxpayer, however, I didn’t feel cheated. This was the

States, not Bangladesh; did that many Americans die without any remnants

of surgery? Jernigan’s cadaver stood head and shoulders above a rival, a

woman who was a chronic alcoholic with visible damage to her liver. In

the hierarchy of the dissection room livers must have counted more than

appendixes.

Before the millimeter-by-millimeter grinding, the scientists treated

Jernigan to magnetic resonance imaging (MRI, mixing radio waves and

magnetic fields) and computer-aided tomography (CAT or CT, which is like

topography except that it’s on the innards of the human body). MRI picks

up soft tissue. CAT scans are good for hard tissue, and for the

differences between it and soft tissue. The researchers CT’ed Jernigan

both before and after he was frozen, and these scans had to correspond

with the alignment of the digitized photographs. Imagine the precision

required here.

Preparing to slice the icy cadaver into four blocks for convenient

grinding, the lab crew sharpened up on a less exalted cadaver. Vertebrae

were a problem. “This saw would curve,” Pelster said, “so you wouldn’t

have a perfect perpendicular flat cut. It would have a curve to it. So

we took the cadaver back to the CT scanner and found the level where we

could make a cut.” In the end there were three cuts and four sections of

Jernigan—head and torso, abdomen and pelvis just down to the thighs, the

rest of the thighs and the knees, and just below the knees to the feet.

The frozen pieces went into an aluminum mold, one at a time. And then

the researchers poured a blue gel around them (the same blue you’ll see

on the edges of the cross sections if you dial them up on the World Wide

Web). The result was four chunks of ice, each approximately 20 by 20 by

15 inches.

The grinding area was the next stop. Plexiglass enclosed it. That was a

must. Pieces of cadaver would fly everywhere as science turned Paul

Jernigan into dust with a spinning, carbide-tipped blade. “You’d think

we’d have trouble sectioning bone,” Pelster said, “but that’s not been

the case. Bone always cuts very clean. But sometimes we have a lot of

trouble with the tendons. The tendons are such that they don’t want to

shear off cleanly, and so a lot of time we did hand scalpel work on each

slice. So the slices might take ten minutes each instead of four minutes

each.” Actually the time varied. “Ninety slices were the most we cut on

any one day, and we averaged sixty. Sometimes it was ten a day. It was

about four months of sectioning.”

“Were you worried about damaging the goods?” I asked.

“Definitely. We just did the best we could.”

“Any near misses?”

“There were definitely a few. We never were to the point where we

torpedoed the whole project. It would be more a possibility of losing a

slice. We never came close to botching the whole thing. You look back

and you see a little dot of ice here or there, things like that. You do

the best you can. But I think it turned out well.”

All along, of course, cameras and lights were clicking and flashing

away. The slices went into a black-walled, reflection-proof chamber for

photographing by one digital camera and two with film. A table held the

cameras. It turned to give each a view of the cross sections from the

same angle. The results went into a Macintosh Quadra 840AV with 128

megabytes of random access memory and 2 gigabytes of hard disk space. It

was, in other words, many times more powerful and could store at least

several times more than the average personal computer. As with the

grinding, problems sometimes arose. “You think computers are so

precise,” Martha Pelster said, “but they’re not. Things are always going

wrong.” Typically working with her and Tim were such people as the man

who kept the grinding machine running, a camera expert, and a computer

expert (Helen Pelster, Martha’s sister), who would transfer the

digitized Jernigan to tape and CD-ROM. Come the end of a hard day of

photography, the lab crew collected everything and put it back in the

freezer. “And then when we were finished doing this,” Pelster said, “we

had many bags of things that needed to go be cremated.” The dust went to

a contractor for incineration.

Digitized photos and CAT and MRI images from Jernigan went to National

Library of Medicine in Maryland and to the Scientific Computing Division

at the National Center for Atmospheric Research in Boulder, Colorado.

The latter worked with a Cray Y-MP/8 supercomputer and Silicon Graphics

workstations to study the results. A headline on the World Wide Web

summed up the magnitude of the computational task: “The Visible Human

Project: Can It Bring a Supercomputer to Its Knees?” A machine with the

power of the Cray could take the 1,878 cross sections, stack them like

slices of an upright bread loaf, and create electronic bones or hearts

or brains that looked as if they had never been taken apart in the first

place.

By fall 1994, Michael Ackerman at the National Library of Medicine was

ready to tell the world about the electronic Jernigan and to have his

images posted on the Net by way of the weather forecaster’s facilities.

“We hold this out as an example of the future of health care,” Ackerman

said. He predicted that the study of medicine would become increasingly

visual. No one talked then of a murderer, and so the first stories on

the wire services blandly mentioned an anonymous thirty-nine-year-old

donor from Texas who had died of a drug overdose.

Learning that a digitized corpse would go on the Internet, not everyone

greeted the news with unalloyed praise. Some reviled this as a waste of

Net resources. Why not use CD-ROMs to distribute the information? To an

extent I could see their arguments. The Library was releasing sixteen

gigabytes of images at the start, and even someone with a deluxe Net

connection could spend a week or so downloading it. Critics believed

that this squandered bandwidth, that it was a bit like cruising down a

narrow country road with an overgrown tour bus and fifty cars honking at

it from behind. The strain on the Internet was far from that bad. But

even by Net standards this was indeed a behemoth, and much more

importantly, the bandwidth defenders worried about the precedent being

set here. Sixteen gigabytes of images was equivalent to 8 billion pages

of double-spaced typing. Individual e-mail messages commonly took up

only a page or two.

Even so, the Visible Man had his friends out there in cyberspace.

Anxious to beat rivals to the data, one company kept its modems pumping

away for a week until it had received all of Jernigan. It didn’t want to

wait weeks or months for tapes. Thanks to the Net, many people

throughout the world could receive Jernigan at the same time. In the

first few months of the release, more than 900 companies, schools, and

people wrote Ackerman about licenses giving them permission to use the

data in experiments and products. Some 100 actually followed

through—everyone from pharmaceutical firms to a young artist who,

according to Ackerman, assured him that she would make tasteful use of

the images.

Luckily from a bandwidth perspective, you didn’t have to download all of

Jernigan. Each slice was a mere seven megabytes in a spatial resolution

of 2,048 by 1,216 pixels (several times sharper than that of a typical

personal computer). A maker of software for ophthalmologists could pull

down only the images dealing with the eye and related brain areas. Those

aiming for the podiatry market could focus on the feet and ankles.

What’s more, even without a license, ordinary Net users could dial up

Jernigan Lite, so to speak, from the World Wide Web.

Coming over the Net eventually would be more than just the raw,

unprocessed images. Refined versions—for example, animated Jernigans,

rotating in 3-D, or even virtual reality versions—could go anywhere in

the world. And when they did, researchers and students would be wanting

their own pet views. CD-ROMs just didn’t store enough data to anticipate

all the possibilities. Typically they could hold maybe 650 megabytes of

data. Even extended, the storage would offer a fraction of what could be

available via high-speed connections to sites from Paris to Melbourne.

Jernigan, you might say, was more than just the material for a medical

experiment. He was also a focus of a research project to develop special

formats for libraries of visual information on the Net. Eventually

people would be able to download not just images but also the “objects”

that made up the images.

“These objects will have knowledge in them,” Michael Ackerman said, “so

they know how they relate to each other and the rest of the scheme. Say

you ask for the heart. What you get of course is the not a picture of

the heart but the objects that made up the heart that your software has

now rendered as the heart. If you point to something on the heart, it

can open up because it’s made up of these objects. And if you point to

something on the margin of the heart and say “What is attached here?”

that object on the margin knows what its nearest neighbor is even though

it’s not in the picture. And it knows to go back to the database and

bring up what’s attached to it.”

Such an approach might even take advantage of Web-style technology to

link together libraries at a number of locations. So you might smoothly

travel from, say, a processed image of a blood vessel done up at School

X to an animated image of a heart as tweaked by Company Y.

Those uses would increase the load on the Internet, of course. But

ultimately the principle of the expanding pipeline might work to the

benefit of all. That is, the heavier the traffic on the Net, the heftier

the connections would be built. So in the end, everything would be

cheaper—from image transmissions to sending one-page notes by electronic

mail. The challenge, of course, was for this to happen without the costs

of ordinary Net users being driven up by the workload that the image

libraries and similar endeavors would bring about. That’s where TeleRead

might come in. It could systematically promote the mass use of

electronic forms for tax documents, business transactions, and other

purposes. And indirectly the money saved on paperwork could go not only

toward a national library but also to help upgrade the present Internet

for researchers and the world at large.

Right now people tended to see the applications of the Net in terms of

one use versus another—in terms of money for low-cost networks for

consumer education versus high-bandwidth connections of the kind that

Ackerman wanted. With a TeleRead-style approach and enough imagination,

however, we could take full advantage of the economies of the

technology. And so although we would not end the clashes between Net

users with different priorities, we could at least reduce them.

Several other cost-related questions arose beyond those of the expense

of the network connections. I wondered how much patients would be

charged to see a picture of the innards of Jernigan or a Visible Woman.

Robert Butler doubted that his client, Glaxo, was ready to say. However,

he left me with the impression that this probably would not be pay per

view. Glaxo had its own reasons for going ahead—for example, showing

doctors the effects of its pharmaceuticals on the body. So, no, he said,

this was not a plot to gouge the public with peep shows.

A related issue, arising from the involvement of drug companies, was the

question of proprietary information. While the images were on the

Internet for all to see, this project was not entirely in the spirit of

the Net’s openness. Butler, for example, might have feared that I was

working for a rival corporation, and he waited several weeks to return

my calls. I could understand his reasons. Still, I was startled to learn

that Ackerman at the National Institutes of Health would not even

release to me a list of the companies that had licensed the use of the

images. Nor had NIH organized a newsgroup or a mailing list. Surely all

the hundreds of licensees would have common problems, common

opportunities, that they could discuss without imperiling each other’s

projects.

Yet another question went back to one of the main reasons given for the

project. Could medical students really learn by hooking into the Net and

dialing up the images from the Visible Man? David Dean should have been

a complete booster of this endeavor. He was, after all, a Ph.D. who

worked in medical imaging and taught anatomy at Case Western Reserve

University. And yet he told me, “I feel you can’t replicate the

experience in the anatomy lab. Students will have no time for this

stuff. They’re totally overwhelmed. They can see the same structures

again and again in different bodies.”

At the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill, Gerry Oxford,

professor of physiology, said that seeing organs in three dimensions

wasn’t the same as _feeling_ them. “Physicians in training need a

visceral appreciation of the fact that they will have responsibility for

the human body.” Even a believer in the project, Marc Nelson, assistant

dean of medical education at the Stanford University School of Medicine

in Palo Alto, worried that electronic anatomy could lessen contacts

between students and teachers.[5.8]

Real bodies, however, cost universities $600 each—assuming they could

get them in the first place. And students would not have eyeballs,

hearts, hands, and livers to themselves.

Of all the boosters of the project, Martha Pelster may have been the

most persuasive. She worked as a lab assistant, had cut up dozens of

bodies, and now was headed to medical school. “When you look at this

cadaver,” Pelster said of the digitized Jernigan, “everything is still

in its orientation. When you go in and dissect, you take a lot of stuff

out. If you cut something wrong or cut through something and toss the

object into the reject bin, you’ve lost it. But with this visible male,

you can go back in again. You can see what happened before your lab

partner went in there and messed up your cadaver. This cross-sectional

anatomy is going to be the be-all and end-all. A book can’t have this

many cross sections, this good.”

Just as important, no one in the project, from Ackerman to Pelster, was

touting electronic cadavers as a complete substitute for the real ones

that the medical students studied. The digitized versions would simply

augment the real cadavers, the ones that you couldn’t reboot if you cut

them the wrong way. In the new era, medical schools could even require

students to put the human body together, not just take it apart.

Cadavers in cyberspace would offer yet another advantage: even

schoolchildren could study them. People for the Ethical Treatment of

Animals and some rock-n-roll musicians such as Pearl Jam were asking

schools to “cut out dissection” and use computer imaging or model frogs.

Thanks to the Visible Human Project, however, students someday would do

better than just viewing pixels flashing across the screen. They would

be able to tour the body of an actual human. Potential medical students,

moreover, could get a head start. Long before they reached the slicing

rooms, they would be familiar with electronic cadavers and be able to

make better use of the real ones. What’s more, the digitized Jernigan

could revolutionize training in laparoscopic surgery, where doctors

inserted tubes in patients and operated with tiny instruments and

TV-like monitors and cameras. The view on the video screen of a training

computer could be true to life.

All this was not even to mention other applications—for example,

computer-simulated crash tests to improve auto safety, efforts to study

the range of wrist motion and reduce carpal tunnel syndrome in typists,

or investigations of ways to protect athletes against injuries.

I asked Mark Ticer if Jernigan’s family had ever thought of suing for

any of the wealth that the project might create from medical products

and the rest.

The answer pleased me in this litigious era. Ticer said that if anything

the family would be offended that anyone raised the issue. That was the

way Jernigan and his kin were. “There wasn’t a condition attached to his

gift,” Ticer said.

Sharon Kuster, Jernigan’s sister, said her brother would “probably be

happy about it. I am.”

“Now he can be remembered for all the good he did rather than all the

evil,” Ticer said. “I think he’d be quietly delighted.” I picked up on

the “quietly.” Jernigan’s invisibility, prior to his crimes, was not

just because of his station or lack of station in life. That was his

way. Many other inmates on death row gravitated toward microphones.

Jernigan spurned them. The true crime book, if one ever resulted, would

never have come out while he was walking and breathing.

Shortly after I talked to Mark Ticer and Sharon Kuster, my friend Karen

got the results of an intensive examination by a second doctor. It

seemed that Karen would not be undergoing the heart surgery. But even

now she couldn’t tell for sure. What’s more, if Karen received drugs

instead, the medical benefits of the Visible Man might still help her

someday; a major pharmaceutical company, after all, was hoping to use

the digitized cadaver as a tool to explore and demonstrate the effects

of its products.

My thoughts shifted back to Jernigan the human. Lying on the death

gurney, awaiting the poison, would he have wanted to make The Gift if

someone had rushed in and asked at the last minute, “Do you realize

you’ll be all over the Internet? That you’ll suffer the ultimate

invasion of privacy? That strangers from here to Oslo will see your

guts?” I’d like to think that Jernigan would have nodded and the Learjet

would still have flown the body up to Denver. For the sake of Karen, of

other sick people, of those who just might live longer and better if

their surgeons were slightly more skilled, or if they themselves could

make the right decisions about their medical care—for the sake of them

all, I was not-so-quietly delighted that the invisible man was now

visible.

Schools: Park View Educational Centre

The big motto out of the United States, in the 1990s, seemed to be,

“Build jail cells, not classrooms.” Again and again, politicians would

promise to shrink the bloat in school budgets while Fighting Crime; I

shared some of their skepticism toward the edutocracy. Washington, D.C.,

was Exhibit A here. In one recent year the city had shelled out half a

billion on public schools but paid just $2 million for books.

Suppose, however, that U.S. schools had been spending their money in a

way that helped keep children out of jail and helped them learn.

Americans might do well to study Park View Education Centre. It is a

high school up in the Canadian province of Nova Scotia, and something

weird and wonderful had been happening there over the past few years. At

Park View the Internet was not reserved just for the usual suspects—the

would-be Bill Gateses, the local Steve Jobses, the prodigies who already

owned PCs and Macs and were dialing up Christie Brinkley photos on

electronic bulletin boards. Many of the children on the Net were the

at-risk students, those in danger of leaving Park View because of

academic or disciplinary problems.

They were in the “general-stream” track. And just as in the States, the

college-bound children looked down on them. That was unfair. Many of the

general students were bright and simply didn’t want to go to college.

Some of the general boys, not all, wore black leather jackets, tight

jeans, and black boots. And they used razor blades to tattoo the logos

of Ford and Chevy onto their skins. The at-risk girls were less

colorful. But some had disciplinary problems of their own, along with

the same lack of interest in academics. What’s more, certain teenagers

in the area were doing marijuana and hashish and boozing it up; teachers

at Park View worried constantly that the wilder of the students would

turn up on the police blotters.

Fighting against pot smoking and other behavior of the Jernigan variety,

some teachers at Park View systematically used the Net to bolster the

egos of the general students while also improving their scholastic

skills. Yes, alarms went off in my head when I heard the word

“self-esteem.” Too often, at least in the States, this quality came at

the cost of academics. Saying, “You’re good!” was not enough. Gold

stars—if dishonestly earned—would just teach the children that the

educators were liars.

Some teachers at Park View Education Centre, however, were mixing

self-esteem with reading and writing in a way that true Net nerds would

love. And it was happening in a cash-strapped place a continent removed

from Silicon Valley in both distance and technical expertise.

This was not borderline Canada. Park View Education Centre was a good

two days’ drive from the state of Maine. The school served Lunenburg

County, a mostly rural area settled by German-speaking people whose

descendants still reverted to dialect. Bridgewater (pop. 9,000 or so)

was the nearest town. Named for the modest bridge across the La Havre

River, it was in many respects All Canadian—with streets with names like

“King” and “Queen” and “Prince.” Businesses such as Gow’s Hardware and

Rofihe’s Men’s Wear had been in the same families for generations. The

Bridgewater area boasted a Michelin tire plant, too, and a mall and twin

cinemas. And it was growing. But many inhabitants were displaced

farmers, lumberjacks, and cod fishermen; tensions from work or the lack

of it could show up in some homes, to the disadvantage of the children.

When I was researching this chapter, Canada’s unemployment rate was 10

percent, while Lunnenburg County’s was 12-13 percent.

In at least one way, Park View Education Centre may have reflected both

the business climate and the Canadian winters, or perhaps just some of

the educational crazes of yesteryear. Park View was built in the late

’70s with narrow little windows that more or less cheated the classrooms

of a river view. Those slots were somewhat emblematic; many children

hadn’t been outside Nova Scotia. Even among the academic-track students,

fewer than 40 percent were making it to college. Park View, then, was

not quite the stereotypical place for educational high tech.

Still, the provincial government, colleges, and the business community

had been quietly working with Park View and other schools to upgrade the

workforce. In this spirit an education professor at Mount Saint Vincent

University, in Halifax, organized a project called Learning Connections.

Pitching in was the Nova Scotia Technology Network. One idea was to use

computers to hook students in with employers by way of the Internet to

give them a taste of the workplace. It would happen. But something would

overshadow it—student-to-student communication over the Net.

Jeff Doran, a technophobic English teacher at Park View, wasn’t sure

what to think when he first heard of the grand plans. His tenth grade

class of general students did not exactly teem with computer nerds. Many

of the children had flunked a grade. “Some of them had reading levels

down around grade three or four. One or two maybe would have been

considered at a grade ten level. I didn’t have any goal except to try to

keep them in school and keep them in class.” He also had his share of

questions about the project itself. “All we were told was that we would

get some computers, and then we’d get this connection through the phone

lines, and the students would be able to write to people around the

world, and then when the project was over at the end of the year, we

could keep the hardware. I had no idea what we were then going to do

with it, and I certainly had never used it before.” Doran didn’t even

own a television or answering machine. “I still had a phonograph. But I

didn’t even have a tape player, and I had been writing on the typewriter

all my life.”

But Doran had something else going for him, something even more helpful

than technological expertise. And that was an abundance of good,

teacherish skills and empathy for his students, even the ones with the

tattoos. He himself had rebelled. A Harvard graduate, he had fled the

United States during the Vietnam War to avoid the draft. Doran’s exact

political beliefs weren’t the point here, though; a dare-devil Green

Beret might have shown the same ability to brook the foibles of the

general students. What mattered was that Doran cared more about results

than about whether the children followed every little rule. Above all he

cultivated rather than feared the students’ ability to think on their

own.

The Nova Scotia Technology Network provided some technical help, but

would not instantly answer every question. “So,” Doran recalled, “we did

a lot of muddling through ourselves and a lot of teaching of each other.

And that was one of the best things. Some of the students became

teachers because they learned by experimenting, and then they showed

each other. And invariably they showed me, and so I learned from them.

The first thing I discovered was that there could be no front of the

room. It had twelve computers in it that circled around the walls. And

there was no way that I could stand at any point and demand everybody’s

attention. I learned that in about three minutes of the first period.”

Significantly, Jeff Doran’s English class for general students had a

one-to-one ratio between students and computers, a stark contrast to

those in just about all other public schools in Canada and elsewhere.

Students could use the machines not only for networking but also for

word processing. In fact, they started using the machines so often that

in those early days, Doran was holding classes in the computer lab

regularly rather than in the scheduled rooms.

I asked Doran which students he remembered most vividly from those first

days on the Net, and two came to his mind: Betty* and Mac*. Betty was

the only girl of the twelve students on the first day of school. “She

was, uhm, kind of an old-fashioned, sweet-faced girl,” Doran said, “with

one of the foulest mouths that I ever encountered. Yeah. But she had to

be to hold her own against these boys. She was surly and sullen and

stubborn with me, and I don’t think she ever actually came to blows with

any of the boys, but she came pretty darned close.” Betty was brighter

than most in the class. And yet, feisty or not, she lacked

self-confidence. Many would have written her off. More than a few

teachers regarded the general classes as a dumping ground. “She was

pretty unimpressed by what she could do in the computer room,” Doran

said. “She at first was doing most of her assignments by handwriting.”

Meanwhile Mac was hardly off to the most promising of starts. His head

was shaved into a Mohawk. A reform school alum, he was short and stocky

and looked a bit like a small World Wrestling Federation champ,

according to Doran. Mac’s face bore scars from the fights he got into.

He would regularly pound the bejeezus out of other teenagers. “I’m not

sure why Mac was in school,” Doran said. “It may have had something to

do with the law—either school or jail. He was not happy to be here. And

his skills were very, very low. He was about the lowest I had ever seen

in a student.”

Okay, so this was the raw material. I didn’t expect Doran to turn either

Betty or Mac into Oxford dons—everything was relative—but I wondered how

far he had gotten with the computers and the Internet.

“Well,” Doran said, “once she finally started on the computer, she

started writing more than she had ever written before. And I believe

that’s how you learn to write, by writing.” She organized her sentences

and paragraphs better, her vocabulary expanded, and fewer spelling

errors popped up in her work—not just because she could spellcheck but

because she cared more. Her scrawlings in a loose-leaf notebook hadn’t

looked so impressive. But now she could use a computer printer and see

the same, beautiful results as an honors student doing a ten-page

thesis.

“The second big difference,” said Doran, “was that she was writing

e-mail to other students. Suddenly she had an immediate audience. This

wasn’t some make-believe English project where we would pretend to have

a pen pal somewhere and pretend to write to them. This was a real person

who was going to read that message and respond right away, and that kind

of feedback made her, and made all of the students, suddenly aware of

the importance of an audience. And an audience in writing is something

that they had never experienced before, because the audience was the

teacher and who cares what the teacher thinks? Except that the teacher

gives you the mark, so you just write what you think the teacher wants

you to say.

“But now Betty and the others had people who would write back and forth

about their weekends, and their boyfriends, and their dates, and their

sports, and their hobbies, and their cats, and so on. And I think it

opened up a sensitivity to what was acceptable in print, and how your

words can affect people, and the differences between people—especially

over great distances, because a large number of the students that we

were writing to in Vancouver were Asian. In fact they were fairly recent

immigrants to Canada, so their English wasn’t that great. So actually

Betty’s writing skills were better.” And that, in turn, helped her think

better of herself.

Meanwhile Mac, too, was progressing. At the start Doran gave Mac and

others a list of twenty words; they were then to look up the definitions

and use the words in sentences. The time limit was four weeks. Mac

needed the month. He couldn’t even cheat well; copying others’ work, he

blundered because he did not know what he was cribbing. “The last thing

that he could ever see himself doing,” Doran said, “would be sitting in

front of a computer, you know, at a keyboard. With these beefy fingers

of his, he was gonna tap away? I mean, that was out of the question.”

Doran, however, managed to stretch out Mac’s attention span to put up

with the limits of the machines—to give them the detailed instructions

they needed. In computerdom, people use the term “boot up” to mean

turning on their machines or loading programs into them. And, Doran

recalled, “There were times I half expected he was gonna literally boot

this thing across the room.”

“Yes,” Mac snapped back at Doran, “I’ll boot the friggin’ thing up!”

“And yet,” Doran recalled, “within that one year he was writing messages

to pals in other schools and to me as well.”

By then Betty wasn’t just sassing back the boys when they teased her.

She was actually teaching them how to use the equipment. Her marks shot

up to the 90s. Not content just to write a few short paragraphs, she was

turning out well-organized letters several hundred words long in a

professional-looking business format. That was unimpressive by the

standards of academic students, but a true triumph for Betty; she even

zapped off a paper letter to a suspense novelist she admired. The

writing skills she developed on the Net had helped make this possible.

Simultaneously her opinion of herself rose to the point where she was

one of the chattier participants in a video that Park View students

helped make, and that was later shown on a Halifax television station.

Students shot scenes to send across Canada to counterparts at a school

in Vancouver, British Columbia. And Betty showed up again and again on

camera. It would have been nice to write that she went on to college,

but she did not. She ended up a waitress. Partly due to the Net,

however, she surely was a better waitress—more at ease with her

customers, and better material someday for management if that was what

she wanted.

And Mac? “One of the last things I got from him,” Doran said, “was a

message about how he felt he had been changing that year, and how he had

been improving. And I agreed—I thought he had, too. And then just about

that time, he pulled this stupid move and got drunk while he was on a

class trip and got kicked out of the school.” But the story didn’t end

then. “Mac moved to British Columbia and is gainfully employed. In the

boys’ cases, the measure of success is that they are not in jail. In

1990, probably ten boys were at risk of failing and dropping out of

school. Two were at risk of ending up behind bars or dead.”

Reflecting on past and present students at Park View, Doran noted the

little triumphs which led to the big ones. The Net helped whet the

children’s interest in school—to the point where, often, just about all

the students in his first period showed up. It was a virtual miracle,

given the sleep hunger of adolescents.

Clearly the Net could be a truant officer’s best friend. “I use

computers a lot,” one enthusiastic student e-mailed me from Bridgewater.

“I come in on any free time that I have, I even give up my lunch hour to

play with the computer, but I would really like to have more class time

in the computer room.” She said that computers “hold so much wonder to a

person. Like me. Writing on a computer does help out with reading and

writing skills.” Another student, a tenth grader who lacked a computer

at home, told how much he’d enjoyed corresponding with an aunt and uncle

in Winnipeg. At the time he e-mailed me, his relatives had just had a

son, and his e-mail was going into their baby book. Textbooks alone

would never, never have encouraged him to look forward to school the way

the Net did.

I asked Doran if there were any test scores for the children to document

the Internet’s benefits to the children at Park View. He said that

scores by themselves would mislead since he had improved as a teacher in

other ways. And yet he believed the Net had helped; since he couldn’t

supervise the class constantly, he had learned to foster curiosity among

the students as they explored the Net on their own. He and some other

teachers in the experiment understood that they and the children would

be learning from each other, that the old authority models were gone.

The same trend was gradually happening in industry in Canada and the

world at large. So if Doran wasn’t turning out Ph.D.s, he at least was

creating better workers.

Other reasons existed for his success. The videotape reinforced the Net

experiences. The Park View students looked forward to seeing their

counterparts. Much more importantly, Doran let children use the Internet

in ways that meant the most to them. The Net was like the videotape.

Doran had expected his students to shoot pictures of quaint homes, of

beaches, of the usual, touristy sites, when they were showing off the

Bridgewater area. Instead the students photographed the places where

they worked and shopped. And that told all. The e-mail was the same way;

students would most benefit from the technology if it was on their own

terms. At Park View, some virtual romances even developed between the

students and those elsewhere. One boy wrote to a Florida school asking

to be put in touch with a cheerleader.

Yet another explanation for Doran’s success was that students could

spend hour after hour on their computer. So they had plenty of time for

school compositions and for writing letters to friends in Vancouver and

elsewhere. (That wasn’t true of all the students in latter years.

Although Doran felt they did well, they might have done still better

with more time.)

Perhaps most important of all, the machines didn’t put down the general

students the way so many humans did. “It’s been my experience that the

technology benefits the struggling student much more than it does any

other student—in literacy growth, self-esteem, tech skills,” said Lorri

Neilsen, the education professor at Mount Saint Vincent University who

had started the Learning Connections project at Park View and elsewhere.

The positives aside, the Bridgewater experiment was not a complete

triumph. “It’s very important to know the spirit of this project was

carried by a handful of teachers,” Neilsen said. In fact, just eight of

forty teachers in the school participated in the project. Skeptics were

worried about it taking time away from the usual curriculum. Yet another

problem was the authority question; some teachers had to know everything

and were nervous about students learning behind their backs. A third

complication was gender: Many female teachers were uncomfortable around

technology.

Answers and solutions existed to all those challenges. In the case of

academic students, I could appreciate the need to cover a vast range of

subjects that colleges demanded. But with a TeleRead-style arrangement,

just about all the major resources would be online anyway. Old material

over a period of time could be scanned into the national database—a

highly economical way to distribute it, and even better by archival

criteria alone since unread paper material might well disintegrate

anyway without anyone caring about it.

Even with the Net as it existed then, students of all kinds learned many

shortcuts that enabled them to turn out better papers. The knowledge on

the Net was far, far shallower on the whole than at, say, the Library of

Congress in the States. But it may well have exceeded what the students

could find in some small-town libraries. If nothing else, by logging

onto the Net, they could learn how to stay up with the most current

knowledge—no small edge in an era when new products replaced old ones in

months rather than in years, and when academic journals proliferated.

What about the authority question? That could diminish in time if

schools of education shifted gears and encouraged teachers to foster

curiosity rather than have students focus just on textbooks and

teacher-certified facts. Would it happen in the United States without a

concerted, TeleRead-style effort? Maybe. But I doubted this.

If nothing else, public schools needed to give their teachers more time

to master the hardware and the Internet so they would not feel so lost

when their students roamed the Net; the equipment alone wasn’t enough.

“Basic technology training is one of the most neglected aspects of

educational reform,” said Andy Carvin, the Net-oriented educational

expert at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. “More often than not,

when a school or a school district implements a major technology

overhaul, teachers are introduced to the Internet and all of its tools

in a day or two of ‘training.’” Carvin told me, and he was right, that

teachers should enjoy regular use of the technology at home and at

school so the knowledge wouldn’t fade away. Too, they needed to know how

to “combine that knowledge with traditional teaching and

curricula....It’s like learning to use a telephone—you can be taught to

pick up the receiver and press a few numbers, but if you don’t have

anyone else’s number or don’t know how to give out your own number it’s

useless.”

I asked Lorri Neilsen about Canada, and she said that schools of

education up there were making good progress toward correcting

deficiencies. They had better. In the new era of giant databases there

should be more emphasis on finding _and_ evaluating information from

many sources, and less on parroting textbooks. Teachers should encourage

children to look for malarkey in all media, but especially on the Net,

given all the self-publishing there. Perhaps with more women growing up

with computers, female teachers in the future wouldn’t suffer so much

from the old bugaboos about networks and smart, curious, uppity

students.

That still left another issue—the possibility that students might send

offensive messages over the Net and perhaps fixate on its wilder areas

such as the alt.sex series of newsgroups.

“We did have a couple of cases of students in the school sending

threatening and hateful messages,” Doran said, “but these were not my

students. These were what I would call hackers, computer nerds.” Later

Park View forced students to sign agreements under which they would lose

their privileges if they abused the Net. This was not a hypothetical

issue to me. As I was researching this chapter, I found “Fuck you all”

in the subject line of a public message of a list devoted to educational

uses of the Internet. A student at an American school had taken over

someone else’s account. Making students sign agreements wasn’t a total

solution, but it was a good one. If a student misbehaved and lost Net

privileges, then he or she would be at a considerable disadvantage in

competing with peers.

Addressing the newsgroup question, Park View filtered out the groups it

deemed objectionable. I suspected that a smart student could circumvent

these precautions, but if that happened, he might well have been

intelligent enough to cope with the virtual temptations.

Off the Net, at any rate, students could just as well find questionable

reading material. I remembered the pictures of Marilyn Monroe that my

classmates passed around in elementary school back in the 1950s. Did

anything change? Should we really deprive children of the glories of the

Net under the assumption that the kids were all potential pervs? The

best approach was the Park View—one making children sign agreements that

they would be responsible for their own actions, and suspending or

ending their much-cherished Internet privileges if they abused them.

Risks aside, the Internet was a natural place for students of all kinds.

Only a fool would dwell on the hazards of the net to the exclusion of

the possibilities there.

* * * * *

Would that all activities of government be as benign (well, for the most

part) as those of the schools. In the next chapter we’ll learn about

Phil Zimmermann and his brushes with the darker, almost Big Brotherish

side of government.

CHAPTER

SIX

Governments and the

Net: Making Sure

Orwell Was Wrong

If a programmer named Phil Zimmermann had his druthers, he would be

leading a pretty sedate life on the whole. He drives a Saturn, lives in

a small house in a middle-class suburb in Colorado with his wife and

children, and dons a suit and does a pretty good yuppie act when he

consults for East Coast companies. In California he fits in with his

blue jeans. Short and paunchy, he is bearded yet harmless.

Some American bureaucrats, however, would lump Zimmermann in with CIA

turncoats and peddlers of illegal plutonium. In November 1994 customs

agents detained him at a Washington-area airport when he was reentering

the States from Eastern Europe. Twice they combed through his bags then

warned him that in the future he might be in for more of the same.

Why this Kafkaesque treatment? Because many in the U.S. national

security establishment hate Phil Zimmermann’s guts. He came up with

Pretty Good Privacy, or PGP for short—a snoop-resistant way of

transmitting e-mail over the Internet and other networks.

Zimmermann loathes snoops and jackboots. Clearly he was not in the

former communist Europe to subvert democracies; in fact, he was telling

people how encryption[6.1] could help preserve their freedom. “I don’t

have to explain to Eastern Europe,” he said, “why it is important for

their governments not to get too powerful.”[6.2]

This dictator-proofing helped win Phil Zimmermann a “Pioneer Award” from

the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the civil liberties group, which

praised him for creating “a worldwide standard for e-mail encryption.”

Zimmermann, however, as the Net’s many libertarians are quick to note,

may end up in jail for allegedly having violated an American export law

that carries penalties as high as a decade in prison and a

million-dollar fine. The Feds treat PGP-style software as a weapon just

like Stealth bombers, ballistic missiles, and nuclear warheads. And some

Washington bureaucrats hate the idea of such a privacy protector in the

hands of too many civilians who are not, well, Washington bureaucrats.

Even if the Feds don’t indict and convict Zimmermann, the U.S.

government has already done its share of bullying here.

The U.S. Constitution forbids prosecutors from dragging Zimmermann into

an overlit room and interrogating him without a lawyer present. Tell

that to Washington, however. Although the law bans the export rather

than the import of powerful encryption software, customs agents at

Dulles Airport, eager for any excuse they could find, quizzed Zimmermann

when he _returned_ from Eastern Europe. An oft-zealous enemy of privacy,

the Clinton Administration has even promoted the manufacture of

encryption devices that would let Feds listen in on supposedly

confidential phone calls. Washington is also spending billions of tax

dollars to make telephone lines more susceptible to tapping.

Zimmermann, meanwhile, has been working on a phone-style piece of

software. Used on the right computer with a $50 sound card and a $7

microphone, it would let people speak securely over the Internet or

ordinary phone lines.

Bill Clinton’s snoops must love Zimmermann about as much as they enjoy

static during wiretaps. Here’s a man who they fear could break the

connection altogether. Many in Washington, especially FBI Director Louis

Freeh, would love to see unauthorized encryption banned entirely, the

real issue here. And Republican Senator Charles Grassley of Iowa has

proposed to make it a crime to distribute scrambling programs by way of

international nets if the Feds lacked the electronic keys to defeat

them. The Grassley measure would even ban some software now classified

as exportable.

Like it or not, however, Washington no longer can control the fate of

industrial-strength encryption.

Far too many Americans—and Russians, Germans, Czechs, Iranians,

Singaporeans, Malaysians, Japanese, Chinese, you name it—know about the

technology. The Feds instead should focus on different law enforcement

techniques, and on powerful computers to unravel the bad guys’ codes.

But the Clinton people and their allies won’t budge. They keep dreaming

of the mass use of D.C.-blessed hardware and software to let law

enforcement people listen in on supposedly confidential phone calls.

Just like the old Soviet KGB, the Feds think that bureaucracy can

prevail over technology, and that government has a God-given right to

force citizens to be snoop-friendly.

The saga of Phil Zimmermann is hardly the only indication that _some_

Big Brotherism is alive and well in the United States—especially when

one considers other outrages, such as the recent net.censorship jihad or

the elitist copyright proposals that would crimp public debate.

In all fairness, the United States is less backwards on encryption

matters than are countries such as France, which bans powerful

cryptography for private use.[6.3] And certainly Bill Clinton isn’t a

dictator. In fact, the trouble with him, at least at the personal level,

is the opposite: He is too much of a wimp to resist civil liberties

threats from the FBI, the National Security Agency, other bureaucracies,

and the more maniacal of the “law-and-order” crowd on the Hill.

Whatever Clinton’s problem, though, his encryption policy is making him

reviled among many skeptical young people in Generation Net, not to

mention the baby boomers, who suffered lie after lie from LBJ and Robert

McNamara during the Vietnam War. A lifelong Democrat, I voted for

Clinton. I might not again. His constitutional lapses, or at least those

of his bureaucrats, just might help pave the way for true Orwellian

scenarios in the United States and elsewhere.

So might the shameful war that a powerful Clinton appointee has waged

against public libraries, one of society’s best defenses against

Orwellian Ministries of Truth.

“Making Sure Orwell Was Wrong,” then, is an apt sub-title for this

chapter. You’ll remember the basics of the novel _1984_—bureaucrats

tinkered with back issues of the _London Times_ to suit the policies of

the moment, brainwashed the proles of Oceania, and spied on most

everyone with TV cameras. All had to obey the mythical Big Brother. The

most vivid image from _1984_ was a boot smashing again and again into a

man’s face. In the era of mainframe computers bigger than overgrown

Cadillacs, many critics of the Vietnam War invoked Orwell and similar

pessimists. Wouldn’t pasty-faced drones in windowless rooms use the

technology to keep dossiers on us?

Then microcomputers popped up. Suddenly good people could use bits and

bytes to fight back against Big Brother. Amnesty International, for

example, could keep databases documenting murder, torture, and other

crimes by dictators. And then, via the Internet and other networks,

Amnesty could spread the news around and marshal world opinion against

the thugs. Other human rights groups and environmental organizations

benefited, too, and soon most everyone agreed about high tech: George

Orwell had been wrong. Progressives with unpopular ideas celebrated the

new tools available to them. And conservatives didn’t disagree that Big

Brother was dead; if microcomputers could nurture freedom and diversity,

why worry so much about antitrust laws and other regulations? A New York

think-tanker would eventually write a reverse _1984_ in which hackers

won over Big Brother.[6.4]

Meanwhile, an open government movement was growing on the Internet,

along with efforts to use networks as an efficient conduit for services.

Far from being Big Brotherish in all ways, Clinton’s people commendably

put a wealth of official documents on the Net, everything from White

House speeches to reports from the Agriculture Department. The states,

too, acted. Californians could track down a complete set of laws and

proposed laws on the Internet. North Carolinians could hook into an

electronic job bank, indicate their desired kind of work, click on a map

to designate a favored location, and watch jobs pop up. Oregonians could

get fishing-and hunting-license information online.

Bureaucrats in Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand,

Argentina, Finland, Austria, Poland, Japan, and a host of other

countries went on the Net to one extent or another.

Even Singapore, hardly famous for civil liberties and freedom of

information, took a few steps to open up. I was surprised and pleased to

find on a government server a 1993 _Wired_ article with the

not-so-flattering title of “The Intelligent Island?” Like many

countries, Singapore faced a dilemma. Would the country’s strict culture

suffer if the masses were allowed access to the Net? Singapore had

flogged an American teenager merely for vandalizing automobiles; imagine

if authorities instead had caught him in a sex act with a local. The

whip was in character; it was a source of local pride, not shame. And

yet if Singapore didn’t truly open itself on the Internet, if it

couldn’t provide a hospitable electronic environment to

megaconglomerates, the country would fall behind nations with a freer

flow of information.

“Most Singaporeans are little rule followers,” a local hacker told

_Wired_. “They are used to being spoon-fed what they are supposed to

know by the government.” He predicted that Singapore would turn into a

“controlled information center. The government will try to suppress

hackers.”[6.5] And yet the very distribution of the article—for all to

see on a Web server, amid official government documents—told me that the

Orwellian scenario was not a full certainty. If _Singapore_ could ease

up a little, there might yet be a little hope for the rest of the

cosmos.

However, the need for some healthy paranoia remains, even if, yes,

Orwell overstated his case. An Internet Central doesn’t exist for

bureaucrats to shut down, of course; messages can arrive by way of many

paths, and electronic mail if need be can travel over normal voice

lines. But martinets of all ilks can’t resist the urge to censor or

unplug. A government computer in Canada is rumored to be programmed to

reject Anglo-Saxonisms as passwords, and I don’t doubt it. Would that

all outrages were so funny.

Claiming software piracy, cops shut down the electronic bulletin boards

of scores of Italian progressives. “In some places,” the activist

Bernardo Parrella reported, “sleeping people were abruptly woken up

facing machine guns.” The boards were part of FidoNet, a worldwide BBS

system with electronic mail connections to the Internet. Significantly

the police didn’t undertake similar harassment against the high-tech

admirers of Hitler and Mussolini. The victims were liberal or left wing.

Within a year, the Italian cops were back at it again, seizing

computers, disks, books, diaries, and other materials from citizens

suspected of anarchistic sympathies. This time the police made no

pretense; the raids were clearly political.

Politicians and bureaucrats can be just as prickly about sex as about

politics. In Singapore, prudes searched the hard disk of computer

systems to see if the good citizens were enjoying the alt.sex

newsgroups. And back in the States, Senator J. James Exon of Nebraska

concocted a nutty scheme to ban “indecent” material from the public

areas of the Net. _1984_ once more came to mind. Big Brother loathed

sex, as Winston Smith, Orwell’s hero, knew all too well in carrying on

an illicit affair with a female bureaucrat.

Jim Exon also hated sex—at least on the Net. I could appreciate his

worries; did nine-year-olds really need to gawk at alt.sex.bestiality,

or kiddie porn, or the next Brandy’s Babes? Exon, though, again and

again, scrambled his facts. He relied partly on a breathless article

that the _Washington Post_ had run under the headline “Molesting

Children by Computer.” Among other things, writer Sandy Rovner had

advised parents to check their kids’ computers for files ending in

“.BMP”. None other than the Microsoft Windows software, however, left

.BMP files on hard drives—as a way to display images such as the

corporate logo. Might Microsoft be a new Sodom?

“Obviously I had not researched the story enough,” Rovner admitted to

her great credit. “I am new to the world of cyberspace.... I have a

computer coach, but even he is behind on the Internet. Yes, I violated a

cardinal rule of journalism—I didn’t know enough about what I was

writing about. And I certainly wasn’t thinking censorship. Mea culpa. I

am a staunch supporter of the First Amendment, as all journalists are or

should be.” And yet Exon cited “Molesting” on the Senate floor to

justify his repressive, cyberspace-oriented change in the existing

Communications Decency Act. “Argghh,” went Rovner.

Even more significantly, Exon, as noted earlier, failed to grasp the

difference between the Internet and television. Children wouldn’t just

flick on a computer and see a Madonna look-alike climaxing with a German

shepherd. They would have to _look_ for pornography. And the industry

was ready to work on software, such as SurfWatch, to help parents keep

their kids out of pre-designated areas of the Net.

Nothing would be foolproof or teen-proof, of course. Brilliant

technologists had designed the Internet to survive 100-megaton H-bombs.

“The Net,” said the hacker John Gilmore in an oft-repeated quote,

“interprets censorship as damage and routes around it.”

Parents’ best response would be at home. Mothers and fathers shouldn’t

expect Uncle Sam to play nanny. As Steve Case, president of America

Online, noted in connection with his company, parents should never turn

their children loose in a city of millions of people. And I believed

that the same held true of the Internet. Why should parents count on

_everything_ being constantly under control. Put the Net on a leash

short enough to suit Exon, and the pornography would still

persist—encrypted and on non-Net bulletin boards if nothing else—but

legitimate users would suffer. Some Internet providers might even shut

down to avoid legal liabilities. Moreover, in an era of global commerce,

Washington shouldn’t put America at such a disadvantage. The losses in

trade and jobs eventually would reach the billions, given the estimated

hundreds of billions of Net-generated business.

“The only thing that censorship will do is drive the best and brightest

members of the U.S. Internet community to countries where they can

express themselves without risk of reprisal—and drain the United States

of its valuable intellectual capital,” _Interactive Publishing Alert_’s

Rosalind Resnick would later write.[6.6] “Personally I’d rather see a

few four-letter words flicker across my computer screen every now and

then than risk losing talented writers, artists and programmers to our

economic competitors.” A mother of two, she counseled parents: “Keep the

computer in a public area of the house, such as the den or living room,

not in your kid’s bedroom. Warn your kids about the dangers of

pedophiles and urge them never to give out their phone number or address

to anyone they meet online.” _That_ was a far better approach than

Washington-mandated net.censorship, one that could work with the

smartest hacker-child. Even the hyper _Post_ article had played up

similar solutions. But Jim Exon couldn’t keep his hands off the Net.

In a superb illustration of the dark side of electronic democracy, Exon

held up a blue binder full of net.smut and, on the C-SPAN television

network, argued for censorship of cyberspace. The vote in the Senate was

84 to 16—how could U.S. senators oppose “decency?” Given all the sex

scandals on the Hill, it was scene worthy of _Elmer Gantry_, the

Sinclair Lewis novel about a moralizing preacher who nonetheless

indulges in sex and booze. The book, of course, ends with the Rev.

Gantry promising, “We shall yet make these United States a moral

nation.”

Around the same time the Senate was hoping to Disneyize the Internet,

Bob Dole, the Republican majority leader, was protecting Bob Packwood by

opposing a move to open the Ethics Committee hearings into the personal

behavior of the oversexed senator from Oregon. As reported by the

_Washington Post_, Packwood allegedly had grabbed and kissed scads of

women—from campaign workers to female staff members, lobbyists, a hotel

clerk, and a baby-sitter—“sometimes forcing his tongue into their mouth

or fondling them.” Packwood, while not owing up to every particular, had

apologized for being “terribly offensive to women.” And now he and Bob

Dole had voted for Draconian net.morality? Dole had even teamed up with

several other senators, including Charles Grassley, the champion of

snoop-friendly software, to offer a cyber-censor bill worse even than

Exon’s.

The ironies wouldn’t stop. None other than Donna Rice, whose escapades

with ex-Senator Gary Hart had helped kill off his political career, was

now praying and crusading against cyber smut—as a spokeswoman for an

antiporn group.

Another irony hit me. Tobacco and liquor advertisements, which promote

products far deadlier to children than any obscenities, were reaching

the Net. The Internet Sleuth, for example, one of my favorite

collections of Net indexes, had advertised Smokin’ Joe’s tobacco

products over a period of at least several weeks. And yet the Exonians

could not stop fixating on words and pictures, as opposed to a massive,

proven threat that had killed millions of Americans. I didn’t want the

government to ban even cancer-weed ads from cyberspace, lest the

regulators go wild and try to make the Net TV-bland; but if Exon and

allies had to crusade, they might as well be consistent about it.

Perhaps as a true children’s advocate, Exon could even give back the

more than $27,000 that his campaign had collected between January 1989

and December 1994 from the tobacco and liquor industries. That was just

a fraction of his total take, but a statement just the same. Maybe the

operators of “adult” bulletin board systems—who used the Net to post

samples, the real source of the problem—could befriend Exon-style pols

with a well-funded political-action committee. “PornoPAC”?

I wondered what would happen next if the net.censors won in the House of

Representatives. Earlier, in chapter 4, I had quoted Peter Lewis of the

_New York Times_ as alluding to the “pencil-dicked geeks” who flamed

him. Would Washington let _NetWorld!_ go out over an Exonized Internet?

This was the only time I had ever seen such language in e-mail from

Lewis, a gifted professional. Society didn’t prevent a woodcarver from

using a certain kind of wood just because hoodlums might buy some

baseball clubs made from it and split each other’s skulls open. Why,

then, draft legislation that so despicably intruded on writers’ work?

And what about teachers and students of literature, including bright,

stable teenagers under eighteen? Or readers who just loved good,

expressive writing? Knowingly or not, the savages in the Senate could be

banning even _Ulysses_ from the public area of the Internet. Never mind

the forthcoming age of electronic books; might Washington someday go on

to suppress the paper editions from stores and libraries?

Quite correctly the Electronic Frontier Foundation warned of the folly

of turning the public regions of the Internet into “the equivalent of

the Children’s Room at the public library,” and forcing Netfolks to seek

out “adult” areas. Get carried away on an Exonized Net, use the wrong

word, and the Feds could fine you up to $100,000 and jail you for up to

two years. Even in private e-mail you’d need to behave yourself: You

could not harass anyone with an “obscene” remark or image, lest he or

she report you. What if an ex-lover took innocent comments and put them

in the wrong context? Tough luck. Sooner or later the courts would

probably clean up after the politicians and toss out the censorship, but

that would hardly matter to the many who suffered in the meantime.

In July 1995 the censorship debate was still at full blast. Just as Jim

Exon had relied on the misleading _Post_ story, so did his side brandish

a sensationalistic _Time_ magazine cover. A shocked, wide-eyed child

gaped at “CYBERPORN,” as the headline described it “EXCLUSIVE: A new

study shows how pervasive and wild it really is. Can we protect our

kids—and free speech?” Out of character, Philip Elmer-DeWitt, one of the

most Net-aware of all the reporters in the mass media, had relied on a

flawed paper out of Carnegie Mellon University. The student perpetrator

of the study, one Martin Rimm, had overgeneralized, and two professors

at Vanderbilt disemboweled him with a 9,000-word rebuttal on the World

Wide Web. If nothing else, the Rimm study had blurred the distinction

between bulletin board systems and the Internet itself and also confused

Usenet with the Net as a whole.

Carnegie Mellon investigated whether Rimm had violated people’s privacy.

Most deliciously of all, however, from a Net perspective, he had written

something else—a self-published novel with such picturesque terms as

“rectum rocket.” Would that Sinclair Lewis and H. L. Mencken had been

around to chronicle the circus.

Over on the House side, Speaker Newt Gingrich sensibly let his

libertarian side prevail and opposed Exon. I wasn’t surprised. How could

Gingrich play nanny while railing in general against regulation and

bureaucracy, especially when he himself had set up shop as a novelist?

My fellow liberals, though, were amazed. It was as if they were watching

the T-Rex in _Jurassic Park_ gobble up a velociraptor that was about to

enjoy a human snack.

Maybe the Exon-style proposals by now will have suffered the fate of the

smaller dinosaur, but similar lunacy is bound to break out anew.[6.7]

Among some on Capitol Hill, the urge to censor is as powerful as the

passion for reserved parking places.[6.8]

If the censors do win, their narrow-mindedness may backfire in ways

beyond the ones I’ve already described—and these risks will only grow in

the future, as the Net becomes still more international. Puritanical

countries such as Singapore might arbitrarily jail visiting Americans

who, from the States, had made Internet postings deemed offensive by the

standards of local dictators.[6.9] The possibilities are endless. A U.S.

novelist passing through a Mideastern country could become the next

Rushdie if the local ayatollahs deemed his online work offensive.

Clinton’s Feds hardly helped when they went jurisdiction shopping and

prosecuted the owners of a California BBS for sex-related material that

violated community standards in _Tennessee_. Applied internationally,

the local-standards principle could send an American to a sword-wielding

executioner someday. The Bill of Rights, alas, is just a U.S.

phenomenon.

Exon You!

When the U.S. Senate passed Jim Exon’s net.censorship bill, the

journalist Brock Meeks wrote a lead for the ages: “U.S. Capitol, Senate

Gallery—It’s all over. Fuck it.” But what happens if net.censors prevail

someday on the House side, too (if they haven’t already), and you can’t

use the F word? Netfolks have a solution:

_Just substitute the last name of the senior senator from Nebraska._

Enemies and lovers can then say, “Exon,” to each other.

That’s obvious. But the gifted trolls at Bianca’s Smut Shack, spreading

a post from the mythical “Ezra Pound Is Innocent Committee,” have

actually promoted a whole new lexicon in honor of Exon and allies. For

example:

Byrd: (noun) The posterior or hinderparts, specifically the anus.

Coats: (noun) Excrement, or as a verb to excrete.

Exon: (verb) To copulate with, the act of copulation.

Gorton: (noun) The female genitals, or specifically the vagina.

Gramm: (verb) To orgasm. Also colloquially used as a noun.

Heflin: (noun) The female secondary sexual characteristics.

Helms: (noun) The male phallus.

Specter: (noun) The clitoris.

However, a borderless Internet can also hinder the censorship crowd. If

American bluenoses such as Exon tried to restrict an electronic _Tropic

of Cancer_, for example, a U.S. publisher just might set up shop in

countries with less infantile politicians. People in the States could

then dial up the computer overseas.

Already the Net has made fools of martinets in the Canadian government.

Ottawa tried to squelch newspaper accounts of a murder, claiming that

the coverage would preclude a fair trial. So people in the States sent

electronic care packages to their Canadian friends—articles from U.S.

papers. Canadian officials banned a pulped-wood issue of _Wired_ for

attacking their stupidity; that was one of the biggest debacles of all,

given the ease of dialing up electronic versions of the magazine, one of

the planet’s most plugged-in publications.

Consider, too, the ramifications of anonymous servers, which strip names

and other identifiers from messages, allowing Netfolks to circumvent

legal bullying by governments and others. In 1995, the Church of

Scientology in Los Angeles got Finnish police to raid a server in

Helsinki that was posting anonymous exposés of this rather litigious

organization. The server survived. But the cops forced Johan Helsingius,

operator of the server, to reveal the name of a Church enemy who

originated the messages. “Now users fear their secrets are at risk,”

_Time_ said of people using his computer service. Case closed on

anonymous servers? Hardly.

Within weeks after the incident I read a note from a hacker telling how

encrypted messages could wend their ways through chains of anonymous

e-mailers in several countries, with the names of the senders remaining

hidden unless most or all of the e-mailers broke under pressure. Yes,

abuses are possible, such as the release of trade secrets, outright

libels, forgeries, or the most vile and violent of pornography. But how

much better to live out this future than one of the Orwellian variety.

Tyrant-bashers in the Thirteen Colonies used the wizardry of their day,

the printing press, to agitate against the Tories; now let’s hope that

if Exonian politicians try to stifle the Net, enough hackers will have

their most dangerous presses ready to go, the servers I’ve just

described. Obsolete or not, the censors aren’t going to stop.

Other Big Brotherish urges have surfaced. While some Power People hope

to be able to learn more about us by fighting PGP-style programs, they

are stymieing our efforts to learn more about _them_. At the same time

the Feds put online thousands of public documents and even the visage of

Bill Clinton’s cat, some politicians on the Hill sought to _weaken_ the

Freedom of Information Act, which makes it easier to dig up dirt on

public officials. Just as important, Clinton people in early 1995 were

proposing new copyright laws that in effect would discourage the

intelligent discussion of public issues on the Internet. It would be

harder to share electronic newspaper clips. Even more disturbingly,

Clinton’s copyright policy could menace our public library system in the

future. Bruce Lehman, his czar of intellectual property, was coming

across as Andrew Carnegie in reverse.

Carnegie is remembered as a Scot who grew rich off steel in the States

and who encouraged people throughout the world to start libraries for

all. He gave millions toward library buildings, with the understanding

that the local taxpayers would finance their support. Carnegie wanted

public libraries to be universities for the common man, and the metaphor

holds up. Today, without paying for college or even for books, Americans

can educate themselves on subjects ranging from microcomputer chips to

medieval history, to Alexis de Tocqueville’s writings on democracy, to

the case for or against feminism or abortion or public broadcasting or

capital punishment. That is life in the era of paper books.

If Lehman had his wishes, however, Americans would not be able to dial

up copyrighted electronic library books from home by way of the Internet

Instead they would have to tote around CD-ROMs and floppy disks.

William F. Buckley Jr. wrote that, in the era of the Internet, the

Lehman vision would be “the equivalent of requiring everyone who listens

to music to buy 78 rpm shellac records. What will the children dial in

to read? The collected speeches of Vice President Al Gore? And believe

it or not, there’s also talk of the Postal Service getting involved in

local public libraries through information kiosks.”[6.10] In effect the

White House approach would jack up the price of independent, privately

originated information, while making it easier to obtain

Washington-blessed information.

The information kiosks led some librarians to think of noses and camel’s

tents. For the Postal Service at one point said it would let local

librarians and citizens use the kiosks to retrieve only designated

categories of information, as opposed to, say, everything on the World

Wide Web. On a 1 to 10 scale of Big Brotherism, the kiosk idea as

originally proposed was an 8.5 or worse.[6.11] If the postal bureaucrats

weren’t trying to be Big Brother in the strictest sense—and no, they

weren’t—then they at least were unwittingly paving the way for him.

Worse, the Postal Service has talked of issuing tens of millions of

“U.S. Cards” that would “mediate all government services and controls

over citizens,” while at the same time an Internal Revenue Service

official has proposed a system that would file our tax returns for

us.[6.12] I hate both ideas. Rather than compiling Orwellian dossiers on

citizens, governments should help us computerize via TeleRead-style

programs so we can more easily do the “paperwork” ourselves by way of

electronic forms. Investigators could audit the forms, but only under

appropriate circumstances. How much better this would be—not just

e-books, but electronic empowerment against bureaucracy—than the vision

that Washington and other governments have in mind for us.

Perhaps the Lehman idea and the Postal and IRS plans will have been

beaten back or rendered harmless by now. Whatever happens, though, it is

clear that new technology may harm both privacy and democracy if our

vigilance lapses.

The threat of electronic oligarchy, stanching the free flow of facts

that intelligent nonmillionaires demand, is hardly unique to the States.

In the United Kingdom, for example, The _Times Higher Education

Supplement_ has warned against a copyright regime that would be a

paradise for read-o-meter companies but a nightmare to people valuing

free libraries. Just like Lehman’s proposal in the U.S., the wrong laws

in the U.K. could lead to a Copyright Gestapo; let’s hope that neither

country will criminalize one of the prerequisites for democracy:

curiosity.

Given the global nature of both encryption technology and copyright law,

the whole world should be watching Washington’s policies. The Clinton

Administration, after all, hopes to internationalize the same mindset

that could send Phil Zimmermann to jail; in fact, many of the American

export controls _are_ in effect in other countries, raising the

possibility that an Australian or a British hacker could end up someday

in the same predicament. In the pages that follow I’ll tell about the

battles that Zimmermann and his allies have fought with Washington.

You’ll read, too, of my fight for an alternative to the Lehmanesque

copyright law. My little case history suggests that the White House is

not so eager to listen to ordinary mortals who speak up on the Net.

Clinton’s people would rather pander to the usual campaign contributors.

So far at least, pious rhetoric notwithstanding, they have basically

neglected the need to put the public library system online with free or

low-cost books from the private sector. Video just might end up reigning

even more supreme than it does today—at the expense of abstract thought

and democracy. Winston Smith would not be happy.

PGP and the Fight for Privacy—and

Against Clipper—on the Internet

Father Bill Morton, an Anglican priest in Woodstock, New Brunswick,

could take confessions via e-mail without violating his vows. Encryption

software guarded the privacy of his communications. In Florida a bright

teenager without any vices—but with a nosy mother—could protect her

diaries. And in New York, an employee of a leading investment house

could routinely guard his credit card number. The same software made it

possible for thousands to use the Net for confidential business

transactions. At the same time, democratic activists in the former

Soviet Union would be able protect their messages if tyranny returns.

The name for this encryption package was PGP and by 1995 it was as much

a cause as a program. Thousands had downloaded it off the Internet and

other networks. Named in tribute to Ralph’s Pretty Good Grocery on

Garrison Keillor’s radio show, PGP stood for Pretty Good Privacy. PGP

lived up to its name—people needed it. Part of the reason was the nature

of the Net itself. A skilled hacker could intercept unencrypted e-mail

more easily than on the regular commercial networks. Mail often passed

through computers at a number of universities and companies before

reaching its destination. Without question the best way to protect the

contents of your outgoing mail was to scramble its message before you

sent it into cyberspace.

PGP was also popular because its use showed that the Net would never

accept Clipper chip encryption schemes—designed to make it easier for

the government to snoop on citizens.

Not surprisingly, then, at the time I was writing this book, Phil

Zimmermann was a hero to many on the Internet. His program meant

dignity. It meant safer commerce on the Net. Other privacy protection

programs existed, but his was most popular, making it all the more

useful. So when the Feds threatened Zimmermann, many people correctly

felt as if Washington were attacking them along the way. The irony was

that the federal government’s policies against safe encryption could

actually threaten world security and had already set back efforts on

behalf of computer security.

In a sense the PGP story was part of a continuum, and not just because

the Egyptians had scrambled messages four thousand years ago or because

encryption had been a staple of Cold Warriors.

Even while growing up in Miami and Fort Lauderdale, Phil Zimmermann had

tinkered with secret codes. At around age ten he had learned Morse code,

Braille, and, via lemon juice, invisible ink. By his teens he was

building code wheels; at Florida Atlantic University, he kept up his

passion for puzzles and secrets. He started out there in physics;

switched to computer science; married; packed up for Boulder, Colorado,

where he became a computer consultant; and thought of a move to New

Zealand. Phil Zimmermann believed it would be safer, in the event of

nuclear war, than Ground Zero countries.

Instead of leaving the States, however, Zimmermann decided to stay and

help throttle back the military. Along with the astronomer Carl Sagan

and Daniel Ellsberg of Pentagon Papers fame—and hundreds of

others—Zimmermann was arrested at testing grounds in Nevada. Soon his

love of computers would be converging with his distrust of people in

uniforms.

Zimmermann in the early ’80s was selling a gadget that plugged into an

Apple II computer but used an 8088 chip just like the then-new IBM

personal computer. This gadget was designed to allow people to keep

their old Apple hardware and software while running new programs for the

fast new chip. Zimmermann called his company Metamorphic Systems. A

programmer from Arkansas saw a Metamorphic ad and called Zimmermann to

pitch to him an encryption system that was too long to run on most

machines. Would Zimmermann care to adapt the system to run on an 8088

chip? He would.[6.13]

RSA was the encryption method here. Named after its three

originators—Ronald Rivert, Adi Shamir, and Len Adleman—RSA was a

virtually uncrackable form of public key encryption. So what did _public

key_ mean? Well, you didn’t have to worry about the wrong set of eyes

seeing the jumble of letters and other characters that made up keys for

messages transmitted to you. You could freely spread it around. Then

someone who wanted to send something confidential to you didn’t have to

contact you for a secret key known only to you. He could use your public

key by way of his RSA software.

Simply put, the public key approach did away with a major problem: how

to send descrambling tools over networks if the information itself

wasn’t secured. People who didn’t know each other could trade public

keys, then share secrets from the start. They could even use the same

software to verify their identities with the help of trusted third

parties, who “signed” the keys with sequences of their own. Imagine the

many possibilities for allowing safe business transactions on networks

between strangers. A lucrative business just might await Zimmermann if

he added his own wrinkles.

With RSA, however, came a series of legal nightmares for Zimmermann.

Starting work on his own software using RSA, he hadn’t any idea at the

start that Rivert, Shamir, and Adleman would be claiming a patent on it.

The trio farmed their rights out to RSA Data Security and, eventually,

Public Key Partners. Jim Bidzos, negotiating for RSA, in many ways stood

out as a political and philosophical opposite of Zimmermann. Bidzos

carried a Greek passport for business reasons but at the same time felt

patriotic enough to have volunteered for the U.S. Marines. The way

Bidzos tells the story (to Simson Garfinkel, author of _PGP: Pretty Good

Privacy_), Zimmermann asked for a “free license” for use of RSA. “When I

told him ‘No,’” Bidzos said, “he was really upset. He told me that he

was behind on his mortgage payments and that he had invested years in

writing this piece of software.” Bidzos said he suggested that

Zimmermann try licensing the patent from a larger company.[6.14]

Zimmermann’s own side of the story differed starkly—in 1991 he wrote Jim

Bidzos a letter saying that Bidzos and Ron Rivert had told him that “you

would grant me a free license to make and sell products with your

algorithm.”[6.15] A few years later he would note to the _Wall Street

Journal_ that he hadn’t sold PGP before his contract with ViaCrypt, one

of RSA’s licensees.[6.16] He steadfastly maintained he had not broken

any laws. Many on the Internet would have agreed, if for no other reason

than that they considered software patents to be abominations. Without

patents to limit them, many programmers felt they could be more

creative. Their ethos was quite in line with the traditional Net ethos.

The predecessor of the Internet, after all, hadn’t just been started to

allow the Pentagon to survive nukes. It also existed to share knowledge.

By 1991 the patent issue wasn’t the only one dogging Zimmermann. The

U.S. Senate was considering a law that would in effect ban Fedproof

encryption here in the United States and potentially prevent him from

selling the software on which he had been toiling for years now.

Washington already forbade export of encryption abroad. The Cold War was

winding down, but export controls were still draconian. Hadn’t we won

World War II because our technology was better, because we had had

nukes, because we could even snoop on secret code transmissions from the

enemy? The export laws and the Pentagon put strong encryption equipment

in the same category as munitions.

But what about at home? Not surprisingly, the FBI didn’t want the wrong

technology to fall into the hands of dope rings, Mafiosi, and others

planning or coordinating crimes. In 1991, then, perhaps at the Bureau’s

request, Senator Joseph Biden of Delaware inserted the following

language into an omnibus crime bill: “It is the sense of Congress that

providers of electronic communications services and manufacturers of

electronic communications service equipment shall ensure that

communications systems permit the government to obtain the plain text

contents of voice, data, and other communications when appropriately

authorized by law.”

A Senate staffer assured civil libertarians that the measure would not

ban strong encryption. Many disagreed. Computer Professionals for Social

Responsibility, library groups, academics, and industry managed to get

Washington to drop the offending language.

By then PGP was all over the Net. Smart lobbying, not the software,

killed the Biden plan. But Zimmermann’s work was still a good, sound

precaution against a relapse. Via bulletin boards and the Internet, a

free version was circulating from one end of Planet Earth to the other,

having gone overseas within a day of its release. In Zimmermann’s words,

it spread “like thousands of dandelion seeds blowing in the wind.” PGP

reached Russia and scores of other countries. It wasn’t like nuclear

weapons or mini-computers; you couldn’t stop a ship from loading or

search the luggage of the suspicious. No, PGP just moved silently over

the wires as hackers throughout the world shared Zimmermann’s craft. The

way Zimmermann told it, however, he had not broken any of the export

laws. And others supported him.

Jim Warren, founder of _InfoWorld_ and a software man respected for his

civic activism on the Net, would later recall that Zimmermann gave PGP

to an acquaintance named Kelly Goen, who “studiously” limited the

uploads to electronic bulletin boards and Internet sites within the

United States. Warren was aware of the uploading process while it

happened. “The whole idea was to provide it to _Americans_,” he would

remember, “so Americans could have personal privacy and security” in

case the U.S. Senate tried to bottle up decent encryption.[6.17]

The National Security Agency—the secret agency that dealt with many of

the best cryptographers and dominated the encryption scene in the United

States—did not complain formally when PGP first hit the Net. And

Zimmermann fretted. Had his baby failed to safeguard privacy enough to

worry the National Security Agency?[6.18]

Back at RSA Data Security, Jim Bidzos wasn’t thrilled when PGP appeared

with RSA technology. He maintained that PGP violated both patent and

export law, and at his urging, some commercial services and universities

banished PGP from their servers.[6.19] Legally, Bidzos may or may not

have been justified. But once again the hacker ethic prevailed on the

Net. Not everyone online took Zimmermann’s side, but by now he was a

serious hero to a group of encryption boosters known as “Cypherpunks,”

the name that a magazine writer had once given them as a joke.

Many of the Cypherpunks were libertarians, or variants thereof, and they

believed in perfect privacy. The punks were to encryption laws what the

National Rifle Association was to restrictions on firearms.

Along with scores of corporations, not just people whom the White House

might dismiss as fringe, the Cypherpunks wanted to use encryption to

protect digital money. They envisioned a society in which bits and

bytes—representing cash—could pass from person to person without Party A

knowing Party B’s identity. The Cypherpunks were smart, and often very

right. Frustrating for others, but rewarding for them, they tested the

tolerance of the most ardent Voltaireans.

Tim May was among the punk leaders. He had once worked for Intel, the

chip maker. As Steven Levy put it in an article for _Wired_, May had

“‘retired’ at 34 with stock options sufficient to assure that he would

never flip a burger for Wendy’s.” He in some ways came across as the

Internet’s Abbie Hoffman, say, or Jerry Rubin. Baby boomers will forever

recall these bearded crazies of the 1960s who ran a pig for president

and protested materialism by going to Wall Street and scattering money

around.

May did not mind getting rich. But he had something of his own to

scatter in cyberspace. It was a series of taunts that appeared at the

bottom of the many messages he posted to the Net: “Crypto Anarchy:

encryption, digital money, anonymous networks, digital pseudonyms, zero

knowledge, reputations, information markets, black markets, collapse of

governments.” If Washington had rigged up a machine to scan the Net and

measure people by levels of subversion, May would have blown out all the

lights and needles. And one of his programs of choice, as advertised

amid the other subversion? PGP, what else?

Timothy May and other Cypherpunks over the next few years would tap out

thousands of messages, exchanging technical tips, dreaming up new forms

of crypto madness, rallying support for encryption and for Phil

Zimmermann. This was a whole subculture with a language and an ethics

code of its own. Sometimes the Cypherpunks fought among themselves.

Later a punk in Colorado “spoofed” Timothy May and, using May’s Internet

address, posted malarkey all over the Net. But true to his anarchistic

leanings, May did not press for the dissident’s expulsion from the punk

mailing list.

Back in November 1992 the punks may have breathed a little easier.

George Bush lost the election. No longer would the president be a

Republican, a World War II veteran, and a former director of the Central

Intelligence Agency. Bill Clinton was a baby boomer. He had spoken out

against Vietnam, he had avoided the draft, he liked Fleetwood Mac, he

played a saxophone, and his vice presidential candidate had made a name

as a loyal supporter of advanced computer networks. So perhaps the Feds

would back off on Zimmermann. At the very least maybe the security

bureaucracy would face a long delay while the Clinton people puzzled out

what to do.

Clinton’s sax and the rest did not count, however; in encryption matters

he might as well have been a ninety-nine-year-old fan of Lawrence Welk.

Within just a few weeks of the inauguration, two men from the U.S.

Customs Department were quizzing Phil Zimmermann. According to the book

_PGP: Pretty Good Privacy_, they said Jim Bidzos had described PGP as a

rip-off of the RSA approach.

Following the Zimmermann interview, Customs pressed ahead both on the

patent front and on export law issues. Zimmermann, however, denied

having swiped PGP from anyone, and he said patent matters should be

between him and Bidzos, not between him and Customs. At the time the

Feds told him he was not the target of an investigation.[6.20]

Soon, however, two subpoenas suggested that Washington was still quite

eager to justify any and all of the Cypherpunk’s paranoia.

One subpoena went to Austin Code Works, which sold public-domain

software that contained some of Zimmermann’s work. Washington struck

out. It had been seeking evidence of overseas sales, and Austin lacked

any in this case. Zimmermann hadn’t even sold Austin his work

directly.[6.21]

Washington was more lucky at ViaCrypt, a company in Arizona, where the

subpoena stuck. Zimmermann had just given ViaCrypt a PGP license. Now he

indeed would be under investigation. In _PGP: Pretty Good Privacy_,

Simson Garfinkel observed that RSA Data did not win similar honors even

though it had placed encryption-related software on the Internet. Nor

did Internet providers such as Netcom, which stored PGP on computers

that people overseas could reach.[6.22] Bill Clinton’s people were

letting foreigners dial up this export-controlled software again and

again. Needless to say, the bullying of Zimmermann still made the

industry nervous—who was next?

As if the Clinton White House hadn’t sinned enough, it was about to

embarrass itself in a high-tech version of the Bay of Pigs. That’s how

critics regarded a nitwit scheme to control encryption and discourage

the public from using good software such as PGP. The Bay of Pigs, a

cuckoo plan for the invasion for Cuba, was a legacy that had come to

John F. Kennedy from the Eisenhower Administration. The odds would have

delighted no one but a masochistic squad of kamikaze pilots. Castro

crushed a small band of Cuban exiles who showed up on Washington’s

behalf at the Bay of Pigs. Like the debacle on the Cuban beaches, the

Clipper chip was really another Republican leftover. The national

security apparatus hadn’t been able to con the Bush Administration into

implementing Clipper before the election. But Bill Clinton himself

lacked the guts to resist the NSA.

“No Such Agency,” as Washington wags called it, operated out of Fort

Meade, Maryland, near the Chesapeake Bay, perhaps explaining its

fondness for assigning nautical names to encryption plans. Many billions

of tax money had gone into the NSA over the years. Thousands worked for

it. And they weren’t just interested in the survival of the United

States. They wanted job security. Clipper was going to be a meal ticket.

Just as some wishful planners had deluded themselves into thinking that

a small band of men could tame Cuba, now the NSA was telling Bill

Clinton’s people that it could use Clipper to control the world of

encryption.

All those irksome constitutional details aside, the NSA’s plan might

actually have made sense once. The people at Fort Meade had done the

United States a service by staying ahead of Soviet encryption in the era

of tail fins and air raid drills. But today such an approach was about

as appropriate as a backyard bomb shelter. As far back as the 1970s, two

men outside NSA’s control had invented public key encryption, which, as

noted before, was a good way for strangers to exchange secure messages

and authenticate their identities from the start. Whitfield Diffie was a

mathematician, computer scientist, and encryption expert. Martin Hellman

was an electronic engineer. Both were grouchy about a computer system

whose users had to entrust their passwords to the systems managers. So

they came up with public key encryption—the same principle that was

behind the RSA approach used in PGP, and now available from Boston to

Brisbane.

Even Bill Clinton couldn’t repeal the past. Just as the Kennedy

Administration had justified Castro’s paranoia, so the Clinton

Administration worked hard to do the same with that of the Cypherpunks.

This time Washington wouldn’t deploy humans. Instead it wanted to rely

on a little computer chip that Steven Levy described as “just another

tiny square of plastic covering a silicon thicket.”

“Tumor-sized” might have been more apropos. Clipper, in fact, was a

tumor of sorts.

In a human body a tumor serves itself, not its host. And that’s what

Clipper was supposed to do. The Clinton Administration wanted to license

Clipper to the private sector, where it would show up in millions of

telephones and dominate the market—displacing future encryption schemes

based on technologies such as PGP. Washington hoped to make Clipper too

cheap to resist and to provide a federal market for Clipper products.

AT&T and the rest could put Clipper in telephones, and then, supposedly,

dope peddlers couldn’t peddle and terrorists couldn’t terrorize without

the Feds having a chance to intercept their conversations. The

government would also work to make computers snoop friendly.

That was the scenario. Like tumors these government-issue chips were to

spread—not only in the States but also overseas. Eventually the Feds

would also announce plans to make Clipper available through software,

rather than just through the chip. Whatever the incarnation of Clipper,

though, Washington would play down the fact that it would corrode the

country’s constitutional right to privacy. America’s Winston Smiths

would have to trust a government that had covered up an unhealthy number

of deaths from nuclear fallout, given us Watergate, and illegally spied

on thousands of Americans.

An old friend of mine, Margaret “Peggy” Engel, a former _Washington

Post_ reporter who ran and still runs a respected journalism foundation,

was among the snoops’ victims. Bureaucrats got the phone company to turn

over a list of Peggy’s calls even though she had not committed a crime.

It seems a freelance writer had managed to dig up some inside

information on the failure of the IRS to collect several billion dollars

in back taxes from corporations that had profited from currency hedging.

This same writer later applied for a grant from Engel’s organization,

the Alicia Patterson Foundation. Vindictively, the Feds snooped on

Engel, too, simply because the writer had made a call to Engel’s office

for an application for a fellowship.

So it went. Because Peggy and I talked from time to time, the Feds had

also tracked her telephone and computer calls to me. They acted against

her under a casually issued court order signed not by a judge but by an

assistant deputy clerk—one of more than 20,000 such actions issued in

the Washington area in 1992. “It’s like getting your parking ticket

stamped,” she told me. “That’s the level of scrutiny that these things

get. And the number keeps growing. I think it’s because of the increase

in fax machines. I think agencies are using it on their employees to

find out who talked to the press or Congress.” And now the Feds wanted

to license the manufacture of a chip that would spill our secrets on

demand.

Granted, the Feds claimed that in the Clipper’s case, one bureaucrat

could not spy alone. The official line was that people from both the

Treasury Department and the National Institute for Standards and

Technology would have to agree before an interception could take place.

If they did, the electronic keys would go over the wires to local police

or others needing the tap. All this would require a court order. Some

Clipper boosters might well have argued, “We’re talking about strict

controls.” But Peggy’s experience still showed the potential the Feds

had for promiscuous Big Brothering, especially since both the Treasury

and the Institute were within the Executive Branch.

Later the front pages would sprout articles about bureaucrats reading

the supposedly confidential tax information of their neighbors or of

movie stars. Yes, the tax people tightened up their operations to avoid

repeats. But supposedly the IRS had been secure in the first place.

The NSA might itself prove capable of some nasty twists. What if it

could call up escrow keys from a database despite all talk to the

contrary? Or suppose it had a database of its own to unlock all the

keys? Would it really want to go to court for authority to snoop? In

_PGP: Pretty Good Privacy_, Garfinkel wisely noted that Washington would

let Clipper chips be exported. And the NSA was allowed to spy on

nondomestic conversations. So he logically wrote: “If Clipper-equipped

radios were being used by Iraqi fighter pilots, the NSA would want to

listen in. Although the NSA hasn’t said so publicly, it is doubtful that

the agency would jeopardize national security in order to play along

with the escrow system.” The NSA might even work out secret deals with

the company making the chips, to assure that the results didn’t

frustrate the snoops.

Adding to the quite-justified paranoia was the fact that only the

dumbest of criminals would rely on Clipper to protect privacy. So what

was the point of using technology meant to turn the bad guys into jail

bait? Why bother to create it in the first place?

Washington countered that criminals would want Clipper phones to talk

securely to the world at large. And I suspected that, yes, they indeed

would buy some equipment with Clipper. But for plotting a $10 million

dope shipment or a terrorist attack, the black hats would quickly learn

to use other scrambling systems; in fact, they could run them on top of

Clipper so the Feds _still_ got only gibberish. Even if the Feds banned

PGP-style protection, criminals would spread the right hardware and

software among themselves. Like drugs or sex, this would be a fine

opportunity for entrepreneurial lawbreakers.

The underworld might even sell Clipper-crackers that could make

criminals just as good at snooping on America’s Winston Smiths as the

Feds would be. High-tech hoods could call their new business Credit Card

Numbers Unlimited. Small wonder that Clipper appalled many security

specialists.

At the same time, experts for the software industry raised questions

about whether the Clipper chip could penetrate the market and, if so, to

what extent? Any way you looked at it, the plan was crazy. If Clipper

couldn’t catch criminals (and did _everyone_ in the White House really

swallow this bilge?), then who was left? People like Peggy Engel, her

muckraking grantee, and me. At least part of the time, we would need

Clipperish encryption if somehow it surprised the experts and did catch

on; our banks might not let us use anything else. How much better if a

PGP-style alternative were the standard instead.

Technically, Clipper was just as scary as it was politically and in

law-enforcement terms. Scientists and mathematicians loved to dissect

encryption schemes in academic papers, and keep checking and rechecking

them over the years for flaws. But Clipper’s designers withheld the

information that outside experts could use to poke holes in the concept.

Unknowns indeed existed. A well-connected scientist at AT&T would later

find a significant weakness in the network version of Clipper, a way to

cripple the snoop-on-me-please feature.

All in all, Clipper actually emerged as a world security threat.

Washington was harming electronic commerce by promoting a crippled and

questionable program for encryption. The Administration in effect was

delaying the adoption of truly comprehensive security standards for the

international community, especially business people outside the States.

The standards were on the way, but not as fast as if Clinton’s people

hadn’t wreaked havoc on the private sector by way of moronic export

controls.

“We need strong cryptography for mainstream society on the Net,”

Zimmermann told me. “It’s like making locks. It’s as if I were in the

business of selling very, very strong locks.” He reminded me of the case

of Kevin Mitnick, who was arrested for breaking into scads of computers

and stealing oceans of valuable information. The FBI chased him for a

couple of years. “Isn’t it ironic that this guy was able to inflict such

damage because our systems are so insecure?” Zimmermann asked. “Our own

government suppressed the availability of strong encryption technology.

They brought it on themselves, or, I should say more accurately, they

brought it down on us.”

At the same time, through Clipper and through efforts against PGP and

other effective software, Washington in effect was lending moral support

to dictatorships. Clipper used a technique called _key escrow_. That was

a nice way of saying you had to trust Uncle with your secrets since he

had a copy of your key. But what if Uncle weren’t Uncle Sam? What if he

instead were Uncle Saddam?

“You may have the Saddam Husseins of the world, the North Koreans, being

able to hang on to power,” Zimmermann said, “by using this technology to

oppress their own political opposition.”

Clipper could do harm even in countries friendly to the United States.

Washington wanted them to adopt Clipper-style standards. And at the very

least the Clinton Administration was encouraging these governments to

demand the keys to whatever encryption schemes their citizens used. That

could boomerang mightily against American companies doing business

outside the States. Phil Zimmermann recounted to me a rumor he’d heard

about a giant entertainment conglomerate that had negotiated a huge deal

in France; its executives found the French to be uncannily prescient

about the Americans’ tactics. The espionage rumor might or might not be

accurate. But fear of French spying against Yanks was common enough for

many people from U.S. firms to be very careful about what they said on

the telephone, or where they left their suitcases. The French had

prohibited strong cryptography. And the Clipper plan, while not a ban on

decent encryption, certainly deprived American companies of the moral

foundations they needed to protest the French law. In the long run a

Clipper arrangement might indeed pave the way for a ban in the United

States itself against PGP-strength products, and already it could prop

up such moves abroad, to the great disadvantage of American companies

with secrets to protect.

In another way, too, Clipperish approaches would make U.S. companies

less competitive. American software firms wanted to build encryption

into spreadsheets, databases, word processors, and other major

applications. If the Feds bullied them into using Clipper, then their

products would be less attractive than those of rivals. Consider the

market for software to store sensitive material such as medical records;

would a European hospital favor a crippled American program over a

German program with robust encryption?

That wasn’t so abstract a question. An engineer from the giant Siemens

conglomerate in Germany told me later that he was working on medical

software, and he expected his employer to clobber U.S. rivals if their

products used a questionable, Clipperish encryption scheme. What’s more,

crypto mavens were common enough overseas for even American companies to

think about hiring them in the former Soviet Union to bypass the export

controls. If it happened, it would be the ultimate statement on the

absurdity of both the controls and Clipper.

Not surprisingly, a great hue and cry against Clipper came from the

American software industry, and meanwhile the hackers themselves were

waging full-scale warfare against it on the Net. Thousands of Netfolks

participated in the anti-Clipper activities of groups such as the

Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility, the first group to

sound the tocsin.

In 1994, however, as clueless as ever, the White House officially

endorsed Clipper—no ifs ands or buts—and made arrangements for the

production of the chips. “Encryption is a law-and-order issue since it

can be used by criminals to thwart wiretaps and avoid detection and

prosecution,” Al Gore said in justifying Clipper. “It also has huge

strategic value. Encryption technology and cryptoanalysis turned the

tide in the Pacific and elsewhere during World War II.” But exactly.

People on the Net thought that Clipper was just plain brain-dead as a

way to protect security, a triumph of bureaucrats over techies.

You even didn’t have to be on the Net to hate the tumor chip. At the

request of _Time_ and CNN, Yankelovich Partners polled 1,000 Americans;

did they think that private phone calls mattered more than wiretap

powers for police? Four-fifths opposed Clipper. Newspapers churned out

editorial after editorial, and with good cause: Imagine the joys of

trying to expose government corruption if the biggest crooks on the

public payroll might someday be able to monitor your conversations

whenever they wanted.

Quite properly, then, most citizens did not trust Washington. Hackers

wore sweatshirts that played on a slogan that Intel used to promote

computers using its chips. Alluding to Clipper, the sweatshirts read,

“Big Brother Inside.” Tens of thousands of people on the Net lent their

names to an anti-Clipper petition originated by Computer Professionals

for Social Responsibility. John Perry Barlow, the Grateful Dead lyricist

who cofounded the Electronic Frontier Foundation, told how snoopy Feds

would have to kill him and pry his private PGP key from his “cold, dead

fingers.” Through it all, meg after meg of messages went out over the

Net—everything from sophomoric diatribes to carefully reasoned pleas for

anti-Clipper letters to local members of Congress.

After questioning some arguments against Clipper, one man found himself

vilified all over the Net, complete with a lie that he had made a

homosexual advance against a hacker. The privacy movement was supposed

to defend Americans’ right to dissent, not enforce its own form of

alternative orthodoxy. I felt grumpy, then, about the smear. But that

was a relatively rare incident; typical opposition to Clipper was

passionate but high minded.

Except for the smear described above, the meanest statements came not

from Clipper foes but from Stewart A. Baker, a PGP critic who was about

to return to private practice after serving as chief counsel for the

National Security Agency. _Wired_ commendably let Baker give his side.

The magazine did so “with all the enthusiasm,” Baker wrote, “of Baptist

ministers turning their Sunday pulpits over to the Devil.”

Understandably Baker began by denying that Clipper would “create a brave

new world of government intrusion into the privacy of Americans.” Baker

said that key escrow would merely maintain Washington’s rights to do

wire-taps as presently authorized. That was a wrong; the government

actually was going out of its way to make us all tap ready, as if we

were back in the old Soviet Union in the KGB era. But at least in this

case Baker wasn’t maligning the Net. The nastiness oozed out later when

his article took on “Myth Number Two: Unreadable encryption is the key

to our future liberty.” Baker shrugged off such reasoning as “the

long-delayed revenge of people who couldn’t go to Woodstock because they

had too much trig homework. It reflects a wide—and kind of

endearing—streak of romantic high-tech anarchism that crops up

throughout the computer world.” Then he let loose against PGP-style

programs itself. “Some argue that widespread availability of this

encryption will help Latvian freedom fighters today and American freedom

fighters tomorrow.” Presumably thousands of PGP boosters were hunkered

down making bombs in Manhattan basements.

Having tried to ignore the legitimate uses of PGP by thousands of

peaceful, law-abiding citizens, Baker then told how “a high-tech

pedophile in Santa Clara, California, had a PGP-encrypted diary of his

contacts with susceptible young boys using computer bulletin boards all

over the country.” Oh. So between overthrowing the government, PGP users

would be seducing eight-year-olds. Baker huffed that “if unescrowed

encryption becomes ubiquitous, there will be many more stories like

this.”

Poor Baker. If he’d really wanted to do his attacks right, he could have

quoted with full grimness the writings that Timothy May, the Cypherpunk,

had posted on the Net in the spirit of Jerry Rubin and Abbie Hoffman.

May was the author of a long, detailed, sometimes even Talmudic list of

frequently asked questions and answers on cryptography and the fight for

privacy, which might or might not have been on the Net at the time Baker

was writing his _Wired_ piece. But if not, he could have found

equivalent thoughts among May’s many postings to the Cypherpunks’ rather

public list. Laying out the case against strong encryption programs in

the PGP vein, May conjectured that they could make killing for hire much

more practical. People using encryption could rely on trusted agents who

dispensed anonymous digital cash. “There are some ways to reduce the

popularity of this Murder Incorporated system,” May said, and kindly

assured readers that he had been thinking about them.

For good measure May noted that racists such as the Aryan Nation were

using encryption, and “other kinds of terrorists” might be relying on it

as well. “Expect more uses in the future, as things like PGP continue to

spread.” As if that weren’t enough to pull bureaucrats’ chains, May

said: “Many of us are explicitly anti-democratic and hope to use

encryption to undermine the so-called democratic governments of the

world.”

May, ever the idea juggler, also weighed in with some powerful arguments

_for_ PGP that appealed strongly to a stodgy old Democrat (small “d” as

well) like me. Even the Feds should have grasped them. “Could strong

crypto be used for sick and disgusting and dangerous purposes?” May

asked. And then he answered himself: “So can locked doors, but we don’t

insist on an ‘open door policy’ (outside of certain quaint sorority and

rooming houses!). So do many forms of privacy allow plotters, molesters,

racists, etc., to meet and plot.” Whatever May was, anarchist,

libertarian, objectivist, or nothing, he was making more sense in those

three sentences than Baker could have in a 1,000 essays.

After May signed up for Cyberia, a legally oriented list, he was one of

the favorite nonlawyers there, winning friends even among those who

disagreed with his politics. In one limited way he may have been more

threatening to Washington than Hoffman or Rubin, for, rather than just

ranting and raving and putting on a good show, he could communicate all

too cogently with members of the establishment. At the same time the

Feds were fixating on Zimmermann, May casually told the lawyers how he

moved in and out of the country without letting Washington veto his

speeches on encryption. In effect his gleeful confession made mockery of

the laws. If D.C. couldn’t even control a traveler—there in flesh and

blood—how could it monitor electrons speeding over the phone wires?

“I myself just presented a paper on ‘Crypto Anarchy and Virtual

Communities’ in Monte Carlo,” May told the cyberlawyers, at least one of

whom was an attorney from the Justice Department. “I described

algorithms, methods, etc., and was never asked or instructed to submit

to the Men in Black in D.C.” He was even carrying around “several

gigabytes of code, essays, programs.” But never was he “ever stopped,

questioned, or searched. Only upon landing in San Francisco was I asked

to state my business overseas. I said I was meeting with cryptographers

from around the world! This was met with confusion by the

twenty-two-year-old Customs officer; but after asking if any of them

were from Russia or Iraq, and I told him I had no idea if there were or

not, he waved me through.” May said most U.S. cryptographers “just shrug

and ignore the _possibility_ that our papers may be illegal to present

outside the U.S.”

His observations came as the Electronic Frontier Foundation was trying

to resolve matters in a more tidy way. It was sponsoring a lawsuit to

prevent Washington from restricting the spread of encryption-related

writing and software. Quite correctly the EFF argued that the encryption

laws were an “impermissible prior restraint on speech, in violation of

the First Amendment.” An EFF victory, needless to say, could nuke the

government’s case against Zimmermann.

With Hooverian tenacity, as if Phil Zimmermann were Dillinger or a

godfather, Washington kept up its harassment and even escalated it in

some ways. Jim Warren saw this happen firsthand. He had asked to testify

several years ago in Zimmermann’s defense, but the authorities ignored

his request. Then in 1995 he had published op-ed pieces in San Jose and

San Francisco papers, in which he throttled the FBI and NSA for getting

in the way of the best possible security on the Net. In the wake of the

Mitnick break-ins, he had accused the Feds of “endangering millions of

innocent citizens and law-abiding businesses that use the Net or cell

phones, in order to protect their ability to monitor the few who might

be guilty of something.” Almost immediately two U.S. Customs agents

favored Warren with a surprise visit to his house and quizzed him about

Zimmermann and PGP. “When they began the interview,” he said, “they

handed me a subpoena that said I was ‘COMMANDED to appear and testify

before the Grand Jury of the United States District Court’ in San

Jose.“[6.23]

“Who says government isn’t responsive,” Warren quipped.

He said this in a folksy newsletter sent to hundreds of people on the

Net. Its well-earned name was _Government Access_; he had been the main

organizer of a successful campaign to get California to put legislative

information on the Internet for free. As much as anyone he was trying to

work within The System. Yet he was ever skeptical toward “Congress

Critters.” Again and again Warren’s newsletter in effect depicted a

Washington that could be Torylike in its contempt toward Netfolk.

Warren didn’t just write of the well-publicized threats like the Exon

bill, or the Clinton Administration’s prosecution of a couple in

California because their sex-oriented BBS did not come up to Bible Belt

community standards in Tennessee, or the Zimmermann case itself. Warren

also wrote of obscure people such as a Berkeley-area hacker who, enraged

by restrictions on encryption and by other actions in the vein of King

George’s Stamp Act, had fled to Sweden.

“Sweden is no paradise,” the expatriate told Warren via e-mail, “but I

don’t ever worry that the government is going to break into my home. I

know that I’ll be able to run my BBS, maintain all the contacts I’ve

developed over the years, and continue to use the various nets without

fear of Uncle Sam attacking me. So now I’m trading in my U.S. passport

for one that is a lot less threatening to me and my PC.” Warren added:

“This is the second former American I have known who has done this for

exactly these reasons!” I remembered a hacker libertarian who had been

hoping to construct an island in the Caribbean, beyond the reach of

technophobic politicians.

Warren was disappointed enough with Washington to tell the Net: “I’m

beginning to feel like a German Jew in 1935.” He didn’t just hate

Clipper and the harassment of Zimmermann. On top of everything else,

Washington had recently passed a digital telephone bill that “would make

Lyndon Johnson, Nixon’s Watergate team, and J. Edgar Hoover drool on

their bibs.” The project would cost the taxpayers billions of dollars

over the years—all this to make the phone system more tappable, out of

fear that crooks might otherwise forward phone calls to bugfree

locations. Washington was actually setting aside more money for snooping

than for electronic libraries. And now Warren feared that the Feds

someday would ban encryption outright.

Beyond D.C.’s computer-related stupidities, he loathed the way the Feds

played fast and easy with the Constitution on matters such as drug law

enforcement. Agencies, for example, could keep money and equipment taken

from suspects and use them for their own purposes, thus giving police “a

profit motive” to abuse Americans’ rights.

“No doubt,” Warren said, “many in Germany told that nation’s Jews, ‘It’s

not that serious’ and ‘It’s just a phase—it’ll pass’ as they disarmed

the citizens in the name of law and order only a few years before

filling the camps and ovens that somehow good, law-abiding Germans just

never knew about until after the war. If we don’t watch out, our

government’s cure for ‘crime’ will become even more dangerous than the

illness. And this time, I don’t think Sweden will be a safe haven.”

Clearly Warren was a long, long way from the optimism of _Orwell’s

Revenge_, the book in which Big Brother lost to the hackers.

I doubted that the United States was quite as Oceania-like as Jim Warren

obviously believed, and his own German parallel might be stretching it.

Stamp Act parallels did, however, fit. An old, ignorant, Torylike order

wanted to pass laws to contain the new, and I could envision an

increasing number of ugly confrontations between bureaucrats and

Netfolk. Baker, the ex-NSA man, hadn’t hesitated in the least to come up

with his wacky characterizations of Clipper foes. To the D.C. policy

elite, we on the Net were fair pickings.

All the hype about the Information Superhighway notwithstanding, most of

the Feds didn’t feel quite as at home on computer networks as billed.

Most Congress members in mid-1995 still lacked public e-mail addresses.

Meanwhile, the Net was catching on among millions of younger Americans

who surfed freely, while their elders could barely master commercial

networks such as CompuServe. By way of Clipper and blatantly

anti-network copyright proposals, the White House was kissing off all

too many within Generation Net.[6.24]

A further embarrassment was the contrasting enlightenment of some

Republican conservatives, who many Democrats on the Net might have

dismissed entirely in the past. Rush Limbaugh, the right-wing talk show

host, didn’t just show up on CompuServe as a visitor. He personally

logged on again and again and even met his wife there. He might not be

on the Net itself, but he was much more at ease with the technology than

were the majority of the liberals on the Hill. Meanwhile, the most

powerful conservative of all, House Speaker Newt Gingrich, spoke out

against the Exon amendment. William Buckley, the noted conservative

journalist, was a major backer of my proposal for a decentralized

national library system online. And the conservative writer George

Gilder, while all too zealous at times about free markets, had made some

of the most prescient predictions on the direction in which the

technology was headed.

Too many Democrats were TV-centric, while Gilder believed that computers

would be the new entertainment medium, prevailing over television. Sales

figures proved him right. More Americans bought desktops computers in

1994 than purchased color televisions, and it was only a matter of time

until they logged onto computer networks and worried about their privacy

there. And here were Clinton and Gore pushing Clipper with more ardor

than they could summon up for well-stocked electronic libraries for all.

Of course, not everybody on the Democratic side was hopeless, and many

Republican law-and-order types loved Clipper, the Bush leftover. Also,

these same politicians might well applaud the Clinton Administration’s

anti-Net copyright proposals, not understanding all the undertows that

could ultimately drag property rights under. But at least they hadn’t

enlisted civil libertarians and populists in their campaigns to the

extent that Bill Clinton had. I’d never have voted for the man if I’d

known in advance about Clipper, the harassment of Zimmermann, and the

antediluvian copyright policies. Bush in some ways might have been

preferable. Not knowing the difference between a potato chip and a

silicon chip, he would have done much less damage. A smarter, more

principled Democrat than Clinton could pick up the pieces in ’96.

Clinton’s Justice Department showed a brazen and bizarre lack of

fairness toward Zimmermann. Until the statute of limitations expired—and

that was fuzzy, even to lawyers—the Feds might just let him dangle.

Without finding Zimmermann guilty of anything, or even charging him,

Washington in a sense was already leveling penalties. He had to spend

hours and hours away from his regular consulting business to work on his

case.

Total costs might reach $300,000 if the prosecutors decided to act. Even

if lawyers donated their time—and Zimmermann might enjoy the services of

some noted attorneys outraged by the threat to civil liberties—there

would be the burden of telephone costs, travel, and hotels. Appeals for

donations went up in such areas of the Usenet as talk.crypto.politics,

comp.org.eff.talk, and, of course, alt.security.pgp. People could pay by

credit card, encoding their numbers via PGP.[6.25]

In the end, no matter what happened to Zimmermann, the real victory

might be in the marketplace. And there Clipper was losing. AT&T and a

chip maker named VLSI Technology came out with a chip that would

challenge even the NSA’s supercomputer. Given a choice between that and

Clipper, who’d want the latter? Even before then, in fact, few customers

were going for Clipper-based equipment.[6.26] In the end it looked as if

Washington would resort not to a chip but to continued pressure on U.S.

corporations to make available the key schemes of more secure plans. And

even then, I hoped, the industry would balk. The more such foolishness

became a habit here, the less protected would be American companies

abroad, as people outside the States followed Washington’s example.

Some of the biggest Clipper haters, meanwhile, were overlooking their

differences to unite against the tumor chip. Jim Bidzos’ company had

already granted a license for the basic technology to ViaCrypt, which,

at least in the latter’s opinion, left it free to sell a commercial

version of PGP. And this past action may have been a door opener in a

way for Phil Zimmermann. PGP was no longer so much of an outlaw program

in the eyes of many, and businesses felt they could use it and get

technical support. Beyond that, professors at the Massachusetts

Institute of Technology, whence much of the RSA technology had come,

were sick of all the patent wars. They just wanted to see solid

encryption in use. And Bidzos, however much he quarreled with

Zimmermann, was himself determined that the Feds not control encryption.

The compromise could go a long way toward enshrining RSA as at least an

informal world standard, and thwarting RSA’s biggest competitor, the

NSA.

And so Bizdos and colleagues let PGP be used for noncommercial purposes

as long as the newer versions were incompatible with the older ones that

lacked the blessing of RSA and Public Key Partners. Of course that still

didn’t solve the hassles of securing international commerce with a truly

strong encryption standard with which the U.S. government felt

comfortable. But even if PGP-style products weren’t official, they were

murdering Clipperish schemes before snoop-ready chips and programs could

take root. The world’s governments might well have to join countries

like France and try to ban strong encryption.

But could they? Too many people in too many countries were already using

software such as PGP. Hackers proudly included their public PGP

keys—those weird combinations of letters and numbers—at the ends of

their messages or told how people could obtain them. PGP keys were

becoming status symbols. PGP wasn’t yet built into popular e-mail

programs such as Eudora for easy use, so, if nothing else, the keys

indicated a certain level of technical expertise. They were the new

vanity plates of the dataways. PGP was even becoming a small industry;

for example, you could shell out $20 and officially register your key

with a company in Palo Alto, California, called SLED. And then people

receiving messages from you would know they were really from you.

SLED required a mailed or faxed driver’s license or passport, or a

preprinted personal check. This wasn’t the best proof of identity, but

it would at least let Netfolks spot obvious forgeries immediately. If

nothing else, you could “register” your key with friends who were well

known and well trusted on the net.

With or without formal registration, more and more Netfolks felt lost

without their PGP. Father Bill Morton, the Anglican priest mentioned

earlier, the one who used PGP to accept confessions over the Net, wrote

a parody:

_It’s one for the money,

Two for the show,

Three to get ready,

Now go, cat, go!

But don’t you step on my PGP.

You can do anything, but lay off my PGP_.

Responding to a query I’d posted in several encryption-related

newsgroups, he explained in an e-mail why PGP meant so much to him.

Confessions were just part of the story:

_In the history of Anglican pastoral care, there is a strong

tradition of the use of the letter as a means of spiritual

guidance. Actually this tradition goes deep into the roots of

the Catholic Church. Some of the books regarded as “spiritual

classics” are compilations of correspondence between a person

and their spiritual director. Until the advent of PGP, e-mail

was not a suitable place for such correspondence. It’s one thing

to have your correspondence published 100 years after the fact;

it’s quite another to run the risk of having your personal

thoughts posted to a Usenet newsgroup or read by the sysop of a

BBS. Now they know that even if they hit the wrong button and

send their e-mail to the wrong place, it is secure....

Legislation that would make encryption illegal or require a

mandatory backdoor would totally compromise any trust in e-mail

or any other form of electronic text system such as word

processors._

Father Morton’s respect for privacy came through when I asked for

examples of confidences that people had shared with him by way of PGP:

“No matter how I disguise the facts,” he told me, “even if I were to

create a fictitious person, someone somewhere would believe that they

were reading the details of their life story.” And so he was vague,

other than to say, to give an idea of the gravity of what he heard,

“Thoughts, dreams, hopes, as well as lust, anger, and hatred. Sometimes,

actually oftentimes, there are things that you wouldn’t even tell your

spouse. Our lives are based on trust.”

Thanks to PGP, Father Morton could maintain that trust not only with

people locally in Woodstock, New Brunswick, but with Netfolk from

thousands of miles away.

Some people met him in newsgroups. “We’ll have an exchange of e-mail on

a specific topic,” he said, “and at one point it will become evident

that I am a priest.” He neither hid nor played up his occupation. Upon

learning it, he said, the Netter at the other end “may wish to change

the topic and enter into a brief correspondence about a particular

question. That conversation might last one or two posts and is usually,

though not always, in PGP.” In addition, he corresponded with a very

small group of people regularly about significant events in their lives.

These conversations were always in PGP.

“Before PGP,” Father Morton said, “e-mail was guarded in its content. A

typical e-mail exchange might be to set up a phone conversation or

meeting or discuss issues in very general terms. Now, at least in a few

cases, the PGP mail is much more open in its content, and as a result

the e-mail pastoral relationship can be much more productive.”

Father Morton was not alone in his use of PGP to protect personal

secrets. For example, the Samaritans, a group devoted to talking people

out of suicide, said it would accept PGP-encrypted messages.

“The Samaritans,” announced a Usenet post, “have always taken the

confidentiality of callers extremely seriously. Indeed the most

frequently asked question within the movement about our e-mail service

is, ‘What about confidentiality?’” Surely, in an era when more and more

communications happened to be electronic, it would be folly to deny

reliable encryption to the Samaritans and the people they helped.

Although the Samaritans felt more confidence about the security of

unprotected e-mail than did Father Morton, they understood an important

truth: _perceptions_ mattered as much as anything. If their

correspondents lacked faith in the confidentiality of e-mail, they

couldn’t write as freely. And, as I saw it, they might not be as open to

rescue. If Washington banned PGP, if it replaced it with an inferior,

Clipperish arrangement, the Samaritans just might not be as successful

as with truly secure encryption.

Privacy wasn’t just for confessions and for suicide prevention. It was

also for teenagers. Donna—she supplied her real name but I’ll protect

her with a pseudonym—lived in Florida and was a seventeen-year-old

junior in high school who was already using PGP. She e-mailed me:

_I couldn’t speak for other teenagers and their parents, but

with my extremely intrusive mother, I use all the privacy

devices I can get. I’ve kept extensive journals since second

grade—she’s always read them and nosed around, no matter where

I’ve tried to hide them. She’s opened letters from friends and

pokes her nose into anything that she considers unorthodox; we

don’t quite see eye to eye on many issues. I’m a good student,

responsible, don’t drink or do drugs, blah blah blah, but she

has continuously invaded my privacy over the years despite her

lack of justification._

_Two years ago I tried a locked drawer where I kept all of my

papers, letters, and the like, but she has opened the drawer

with my keys. So now I just do everything on the computer and

encrypt/password it. I can see how some parents might justify

searching their kids’ rooms—just as police can under

circumstances justify searching homes._

But, Donna went on, if a child were doing something _illegal_, there

“would be physical evidence.” That seemed clear: You could encrypt a

diary full of unorthodox musings; you could not encode a marijuana

stash.

I would have trusted Donna, but I still had mixed feelings about most

teenagers using PGP without their parents’ sharing the keys. How long

until Senator Exon ranted that the young would encrypt dirty bytes? In

the end, however, just as with children’s use of the Net itself, PGP

should be a family decision, not a federal one; Washington mustn’t turn

into a giant version of Donna’s mother. Risks from a ban, even one

limited to children, so outweighed the benefits. If Donna’s mother

wanted to understand her daughter, then maybe she needed to spend less

time doing a domestic-level KGB act and more time at a computer—seeing

for herself what her daughter was up to. In the process she might

understand Donna well enough to tolerate her opinions. She’d better

learn to brook them; her daughter was almost eighteen, the age of

adulthood in the United States. Soon many parents would be more

comfortable with the technology, and then, family by family, parents

could decide whether to be Big Mama or Big Daddy and look for

PGP-encrypted files. It should be a family, not a government, matter.

If nothing else, parents themselves could use PGP to guard their own

privacy. “I use PGP at home solely for keeping confidential information

from prying eyes—for instance, from my son and my son’s friends, as well

as for keeping their information in one central place,” said Joe

Collins, an employee of an international investment bank based in New

York. It guarded his burglar alarm codes, the codes to the family safe,

all credit card numbers, and all passwords to software on the family

computer. Yes, some popular software came with encryption, and certain

people might have argued that home users such as Collins didn’t need

PGP. But the encryption found in popular software was nowhere near in

PGP’s league. In fact, Crak Software, a company in Phoenix, Arizona,

even sold “password-recovery software” to crack popular programs such as

WordPerfect, Word, Excel, Lotus 1-2-3, and Quattro Pro (for backup

purposes).

AIDS activists especially understood the possibilities of good, strong

encryption; victims of the disease, after all, were treated about as

fairly as lepers had been in biblical times. In New York a group called

ACT UP tried to get the public health officials to encourage labs to use

PGP to protect the identities of patients. The officials liked the idea.

The program died at the hands of a parsimonious governor; but sooner or

later, I suspected, PGP would be used in one way or another to protect

the privacy of AIDS patients, if it wasn’t already.

In the business area, the advantages of keeping PGP legal—and avoiding

Clipperish solutions—were just as clear as at the personal level. “PGP

is essential,” said Robert David Steele, a former CIA agent whose

passion for legalized encryption and dislike of Clipper must have

endeared him to many hackers.[6.27] “Security is the foundation for

openness. In order for a world of open electronic exchanges actually to

succeed, electronic persons have to know three things, all of which PGP

supports: (a) that the person on the other end of the link is who he

says he is, (b) that the information being received is genuine and not

altered, and (c) that a digital cash payment will be forthcoming,

assuming that this is part of the transaction.” Steele was not just

talking about the benefits of PGP for business alone, but clearly it was

among the major uses that he quite properly had on his mind here.

Many business people on the Net agreed. I was hardly surprised to read

in the _New York Times_ about the use of PGP “in what was apparently the

first retail transactions on the Internet using a readily available

version of powerful data encryption software designed to guarantee

privacy.” A Philadelphia man had used PGP to scramble his credit card

number and spent $12.48 and shipping costs on a compact disk with rock

music from a New Hampshire company called Net Market. More benefits were

to come. Already other companies were working on digital cash, which

could let bits and bytes go out over the Net in ways that prevented them

from being easily traced. They would be, in other words, just like

dollar bills.[6.28] You could spend them without Big Brother knowing

that you’d bought a _Playboy_, a Rush Limbaugh book, a condom, or

whatever else might somehow cause your neighbors or your boss to take

offense.

PGP also made sense for privacy protection _within_ companies. An

accounting firm in Palo Alto, California, for example, used PGP to guard

backup tapes in case of loss or theft, and a Washington accountant

relied on it for client communications.[6.29] And when Zimmermann

himself asked online for PGP testimonials, a man with a

telecommunications firm on the West Coast told him how much he loved it

as an alternative to Clipper:

_Once it becomes a standard, the competitive software industry

will have no incentive to continue technical development in

crypto. And then once Clipper gets cracked by outsiders or

otherwise compromised, there will still be a lot of bureaucratic

inertia protecting it and keeping the fact that it’s been

compromised a secret._

_We see a serious need for crypto to protect client records

regarding their telephone systems and computer networks, to

protect our internal company memos sent via e-mail, and to

protect strategic business information sent via e-mail. We

figure that a misrouted piece of client data is a potentially

serious liability issue, and a misrouted sales proposal or

similar business document is like leaving a credit card on a

park bench. Due diligence, fiscal responsibility, and all that.

The big plus is simply that we will be able to confidently move

a lot more of our business online, which will make a huge

difference to us. More efficient handling of client requests,

more efficient internal discussions, and more effective

communication with investors. In particular I do a lot of

strategic business planning online, and it always bugs me in the

back of my mind—‘What happens if this gets lost on the

Internet?’ In one sense good crypto is like a good business

dinner. It facilitates the flow of ideas in a relaxed

atmosphere._

At the same time, needless to say, PGP could improve the flow of

_political_ ideas. In 1993 Boris Yeltsin had been at odds with foes

nostalgic for the old Soviet state. “If a dictatorship takes over

Russia,” a message from Latvia had told Zimmermann, “your PGP is

widespread from the Baltic to the Far East now and will help democratic

people if necessary. Thanks.”[6.30] In Burma rebels used PGP against an

oppressive regime. A writer in Thailand said that before PGP reached

them, captured papers had “resulted directly in arrest, including whole

families, and their torture and death.” Activists in El Salvador and

Guatemala also relied on the program. “In this business, lots of people

have been killed,” said Daniel Salcedo, a member of the Human Rights

Project of the American Association for the Advancement of

Science.[6.31] David Banisar of the Electronic Privacy Information

Center told me of PGP being used in Kenya, Mali, Senegal, Egypt, and

Mali, among other countries.

“Wire tapping is conducted in nearly every country in the world,”

Banisar wrote in a paper with the marvelous title of “Bug Off!” “It is

frequently abused.” A 1992 State Department report, for example, told of

governments and private organizations snooping away in dozens of

countries. And it hadn’t happened just in the Third World. “There have

been numerous cases in the United Kingdom which revealed that the

British intelligence services monitor social activists, labor unions,

and civil liberties groups,” Banisar said in a paper written for Privacy

International.[6.32] What’s more, the Canadian Communications Security

Establishment had shelled out more than $1.1 million to scan through

millions of messages and pick out dangerous words and phrases.[6.33]

Would the CCSE abuse the system and routinely compile dossiers on

law-respecting people? And what about the FBI here in the States? Many

Netfolks took it for granted that Louis Freeh’s people were keeping up

with Usenet.

“The FBI has the ability to police the Internet and, indeed, has been

doing so,” David Nadler and Kendrick Fong, two tech-oriented lawyers,

would write later on in _Computer Digest: The Journal of Professional

Development for the Washington-Baltimore Technology Community_. “In

fact, the FBI has been collecting Usenet postings since the late 1980s.”

A formulaic condemnation of all FBI monitoring, however, would be

unfair. I could hardly object to the Feds reading the public messages of

egotistical nuts with a clear-cut predilection for violence. What better

reason _not_ to censor Usenet and any audio and video equivalents that

might follow? Let the kooks rant away, hour after hour, educating Louis

Freeh about their plans. Usenet wasn’t anyone’s living room. Posting

messages there was like publishing a book or speaking in a town square.

Via the free Stanford Netnews Filtering Service, I could receive

electronic mail messages whenever a specified word showed up in a major

area of Usenet. Yes, I could track people by name. I could also choose

words associated with a topic. That was the magic of the Net; it gave us

small-fry many of the same tools available to the intelligence

bureaucracies. The same kind of wizardry that might let Canadian cops

snoop on citizens could allow me to track the utterances of Al Gore on

the subject, say, of the Internet.

One technology, however, may have bureaucrats more uncomfortable than

any other—encryption. A U.S. database expert named Patrick Ball found

this out the hard way when he was in Ethiopia to help the Office of the

Special Prosecutor. Ball efficiently helped build a database of crimes

that had occurred under the regime of Mengistu Haile Mariam. He was

accomplishing plenty. Then a bureaucratic rival started a turf war with

him. The man falsely claimed that Ball had been using PGP for secret

correspondence, probably with the CIA, even though the truth was a

little more mundane. Ball hadn’t used PGP for anything but test

messages; the people at the other end lacked the technical skills. But

the rival didn’t know. He confused PGP with uuencoding—a way to prepare

programs for accurate transmission via e-mail—and unfortunately the

chief special prosecutor believed Ball’s accuser and forced the database

expert to resign.

So often that was the case with police: They displayed a mix of fear and

ignorance. And they were not totally wrong to be worried. One computer

expert predicted that in the next few years criminals would routinely

use electronic scrambling. “This could signal the end of computer

forensics,” said William Spernow, “before it even gets off the ground.”

A criminal relied on a double set of books, employing PGP to conceal the

accurate one, and dope-peddlers in Miami used encryption.[6.34]

Not only that, just as I was writing part of this chapter, the

newspapers told how terrorists in Japan had killed 10 people and injured

about 5,500 by spreading nerve gas in a Tokyo subway station. Wouldn’t

restrictions on encryption make such acts harder to commit with

impunity?

Strong counterarguments existed, however, against the jackbooters who

would ban strong encryption or impose the Clipper variety on us. I would

rather that nations not spy on each other. But I fully recall the

naiveté of the past, the fantasy that “gentlemen do not open other

gentlemen’s mail”; whether we liked it or not, espionage and

counterespionage would always go on. In that spirit, instead of wasting

money on Clipperish schemes, countries could spend money developing more

powerful computers to crack encryption, and they could also refine the

unscrambling techniques. That would not be cheap. But since bad guys

wouldn’t let Clipper or successors be the apex of technology, the United

States hadn’t any other choice. Other countries might feel otherwise.

Bureaucrats just couldn’t contain technology. Clipperish schemes would

be brainless in any country.

As one alternative, governments could rely more heavily on open

sources—for example, newspapers and other media outlets, especially

those online. The more journalists out there, and the more independent

they were, the harder it would be for nations to keep secrets and

conspire against each other. The United States and friends had the most

selfish of reasons for encouraging the spread of the free press.

The open source idea was hardly original to me. Others had talked about

it for years, most notably Robert Steele, the ex-CIA agent, who observed

that publicly available material was often far more useful than the

clandestinely gathered variety. I didn’t agree with much of what Steele

said—I wanted more isolation between journalists and government than he

might have liked. But his basic point was sound. Information was most

reliable when it was in the open and could be dissected, rather than

hiding it behind a “secret” stamp. The spread of network technology

could only strengthen this premise.

Yet another approach could be the selective use of agents, in new-style

roles, taking advantage of high technology. Here again I had mixed

feelings. But in an era when countries such as Iraq were trying to

develop nuclear weapons, this option should be kept alive.

What about terrorists? As with child-molesting rings and drug cartels,

Clipper just would not do any good. Secret groups would be the last in

the world to use the chip. Far better for intelligence agencies to work

on more powerful computers and truly effective software for cracking

codes. Breakthroughs might not come immediately, but would sooner or

later, and the civilian sector might ultimately benefit when the

technology finally did reach the world at large. Advanced

supercomputers, for example, could be used for weather forecasting, or

for graphics and design—the same wizardry that had helped make possible

the Visible Human Project described in the last chapter.

Meanwhile an open-source approach could often do the job. The accused

terrorists in Japan hadn’t exactly stayed hidden from the world before

the subway incidents. Shoko Asahara, their leader, had delivered sermon

after sermon with allusions to poisonous gas; in the city of Matsumoto

where he had been at odds with authorities over some land, 7 people had

died and 200 had suffered injuries when a cloud of sarin wafted in the

area. Small wonder that the Japanese government had caught up with the

sect so soon after the Tokyo tragedy. Newspaper databases would have

told plenty, beyond any information that happened to be in the

government’s own records.

Legally authorized bugs might be yet another solution, and so, at times,

might be informers wired to make the best case. In an era of

near-invisible electronics, this approach would be increasingly

practical.

What’s more, if Bill Clinton and Al Gore really cared about protecting

citizens in a high-tech age, they would worry less about snooping on

citizens and more about hardening up points of vulnerability. Steele

noted how easily criminals could “maliciously interfere with the

computers that control the power system. It is relatively easy to

destroy computer capabilities—this takes much less skill than to ‘crack’

them and divert computing resources.” Also, terrorists could wreak havoc

with computers that controlled telephone systems in such areas as

communications for government and banking.

He also warned of interference with the computers of Wall Street and the

Federal Reserve. “Trillions in digital data” could vanish into the

ether. “A massive global economic panic” would ensue. Preventative

measures wouldn’t be cheap, but if the American government did care

about security, it would prepare realistically for the threats of the

information era rather than doing an inept Big Brother act.

To rig up a whole nation for wire taps would be both a waste and a

disgrace. I pondered the ironies. Here the NSA and similar agencies were

supposed to protect normality—to guard families against dopesters, sex

perverts, terrorists, and the rest—and yet Phil Zimmermann the husband

and father might go to jail. “I think it’s kind of unreal to him,”

Zimmermann said when I asked how his son felt about this. “I tell him

that I have some talented lawyers working for me, and that we’re doing

the best we can.” And Zimmermann’s wife? “She thinks that they can’t

possibly indict me, because that would be wrong—that somehow they’ll

realize that and just back out. Of course by the time your book is

printed, we’ll know one way or the other whether she was right.”

A Few Words about Library Books,

Democracy, and Socks the Cybercat

The White House in the 1990s was extolling computer nets as a way to

Bring Government Closer to the People. Americans could dial up “An

Interactive Citizens’ Handbook” on the Internet, see a photo of a

teenaged Clinton with JFK, and listen to Socks the Clinton cat meow. But

could Clinton-Gore hear _us_? Just how “interactive” was the White

House?

Clinton boosters formed a group called Americans Communicating

Electronically to improve electronic contacts between mortals and

bureaucrats. Al Gore, meanwhile, had flaunted his typing skills with the

famous visit to CompuServe. But was electronic democracy truly alive on

the Internet and other computer networks? Not quite. All the techish

sizzle notwithstanding, Clinton-Gore might instead be giving us

electronic oligarchy, especially if Republicans followed the horrible

precedents that the White House was setting. Consider the dubious,

somewhat Orwellian process that was shaping the National Information

Infrastructure—the famous data highways and related endeavors.

So far Washington had not worked nearly as hard as it should to drive

down the cost of knowledge for the average American. At the same time a

network-hostile copyright proposal was delighting information

monopolists and imperiling the ability of citizens to share electronic

newspaper clips in even a limited way.

I testified at an official hearing on the NII in 1993, and what most

struck me about Clinton-Gore was the chasm between words and deeds—the

same mind-set that led to Oceania’s propaganda agency being named the

Ministry of Truth. The gospel according to Al Gore was that people of

all income levels would be able to travel the dataways. His musings

later adorned the peach-colored newsprint of _The Mini Page_, a

newspaper insert for children.

“No longer will geographical location, wealth, gender, or any other

factor limit learning,” Gore reassured elementary schoolers. He told how

“a child from my home town of Carthage, Tennessee, will be able to come

home from school, turn on a computer, and plug into the Library of

Congress in Washington, D.C.” The NII would clearly be in the grand

democratic tradition, small “d.”

The next day, however, the _Washington Post_ carried news of a

different stripe from Bruce Lehman, the Clinton-Gore commissioner of

patents and trademarks, who chaired the NII working group on

intellectual property. I learned that “because of the ease of digital

reproduction, Lehman does not foresee that digital libraries will put

copyrighted works within easy reach online the way they do books on a

library shelf. Copyrighted digital materials are likely to be

available only to subscribers—libraries, for example—who pay royalty

fees, he said. People who want the material might have to go to their

local library and use a computer there that would not allow them to

copy or redistribute the work, Lehman said.”[6.35] A few months later

Bruce Lehman would graciously tell the _Wall Street Journal_ that,

yes, he would tolerate children carrying home copyrighted CD-ROMs and

floppies of electronic books.[6.36]

Compared to networked books, however, the CDs and the rest would be

pathetic. Distribution over the Internet and other networks could be the

cheapest way to get the material spread around, while assuring a wide

variety of material for all. When William Buckley likened CD-ROMs to

78-rpm shellac records in the era of the Internet, he couldn’t have been

more precise. And yet this was the future as envisioned by Bill

Clinton’s intellectual property czar. So much for the well-informed

citizenry needed for a Jeffersonian America. Lehman was beating the

bushes for electronic oligarchy.

Once I had felt that the Clinton-Gore people might truly share my own

egalitarian dreams. I’d thought that nonlobbyists like me stood a

healthy chance. I had been writing about computers for close to a

decade; earlier I had covered a poverty beat, and I knew how we could

drive down the cost of small computers so that someday even Head Start

kids could read electronic books on them. What better way to encourage

democracy? The whole country, not just the elite, could grow up

understanding abstract thought. Could the Constitution have been drafted

by a mob of illiterate TV watchers?

Rather than letting Big Brother choose books for us, we could establish

a democratic system with many librarians in many cities empowered to

make acquisitions. Never would bureaucrats be able to do the equivalent

of tweaking old copies of the _London Times_ behind our backs. It would

be too damn hard with so many librarians in so many locations, and with

the same material reposing on millions and millions of tablet-style

computers that individual Americans owned. My vision was one of

electronic federalism, not of Big Brother policing our reading tastes.

TeleRead wouldn’t undermine local schools and public libraries. Quite

the contrary. TeleRead would buy affordable, sharp-screened machines for

them, sending a signal to Silicon Valley and paving the way for similar

computers to go on sale at the Kmart for $99.95 for anyone to buy.

Just as important, unlike the Postal plan mentioned earlier in this

chapter, my TeleRead plan would let schools and libraries use the

hardware without Big Brotherish restrictions. They could store whatever

they wanted on their own computers for local people to dial up. And to

make the national library more useful at the local level, they could add

special, Web-style links designed for the people they served—not just

for whole communities, but perhaps even for individual readers.

What’s more, TeleRead would respect diversity and freedom of expression

in other ways. Publishers could gamble fees up front to bypass

librarians and qualify for royalties, and if censored from the national

library, they could post on the Net itself. I took it for granted that

Washington would try to censor TeleRead. That was the reason I

envisioned a whole network of many librarians, in many places, together

with long-range funding. Besides, my plan reflected the old wisdom from

hackers: When censorship arises, just route around it. Private companies

could make some nice money off officially banned books. Imagine the

promotional opportunities; “Nixed by Washington” could be the new

“Banned in Boston.” What’s more, since TeleRead was public and involved

many librarians, not just a tiny D.C. elite, any censorship would

probably be much more conspicuous than in the world of corporate

publishing.

In other ways, too, TeleRead would be anti-Big Brother. Americans would

not have to make private companies privy to their reading habits. The

national library could track dialups for the purpose of paying writers

and publishers—you couldn’t retrieve books without reporting past

accesses. But TeleRead would include protections. Records associated

with individual users could be temporary, just a way to prevent

information providers from abusing the system with repeated dialups.

People could buy controversial books by way of anonymous digital money.

In fact, with sophisticated enough fraud controls, the same techniques

might eventually be used to prevent names from being associated with

dialup records even for a short time. If nothing else, people could

entrust TeleRead records to certified private companies that reported

accesses without revealing identities.

TeleRead, then, could provide even more safeguards than public library

records in the paper era—significant, since librarians by habit had

respected privacy much more than had other government officials. “There

was a case back in Nixon’s era,” Phil Zimmermann would eventually remind

me, “where Nixon tried to find out what some of his enemies were reading

at the library, and the librarians were, of course, up in arms about

being asked to supply a list of books that had been checked out by a

particular person or a list of people that had checked out a particular

book. They were able to resist the efforts by the government to obtain

that information. I think that we need to have the same kind of controls

in place for future libraries that are on the Net.” I couldn’t have

agreed more.

Even the hardware could serve to thwart Big Brother by promoting free

expression and democracy. TeleRead would let people talk back to

bureaucrats and among themselves; the machines would work with

keyboards, and someday they might even serve in part as wireless digital

telephones, not just computers. TeleRead would let Americans all be more

uppity. The information in the national library would enrich public

debate; it would at least somewhat blur distinctions between the wealthy

and those who otherwise couldn’t afford top-quality information.

This needn’t be just a dream. The United States had a $6-trillion-plus

economy, and if just some of us used electronic forms for government and

commercial transactions, we eventually would save tens of billions in

time and money. As noted earlier in this book, the same pen interfaces

that were ideal for reading would be great for forms. E-forms could help

flag errors in tax returns and other documents, “interview” users

quickly, and just as quickly narrow down questions to the essentials.

And so the saving in time and money could easily justify a well-stocked

national library. No magic was involved here, just an old principle of

information management. Two applications (smart forms and the electronic

books) made more sense than just one (the books). In fact, the American

Society for Information Science would later approach me to do a chapter

on electronic libraries for an ASIS book from MIT Press, and I would

oblige. Clearly TeleRead was a logical link between Gore’s plans for

reinventing government and his oft-claimed desire to drive down the cost

of knowledge.

I was a writer, not an attorney or information scientist, but a number

of well-credentialed people understood the logic of TeleRead, even when

I showed them a version somewhat less refined than the one just

described. At the urging of a distinguished Washington lawyer, I applied

to testify at the interagency hearings on intellectual property law in

the digital age. But he warned me some bizarreness was afoot. Experts

from the Library of Congress would not run the hearings; nowadays

electronic books would be more within the domain of the Commerce

Department. A Commerce bureaucrat instead would be the main player

here—Bruce Lehman. That should have been my tip-off that the proceedings

would be big and furry and jump, and come with a pocket for joeys; but I

went ahead just the same. The lawyer organizing the hearing seemed

friendly, alert, intelligent, receptive. She said each witness would

testify just a few minutes, and that after the hearings the Feds would

carefully examine our words.

My optimism grew. I expected at least a modicum of electronic democracy,

Gore-style, just as promised. So in November 1993 I joined some thirty

other witnesses in Crystal City, Virginia, across the Potomac from

Washington. Bill Clinton wanted his presidential cabinet to look like

America, and, in fact, a black man was secretary of the Commerce. Gazing

around the room, however, I saw a sea of white lawyers in dark suits,

along with a scattering of women in power clothes. I could have been in

California at an elite convocation of the software and entertainment

industries.

I ran into one of the members of the intellectual property group, a

minor White House advisor named David Lytel, who had promised to read my

proposal as sent to him on the Internet. Mr. White House didn’t waste a

nanosecond. “This is like Hollywood,” Lytel said. “Not everyone can be a

star. We can’t use everyone’s idea.”

“I’m not here to star,” I said, “just to testify. Have you read my

proposal?”

He said he had seen the prepared testimony I had left at the entrance to

the auditorium.

“But what about the thousands of words I sent you on the Net? I thought

you’d have a look and—”

“Excuse me,” he said and moved on.

His Hollywood analogy would strike me later as all too apt, for this was

shaping up as a TV-centric NII that favored television and movies over

books. Al Gore later would not hold his grand information summit at the

Library of Congress; no, he would jet off to Hollywood and to a speech

punctuated by jokes with a comedienne.

There in the Crystal City auditorium, I saw a tall, gray-haired man

surrounded by a cluster of other people. Heads bobbed. Stephen Metalitz

was a lawyer and a power in the Information Industries Association, the

IIA. “Welcome, Steve,” Lehman greeted his first witness in a voice that

told me who the true star of the day was. The rest of the hearing

unfolded as I now feared. Witnesses from trade associations pounded away

at the same theme again and again. Copyright law needed to be friendly

to megaconglomerates or they would never bless the dataways with their

_Terminator_ films. It was as if the Internet, already starting to

bristle with small businesses, never existed.

I heard some cogent testimony from some fine people representing

librarians and educators, but all in all, I might as well have been at

an IIA convention. Lehman’s panel of bureaucrats, some of them strangers

to copyright law, just about dozed off during my testimony. Chatting

with me informally, certain industry witnesses were more curious about

my ideas than were the Feds. It wasn’t just to size up the opposition.

For my plan would divert resources from bureaucracy to knowledge, and

could actually _help_ many members of the information industry.

A potential obstacle rose ahead, though: the hostility of real, live

bureaucrats.

During a break I approached a working-group member from one of the most

bureaucratic agencies of them all, the General Services Administration.

“What do you think of my ideas for electronic forms?” I asked. “I

remember when you guys let a senator benefit illegally from a federal

lease on an office building. Imagine what you could have done with

better technology to help flag stuff like that.”

“Oh,” he said coldly, “we can just train our contracting officers

better.” Better to protect jobs for bureaucrats like him than to offer

affordable e-books for schoolchildren.

My foremost opponent, however, as I learned eventually, just may have

been Lehman himself—the chairman of the Intellectual Property Working

Group, which would help set copyright policy for America’s dataways.

Bruce Lehman was Mr. Politically Correct. As his heroes he claimed the

career-enhancing names of Bill Clinton and Martin Luther King; never

mind the damage that his child-hostile copyright policies might do to

ghetto schools, or the fact that the copyright hearing had been about as

well integrated as a Klan meeting. The _New York Times_ would see in

Lehman’s office “a handsomely framed photograph taken at last year’s

White House Christmas party. Bill and Hillary Clinton stand in the

middle. Mr. Lehman is to the left, under a portrait of George

Washington.”

His clothes were as aggressively fashionable as his choice of heroes.

The _Times_’s Teresa Riordan would write of “stylish suits detailed with

a fresh white handkerchief.” He might display “a touch of exotic color,

perhaps a mint-colored watchband or the ruby background of a Brooks

Brother tie.”[6.37] Lehman needn’t haunt any thrift shops. During a

twelve- to fourteen-month period before joining the Administration, he

had pulled down $430,000 as a lobbyist and lawyer for intellectual

property clients.[6.38]

The patent office’s Web site said he had represented “individuals,

companies, and trade associations in the area of intellectual property

rights as it affects the motion picture, telecommunications,

pharmaceutical, computer software, and broadcasting industries.”[6.39]

His clients had included Lotus and Microsoft.[6.40] The latter was

buying up electronic rights as if they were soft drinks for the

programmers’ offices. No, Microsoft would hardly be the world’s leading

backer of a universally affordable, well-stocked national digital

library of the TeleRead variety. I’d lobby anyone, any company, for my

idea. But could I ever persuade Microsoft? Oh, come on. This was the

company that owned the word “Windows.”

Clinton-Gore campaigners had once talked of “People First.” Based on

Lehman’s background and proclivities, however, a better motto in the

case of intellectual property might now be “Entertainment, Information,

and Software Magnates First.” It was as if Clinton-Gore had turned

national health policy over to a zealous insurance lobbyist who had

spent years crusading for higher premiums.

Even at the local level, Lehman was no stranger to the world of money

and politics. In 1991, while a Georgetown lawyer, he had lent $10,000 at

12 percent interest to Washington city council candidate Jim Zais even

though local law apparently restricted candidates to borrowing only from

the usual lending institutions. Zais at the time had raised less than

$13,000 from other sources. Questioned by election officials, the

candidate had claimed ignorance of the law and promptly paid the money

back to Lehman, along with some $120 in interest.[6.41]

Like many of his ex-colleagues at Swidler & Berlin, Lehman had kept his

checkbook wide open when national politicians needed money. Many months

later I learned that between January 1, 1991, and November 28, 1994, the

S & B crowd had made at least $191,000 in political donations, including

more than $22,000 from Lehman himself during his days there. At least

$146,000 of the $191,000 had gone to the firm’s political-action

committee. Lehman’s personal contributions had reached at least eighteen

congressional candidates. In fairness, let me emphasize that Lehman

didn’t just have direct career considerations in mind—he was the first

openly gay man whom the U.S. Senate had confirmed as a top federal

official,[6.42] and he had given generously to gay political-action

committees.

Gay groups, in turn, showed their loyalty. They had wanted Clinton to

appoint Bruce Lehman to _something_, and the White House had made him

patent commissioner even though Lehman knew more about copyrights. Ron

Brown, however, secretary of Commerce, said: “Bruce Lehman is not here

because he’s gay. He’s the absolutely best person for the job.”[6.43]

I believed Brown. If the Clinton Administration wanted library interests

to be kept at bay to placate rich campaign donors, Gore’s dreamy

rhetoric notwithstanding, no one would beat Lehman the ex-lobbyist.

A few weeks after the intellectual property hearing in Crystal City, a

letter arrived from Mr. Reinventing Government himself. I had mailed my

TeleRead proposal and a related _Washington Post_ clip to Al Gore many

months ago in spring 1993, and now he replied: “I am impressed with this

detailed and very professional presentation. The information you

provided certainly appears to contain ideas that merit careful

attention. I will retain this material for future consideration as the

President and I work on related policies and programs.” I hardly

expected a meeting with Clinton and Gore. But was it just possible that

one of their GS-14s might deem me worth five minutes of time, and follow

up with a few questions?

Months passed. An occasional reporter or academic would read my

testimony and call or e-mail, but no one phoned from Commerce.

Meanwhile, seeing my TeleRead proposal on the Net, major vendors

contacted me. Often they asked the big question: “How are you doing in

Washington?”

“Well,” I said in effect, “I hope they’re keeping an open mind.”

“That’s nice, bye,” the answers would more or less come back—assuming I

heard again from people at all. The NII wasn’t just TV-centric. It was

Gore-centric. If you lacked his blessing, and his bland letter to me

didn’t count, you were dead or at least comatose unless the right word

from the White House revived your idea.

Then a “Green Paper” revealing the Clinton Administration’s preliminary

views on data highways and copyright came out. It was even more horrid

than I could have imagined, an insult to the memory of Andrew Carnegie.

The ethos was exactly the opposite of TeleRead’s. For example, if the

paper became law, one could not transmit a newspaper article to a few

friends; the present ambiguities here would be resolved in favor of the

copyright holders. Yes, Washington should not allow anyone to bootleg

newspaper stories or magazine items for hundreds of people in an

electronic discussion group. In fact, I’d once reported a gross offender

to a magazine; I believed passionately in property rights. Clearly

electronic books, of all media, should enjoy protection, which, in fact,

TeleRead would promote by making piracy less lucrative. But we also had

to understand the purpose of copyright law—to help spread information in

a democracy and further the progress of science and the arts. Lehman

either was disingenuous or had let his old $430,000 make him a little

amnesic toward Constitutional tradition.

Ironically, if Lehman’s side won out, writers and journalists would be

among the biggest victims of the very law designed to protect us. After

all, we were not just producers of information; we were also consumers.

To write a book I would absorb millions of words from the Internet,

swapping information with friend after friend along the way, including,

yes, some electronic newspaper clips. But the Green Paper bizarrely

flouted the natural tendency of most people to _share_. Imagine the

effect on teachers and children. Quite rightly, Jim Warren observed that

Washington was cheating the public “to avoid controversy among

‘important’ people.”

“The Draft Report comes down firmly on the side of increased rights for

copyright owners in all relevant contexts, endorsing the goal of

enhanced copyright protection without acknowledging any countervailing

concerns,” wrote Jessica Litman, a law professor at Detroit’s Wayne

State University. In a reply to the Administration she said of the

report: “It appears to be an advocacy document: It at times

misrepresents the state of current law, and gives voice to only one side

of complicated policy debates.”

Another expert, law professor Pamela Samuelson at the University of

Pittsburgh, lambasted the Green Paper in an article for _Communications

of the ACM_, published by the Association for Computing Machinery. She

said that “not since the King of England in the sixteenth century gave a

group of printers exclusive rights to print books in exchange for the

printers’ agreement not to print heretical or seditious material has a

government copyright policy been so skewed in favor of publisher

interests and so detrimental to the public interest.” Contrary to

Washington’s claim, the Green Paper was not just a tweaking of existing

law but a radical revision in favor of publishers.[6.44]

Directly Orwellian questions arose. What about enforcement? How to

thwart the ease of mailing copies over the Net? The Green Paper’s

designers thought that laws against circumventing copy protection would

provide one of the main answers. But in the case of electronic text,

such visions were far too sanguine. People would want the capability to

print out material, and if they could print it out, they could scan it

and put it online again without the protection feature; what’s more,

hackers would inevitably develop software to accomplish the same thing

electronically.

Yes, the Green Paper would let publishers and others sue makers of

devices that could get around copy protection. But just what gear was

covered? Scanners? Fax machines? And what kinds of software? What about

legitimate programs that also had illicit uses? Were we the new Soviets,

living in fear of the digital equivalent of copiers and other subversive

gadgets? As William Buckley would write, “fax machines and e-mail

outwitted and frustrated even the comprehensive revolutionary orders of

Stalin and Mao. This side of what used to be the Iron Curtain, we should

have the resources to handle our native bureaucracy.” The Green Paper

was nothing more than Big Bureaucracy trying to serve Big Business.

The Green Paper had much in common with Clipper. In both cases

bureaucrats were reducing respect for Washington by trying to control

the uncontrollable. I was hardly a kneejerker crying out for a

pigmy-sized government. My liberalism remained. I favored prenatal

nutrition programs, Head Start, public broadcasting, and a host of other

wonderful anachronisms from the heyday of the Democrats. And yet here

was the Clinton Administration blundering along in the most obnoxious

way and turning so many of my fellow liberals on the Internet into

libertarians.

If nothing else, the White House was complicating my job of trying to

sell the Net on TeleRead. It was not just a question of preempting my

idea in favor of an inferior solution rigged up for Clinton’s powerful

friends in entertainment and publishing. Like Clipper, the Green Paper

was lessening faith in Washington, period—no small concern for somebody

advocating a national program such as TeleRead, even one developed with

local sensibilities in mind. Sometimes I wondered if Lehman might be a

Manchurian Patent Commissioner.[6.45] Had the Libertarians brainwashed

him to sully Washington’s good name?

Again and again I flamed Lehman’s Green Paper on alt.activism and at

least half a dozen other newsgroups on the Internet. I hadn’t any

choice. He hated the bytes-want-to-be-free philosophy of TeleRead.

Clearly, if Lehman had read TeleRead, it would have driven him nuts,

given his apparent belief that copyrighted books must _cost_ readers.

TeleRead, on the other hand, would mean fair treatment of copyright

holders and library users alike. With a TeleRead-style library,

publishers, writers, and private nets could still charge for many

categories of information and earn handsome sums from online conferences

and other services and products, including customized software to guide

people through electronic libraries. Also, they would receive fair

royalties for covered material such as books. At the same time, however,

thanks to the cost justification provided by the e-forms, we could make

electronic books free in this TV-fixated era and thus encourage

literacy.

Surely TeleRead could be a logical link between Gore’s plans for

reinventing government and his oft-claimed desire to drive down the cost

of knowledge. With TeleRead, the old scarcities could be obsolete; rich

and poor could dial up the same books. It would be a far cry from the

present when Beverly Hills spent many times more on library materials

than did some poorer jurisdictions. TeleRead was not a cure-all; but in

an era of tight budgets, the national library could be phased in

carefully, year by year, topic by topic, with minimal pain. The

reduction of expensive, onerous paperwork would be like a tax rebate.

For once, a program could simultaneously help schoolchildren and small

business people.

Perhaps the NII Advisory Council would see merit in TeleRead. The White

House didn’t necessarily have to follow its recommendations, but wasn’t

this the age of electronic democracy and citizens’ input? A few problems

had arisen, however. Bill Clinton’s people had tolerated just one

librarian among the more than thirty members of the Council. An

overworked teacher was there representing education. But no full-time

professional writers of books, and just one newspaper publisher, had

ended up tainting the Advisory Council.

Nor did any name show up from a distinguished publishing firm such as

Knopf or Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Instead the White House blessed the

NII with Vance Opperman, a friend of Al Gore’s and a money man for the

Democratic Party,[6.46] who was president of West Publishing. By one

estimate West grossed some $600 million a year with pretax margins of

almost 30 percent, or twice those of rivals.[6.47] West-style firms were

famous for Cadillac-priced data. Opperman’s company had set up

collections of court opinions and slapped a proprietary system of

citations on them. The meter typically ran at $4 a minute or more,

adding up to millions from Feds and taxpayers alike.

Haunted by a group called the Taxpayer Assets Project, the Justice

Department had proposed an electronic database with public-domain

citations to help users locate material. But West had lobbied away the

plans. Nothing must deprive Al Gore’s friend, and so many other

politicians’ friend, of a chance to turn a buck. Opperman seemed about

as eager to drive down the cost of knowledge as Bull Connor was to

further civil rights in the days of cattle prods and police dogs.

At the same time the Advisory Council teemed with people from such

library-like outfits as CBS, Black Entertainment Television, and Walt

Disney. Bill Clinton’s people also let the movie industry’s premier

lobbyist sit on the council—Jack Valenti, a former aide to Lyndon

Johnson; yes, the same Valenti who had made history years ago by

sleeping better at night because, he said, LBJ was in the White House.

To the Council, too, went powerful telephone executives, a man from

Microsoft, and John Scully, the former Apple executive who had been a

Clinton stalwart in ’92. A co-chair was a Clinton supporter named Ed

McCracken. He came from Silicon Graphics, a billion-dollar company that

was hoping to make a fortune off the new video technology.

Clearly entertainment was what counted most here. The term National

Information Infrastructure just didn’t suffice. A more accurate

description, given the paucity of librarians, educators, and journalists

on the council, would have been the National _Entertainment_

Infrastructure. Yes, people like Vance Opperman were interested in

electronic text, but, above all, from a business perspective. Let the

masses watch TV. His company would make a fortune selling pricey

information to the elite.

Mass literacy just wasn’t the main show here, not with all the dutiful

suits watching out for the earnings of CBS or Disney or Microsoft or

West, and without enough librarians and others to balance them out.

A host of other issues remained. How fascinating that so many of the

most influential people in the Clinton galaxy were from outfits such as

telephone companies that wanted to profit off both transmission and

content. Despite all the rhetoric, I wondered how attentive the

Clintonians would be to, say, little companies that were more interested

in producing books or folk albums than in financing _Terminators_ or

laying fiber optic cables.

Could money and politics have mattered just a little in the selection of

people for the NII Advisory Council? If nothing else, a few questions

arose in the case of West Publishing, the giant publisher of legal

information. Vance Opperman was friends with Mack McLarty, Clinton’s

first chief of staff.[6.48] What’s more, Opperman cochaired the finance

committee during the 1994 reelection campaign of Dianne Feinstein, a

Democratic U.S. senator from California who sat on a copyright

subcommittee within the Judiciary Committee.[6.49] A study by the

Taxpayer Assets Project, one of Ralph Nader’s groups, revealed how

civic-minded West was. By way of a political-action committee and gifts

from lawyers, lobbyists, and family members, the West crowd in five

years had given more than $738,000 to Congress members and the

Democratic National Committee.

Judges, too, must have loved the company. A West-run foundation had

dispensed $15,000 awards to federal judges for “distinguished service to

justice.” Over a dozen years, the selection committee had included seven

past or present members of the U.S. Supreme Court, the ultimate

interpreter of copyright law. West had paid for trips to places as far

off as Hawaii and the Virgin Islands. Benefiting, according to the

_Minneapolis Star Tribune_, were Justices Anthony Kennedy, Sandra Day

O’Connor, John Paul Stevens, Antonin Scalia, and now-retired Justices

Lewis Powell, Byron White, and William Brennan.[6.50]

West impressed me. Via campaign gifts, friends, and favors such as the

trips, Opperman’s crew had cozied up to all three branches of

government—the executive, the legislative, and the judiciary.

Eager to see how representative West was with its people’s political

gifts, I phoned the Center for Responsive Politics, the Washington-based

group from which I simultaneously got information about Lehman. Would

the Center please send me a printout of congressional and presidential

donations from some other members of the NII Advisory Council and from

people and political-action committees associated with their companies?

A list arrived for the period between January 1, 1991, and November 28,

1994, and I scanned down the names on the laser-printed sheets. The Walt

Disney people hadn’t disappointed me. Advisory Council member John F.

Cooke, president of the Disney Channel, had given at least $48,000 to

politicians from coast to coast and to Democratic organizations.

Non-Council member Jeffrey Katzenberg, then with the Disney

conglomerate, had donated at least $63,000 in one way or another.

I saw _at least_ $400,000 in Disney-related gifts—donations from top

executives were just the start. Cook and Katzenberg on their own

couldn’t sway the White House and Congress, nor even could all of

Disney; but imagine what Hollywood and other rich industries could do en

masse to influence copyright and telecommunications policies. What

counted most wasn’t the person but the industry. At one recent gathering

at Steven Spielberg’s mansion—in spring 1995, a time not covered by the

laser-printed sheet—Bill Clinton had raised $50,000 per couple.

Whatever the case, the stray change added up. Over at MCA, Advisory

Council member Alvin Teller gave at least $28,250 between early 1991 and

late 1994, while Lew Wasserman, a nonmember, gave at least $87,000.

Advisory Council member Jack Valenti, Hollywood’s big lobbyist in D.C.,

donated at least $56,250.

Advisory Council member Stanley Hubbard, chairman and chief

executive of Hubbard Broadcasting in Minnesota, also made a good

showing. He and relatives gave at least $74,000 to people on the

Hill, political-action committees, and the Democratic Party.

Confronted with $1,000-per-election limits on political gifts to

members of Congress, Hubbard just spread his money around, as if

using greenbacks like calling cards. His donations reached powers

such as Representative Ed Markey of Massachusetts, who, until the

Republican victory in 1994, chaired the House Subcommittee on

Telecommunications and Finance. Many saw Markey as one of the more

progressive NII players. Just think, however, what such politicians

could have done without the distractions of special-interest

money—donations not only to them but also to colleagues who would be

more susceptible to pressure.

Telephone executives made the NII sugar-daddies list, of course.

Advisory Council member Bert Roberts Jr., MCI’s chairman and CEO, gave

at least $28,000 to an MCI political-action committee and to

politicians, ranging from Senator Bob Packwood to, yes, Edward Markey. A

supporting cast came from the ranks of the MCI employees, including one

of my techie heroes, Vint Cerf, “Mr. Internet,” who contributed at least

$1,000 to the same PAC as Roberts.

Advisory Council member James Houghton of Corning Glass donated more

than $50,000 to members of Congress across the country, and to party,

presidential, and PAC funds. Corning, of course, was rooting for

fiberglass cable—a rival in some ways to wireless technology, which some

on the Internet considered the future.

No, the millionaires on the Advisory Council had not committed crimes or

bribed anyone. Under the law, they had a right to give massive amounts

to campaigns as long as each gift did not exceed the legal limits. To my

knowledge no money had come from anyone’s corporate tills, just from

individuals and the political-action committees to which they had

lawfully contributed. Besides, just like Lehman, many other rich donors

must have had the most heartfelt of reasons for personal donations,

going far beyond copyright and telecommunications issues. Even though

copyright holders had donated to many well-positioned politicians such

as Senator Dianne Feinstein, who was active on intellectual property

matters, that was hardly the only reason why Hollywood millionaires

gave. The woman was a California Democrat. Many people at companies such

as MCA were the same. If a Californian, I myself might have voted for

her.

Likewise, the people of West Publishing must have had varied motives in

contributing.[6.51] Vance Opperman was a former antiwar protester and

probably still saw himself as a force for social good. I suspected, too,

that he loved seeing his old friend Al Gore grow in power. At the 1992

Democratic Convention Opperman had described himself as a “political

junkie” who enjoyed hosting political receptions for fun. “I don’t

expect to get any political benefits out of them.”[6.52]

Replying on February 22, 1995, to questions from the _Minneapolis Star

Tribune_, Opperman’s company noted that all donations were legal and on

record at the Federal Election Commission. “It appears that you believe

the laws regarding these matters should be changed,” West said. “If so,

the proper thing for you to do is to seek to change these laws rather

than criticize those who carefully comply with existing law.” The

company denied any efforts to influence officials improperly. West said

that its employees, its political-action committee, and its counsel all

had “long histories of being active in the political process. It is

inaccurate to tie their donations over the past 20 years to any specific

issue of legislation pending before a government body. Your inference

that such donations have been made as one collective effort is also

totally untrue.”[6.53]

West pointed out to the _Star Tribune_ that people from rival

information companies were also making contributions. But of course!

Money always counted in politics. Vance Opperman had put it well several

years ago as head of Opperman Heins & Paquin, a leading law firm notable

for PAC gifts to Minneapolis politicians. “If we have those who oppose

the interests of our clients,” he said, “we do not support them.” He

said the law firm’s PAC ran under this philosophy: “Support your

friends. Punish your enemies.”[6.54]

Presumably Bill Clinton and Al Gore would rather avoid punishment from

the Oppermans of this nation. While almost ignoring librarians and

educators, the Administration had appointed to its Advisory Council some

members of the elite who were already over-represented in the political

process. Did Vance Opperman, as a friend of Gore’s, really have to worry

about the Vice President reading _his_ letters? I wouldn’t have been

surprised if he had Gore’s private e-mail address. Just how many

electronic entreaties to the Hill, or to the Clinton-Gore area on the

Web, would it take to neutralize the little fortune donated by friends

of West Publishing? I couldn’t have agreed more with Cliff Stoll when he

wrote that Washington often ignored citizens’ e-mail. It all figured.

The Power People were too busy raising donations from millionaires and

political-action committees—hardly the biggest champions of low-cost

knowledge.

Granted, some optimists hoped that the Internet itself could help turn

around Washington. Aided by the Net, a group in Washington State had

gathered $26,000 to help defeat Tom Foley, then the Democratic Speaker

of the House. And NewtWatch, an anti-Gingrich effort on the World Wide

Web, had registered as a political-action committee. Some members of

both major parties were hoping to use the Net to raise money efficiently

from small donors.[6.55]

That was far from a full answer, though. Even before I learned of all

the campaign cash from some members of the Advisory Council, I had

wondered about the group’s odd composition. Not everyone on the council

was rich, of course, far from it. But why had business prevailed so

brazenly over the general public and Al Gore’s little neighbor back in

Tennessee, the one who was supposed to dial up books from the Library of

Congress regardless of family income? Just one teacher and one

librarian? In politer language I’d sent the question on to a White House

staffer, and he had patiently explained to me that Washington had to

serve the needs of the “stakeholders.”

I loved the word. It sounded so innocent, so natural, so philosophical.

What if this were eighteenth-century France, the revolution were on, and

Marie Antoinette looked like guillotine fodder? Armed with such a

marvelous locution, she could forego all references to bread and cake

and simply say, “Stop! I’m one of the stakeholders.”

Now having documented a nice flow of money from “stakeholders” to

politicians, especially Democrats, I remembered how many Watergate-era

ambassadorships had gone to the highest bidders. Wasn’t the same ethos

at work here as Richard Nixon’s? I knew of no broken laws—but perhaps

that was the trouble.

“I remember when I got on Energy and Commerce, everybody jumped for the

Telecommunications Subcommittee first,” Peter Kostmayer, a former

Democratic representative from Pennsylvania, said as quoted by veteran

political journalist Martin Schram. “There was a member sitting next to

me, and every time another member bid for that committee, he went

‘Ding!’—as if a cash register was going off.”[6.56] When politicians

talked about the need for election reform and clean, ethical government,

many were themselves superb examples of the need for action.

Maybe, I’d thought earlier, I could at least enjoy an open-minded

hearing from a nonmillionaire on the Advisory Council. Bonnie Bracey was

the only elementary school teacher. She should have loved TeleRead.

But during an official virtual conference organized on the Net by the

Commerce Department, she went after not Opperman but _me_. “I am not the

least interested in the TeleReader,” she said in a public message, “and

I don’t have any money after trying to do this job to invest anyway.” I

was and am a writer. Last I knew, I had not been selling computers.

Bracey needed to scrutinize my proposal. Maybe she could then dismiss it

as a nefarious writer’s plot. TeleRead did, after all, propose a massive

shifting of resources from bureaucracy to various forms of knowledge,

including—_gasp!_—electronic _books_.

At times, Bracey would e-mail me that my proposal intrigued her, but

somehow she would never get around to _study_ it, or at least to telling

me that she had gone beyond summaries. She would repeat the usual

clichés that citizens didn’t want to spend money on schools. Toward

TeleRead’s cost-justification mechanisms, toward the support that it

could win among frugal, business-oriented conservatives such as William

Buckley, she was unresponsive. Granted, she wasn’t callous about the

children TeleRead could help. At the personal level she had been

exemplary, spending hundreds and perhaps thousands of dollars on

hardware and software that she could use in her classes. But TeleRead

for her could have been a bother. Offensively, perhaps, it meant a

national library online for all, regardless of whether they happened to

be students anywhere.

TeleRead, however, was hardly antischool, given all the new

possibilities it could open up online for teachers and students. Looking

back, I just wished that Bracey had seen a note I received from a

teacher in Illinois who had asked more than sixty magazines for

permission to reprint articles for her small class at no profit. Only

twenty-five publications had gone along. “We were ignored sometimes,”

the woman had e-mailed me, “and once I was told, by phone, never to use

any articles from that publication. That was _Windows Magazine_, and I

didn’t renew my subscription.” Of her anthology, she had said: “It’s a

better textbook because it’s more up to date.” Clearly we could never

separate “educational” uses of the NII from the rest; an article from a

commercial magazine could actually prove so much more valuable than an

instantly obsolete textbook. TeleRead would make back issues of

magazines available for free, make current ones easier to obtain, and,

above all, allow free textbooks to be updated instantly, complete with

hypertext links to the rest of the national library.

But predictably the NII Advisory Council ignored TeleRead and more or

less green-lighted the Green Paper. The council for the most part came

out in favor of publishers enjoying control over transmission rights. In

effect these people were kissing off the idea of a comprehensive,

cost-justified library that all Americans could afford to use online,

whether for school or for self-improvement. As I was concluding this

book, it wasn’t certain that the Green Paper would slither its way into

law in more or less the original form. But the news from Capitol Hill

didn’t cheer me. The Republican Congress appeared to be at least as

skewed in favor of copyright holders as were the Democrats.

Even diluted (and renamed the White Paper in the final version), the

Green Paper might well be a disgrace. I worried about the rest of the

world. Imagine the Australians or Europeans looking to the United States

for leadership in Net-related copyright matters. To me, the Green Paper

bore the stains of greenbacks. People around D.C. had a polite little

word, “access.” It didn’t mean legal violations, but rather purchases of

policymakers’ ears. Information magnates had access. I wondered if the

little child in Al Gore’s hometown gave so faithfully to major

politicians, flew Supreme Court justices to Hawaii, and doled out

$15,000 “justice” awards.

The Green Paper, alas, was just one indication of many big shots’

willingness to work against the citizenry. Again and again the denizens

of Capitol Hill bragged about Americans being able to dial up the text

of proposed legislation through a service called Thomas. And yet some

Congress members still hoped to work out deals before the public saw the

results on the Net. Friends of West Publishing used exactly such tactics

on the Hill to try to reduce the amount of information that the

government released for free. West and similar companies wanted to be

able to profit off public data. So their congressional allies were

hoping to cancel out the Freedom of Information Act in cases where

federal contractors had created records.

Any weakening of the act would make me _very_ grouchy; it had opened up

many kind of government information for free or at affordable costs. I

had benefited. Two decades ago the General Services Administration had

tried unsuccessfully to charge me $20,000 to learn details about the

government’s office-leasing program. Using this first-class muck, I had

shown that then-Senator Abraham Ribicoff secretly owned a stake in a

building that the GSA leased for the Central Intelligence Agency. I had

learned, too, of a friend of Spiro Agnew who had been able to avoid

building a half-million-dollar cafeteria required by the lease for the

headquarters building of the Environmental Protection Agency. Because of

the Information Act, I had been able to report both stories and get them

out in the press and on network television. I had spent months camped

out at the GSA, perusing documents; imagine what I could have done with

a computer to ferret out digitized muck. And so I was dismayed to learn

that some in Congress wanted to weaken the Information Act—this in an

era when the Internet supposedly would open up Washington. If not fully

Orwellian, such hypocrisy didn’t promote democratic alternatives to Big

Brother.

Uppity activists used the Net to thwart West at least for the moment. A

bill introduced by Representative William Clinger, a Republican from

Pennsylvania, was to be heard in a subcommittee and rushed through a

committee edit in just a few days with West-friendly provisions. But

James Love of the Taxpayer Assets Project caught wind of the

shenanigans; Jim Warren pitched in with his own jeremiads in _Government

Access_, his online newsletter; and furious Netfolks called and faxed

the Hill. West may have really lost when the Republicans found out

through the Internet about the firm’s generosity toward the _Democratic

Party_, to which its executives gave far more than to the competition.

“Why are we doing this?” the Republicans, in effect, may have wondered.

Only because of some extraordinary diligence by Love and allies did the

public win here. Newt Gingrich could talk all he wanted about the Net

putting citizens and lobbyists on an equal footing, but without a

constant watch on the Hill, scene of so many crimes, the same power

cliques would keep winning again and again, banana-republic fashion.

West might yet succeed.

Around this same time, Sally Katzen, a top bureaucrat with Clinton’s

Office of Management and Budget had asked Congress to make certain that

the Feds could charge more for information in some cases than the cost

of spreading it. They would be able to do this after posting notices in

the _Federal Register_. And then, if insufficient protests ensued, the

info-gouges could begin. Katzen’s proposal didn’t fly, but its very

existence was bothersome enough. The idea hardly jibed with all the nice

rhetoric from the White House about using the Net to promote open

government. So much for freedom of information, Clinton style.

Meanwhile I forged ahead with my TeleRead efforts, perhaps not for this

Congress and this White House, but maybe for those in the future—once

enough voters understood that we mustn’t replicate online the “savage

inequalities” of our schools and libraries. TeleRead if nothing else was

a handy litmus test to find out which policymakers were sincere when

they talked about the need for true public libraries in cyberspace, as

opposed to just digital storefronts with links to publishers. Good

people could disagree with me. But when politicians and their flunkies

did not bother to hear me out despite my idea’s credentials, I was

reminded of how democratic Washington was toward Power People and how

oligarchic it was toward the rest of the cosmos. Sometimes I felt that

my location, in Alexandria, Virginia, was metaphorical. My apartment was

just inside the Washington Beltway.

The question of the moment wasn’t just one of copyright. It was also one

of democracy itself, both the decision process and the aftermath. What

about the Copyright Gestapo? In the future might the Feds monitor the

activities of Republicans more closely than they would those of

Democrats? Would Republicans be more susceptible to charges of

intellectual piracy when they did the inevitable and tried to share old

newspaper clips over the Net? Or vice versa? Would the Democrats suffer

discrimination? What about Italy, where the machine-gun-toting cops had

invoked software piracy laws against leftist bulletin boards but not

against conservative ones? But the Clintonians, so eager to serve their

political friends, were just as cavalier toward these possibilities as

toward the civil liberties risk of Clipper.

Ultimately the copyright-holders’ victory just might be Pyrrhic. Someday

the political terrain could shift and millions of children might grow up

on free, government-commissioned books. Or, perhaps instead, videos in

too many cases would replace text. So we were better off if, as soon as

possible, we used networks to spread _privately_ originated books

through a free, well-stocked library system. TeleRead could indeed help

many in the information industry. From Lexis-Nexis to Random House,

companies could turn profits off dial-up fees, either from works they

commissioned directly or from rights they bought from authors. TeleRead

wasn’t a threat to information companies if they truly added value such

as editing or marketing. Even West could benefit. TeleRead would let

Opperman’s company reap many millions off dial-up rights—not only to

legal writings but also to other kinds—if the market favored it.

No, the real losers would be the bureaucrats, whose work, after all,

would be less in demand in an era of electronic forms in mass use. And

even they could have a soft landing. TeleRead would hardly take place

instantly, and it would remove much of the scut work from the remaining

jobs in government. TeleRead was anti-bureaucracy, not anti-bureaucrat.

For the moment, however, as shown by the obtuseness of the GSA man at

the hearing, the resistance was there.

Some lessons were emerging. Hundreds of people had e-mailed me for

copies of TeleRead. “Even anti-taxers like me would be willing to foot

the bill for something so practical and knowledge infectious,” a home

schooler in Illinois had said. The head of the Digital Publishing

Association, an organization consisting mostly of small publishers and

writers, had loved TeleRead. “Instead of flooding the young mind with

yet another sitcom or soap,” he had said, “TeleRead would allow video to

present them with quality reading materials.” And yet our wishes had not

meant squat.

David Lytel, the White House staffer, may have pressed his delete key

almost as soon as the TeleRead proposal reached him over the Net. He and

his colleagues at the Lehman hearings hadn’t followed up my official

testimony with a single question in person or by phone or e-mail. The

hearings had been a big farce, a caricature of a public relations

exercise. I might as well have been Winston Smith deviating from the

plot and making a few friendly suggestions to one of Big Brother’s TV

cameras. No one would shoot or torture me for saying the wrong things,

but on the major NII issues the Clinton people were about as open as Big

Brother to ideas from below, Net or no Net.

I wasn’t the only writer with a few feelings on the subject of Executive

listening skills in this networked era. A _New York Times_ columnist

later told how cavalier the White House crowd had been toward the e-mail

from her. I’d actually gotten farther than she had. At least Gore had

sent me a higher class of boilerplate. Perhaps that was because I had

actually used conventional rather than electronic mail, and had enclosed

a photocopy of a TeleRead article from the _Washington Post_. Article or

not, however, the White House had thumbed its nose at me. While Clinton

and Gore couldn’t reply to every citizen, the composition of the

citizens’ advisory council had made clear what the NII priorities were,

even in the age of Cyber Socks: Big Government serving Big Business.

Clinton-Gore had better change if they wanted my vote in ’96. Rather

than just sharing Sock’s meows and feeling ever so smug about high-tech

democracy, they needed to spend time more listening to us nonlobbyists

and a little less time keeping Vance Opperman happy. Democracy should

not mean just a dialogue between the White House and the usual

“stakeholders.”

* * * * *

As is obvious by now, intrusive government officials love to fixate on

net.sex. But something else is happening as shown in the next chapter:

net._love_. Let’s hope that Exon and company can tell the difference.

CHAPTER

SEVEN

The Electronic

Matchmaker

Gregory Smith* had yet to kiss Susan Olson* good night or run his

fingers through her hair. But he could do something else with his

fingers: type to her. Greg was a library and information-management

student in Adelaide in South Australia, she worked for a real estate

firm in Kansas City, Missouri, and they were carrying on a romance by

way of the Internet. “We write letters constantly,” he said, “and

exchange our thoughts on newspaper clippings, music, all manner of

things. About the only thing we haven’t exchanged are marriage vows.”

The outcome, as I began this chapter, wasn’t clear. If the Smith-Olson

affair was like many on the Net, they would pull the plug long before

all the typing destroyed their wrists. “For every good story,” Greg said

of love on the Internet, “there are at least 100 bad stories—people

meeting and realizing there’s a major difference between virtuality and

reality.” A few months later, I decided, I would check back in with Greg

and Sue and report the results at the end of “The Electronic

Matchmaker.”

For the moment I was optimistic. Greg and Sue had been at this for a

good two years; they spent several hours a day pouring out their

thoughts to each other, Greg at his UNIX workstation, Sue at her lowly

Packard Bell computer. He had bought her a diamond ring on a layaway

plan; she was giving him a ring. She would fly Down Under at some point,

and then the next summer, Greg would to go to Kansas City and meet Sue’s

family, including her father, a retired auto worker who, ah, had a few

surprises ahead.

I think of good people like Greg and Sue when I read the tacky, hacky

stories about unhappy affairs online and Net sex. While many

politicians and reporters delve into the sleazier areas of the

Internet—and, yes, regions can look like Silicon-era Sodoms—something

wonderful is also happening on the Net. It’s connecting lovers with

uncannily matched interests and values. Remember, the Internet teems

with more than 12,000 newsgroups. If you’re quirky and picky, if you

insist on a lover whose hobby is Esperanto, the international

language, try soc.culture.esperanto. If you want to find a fellow

Peace Corps alumnus, you can choose from among several newsgroups and

lists. If you’re a Libertarian stalwart and insist that your

girlfriend be nothing but—well, the search may take longer.

Some philosophies just don’t hold out as much appeal to women as do

others. But that has not daunted a smart young Libertarian in

California, Eric Klien, who started what may have been the Internet’s

first matchmaking service, an operation later taken over by Electric

Classifieds. Match.Com offers a long questionnaire that should appeal to

many of the detail-oriented habitués of the Internet.

Whatever your taste, the Net probably has a dating service if that’s

what you want. Operating with a French address on the World Wide Web,

Babb’s Personals shows up with a photo of a green-eyed, dark-complected

woman, and a number of free, anonymous ads in French and English.

Christie’s Internet MatchMaker claims to reach more than 14,000 users in

seventeen cities. On the Net, too, you’ll find HIV Positive Dating

Services (“Meet other positives, negatives, and neutrals locally,

regionally, nationally, and even globally”), Web Personals (“Now over

4,200 different visitors each day!”), and Virtual MeetMarket (“I believe

that the people who browse through here, and more importantly the people

who bother to publish personals here, are somewhat intelligent and

Internet-savvy enough to know the difference between FTP and FTD—you

know, the flower delivery guys?”).

I found some of the catchiest ads on Virtual. One showed a beautiful

twenty-five-year-old brunette in Los Angeles touching an empty set of

casual clothes labeled “Your picture here?” “I’m looking for somebody

who’s [_sic_] personality has a shelf life longer than a month,” she

said, and California spelling notwithstanding, she clearly deserved just

that sort of person. A graduate student, hungering for a “sweet SWM of

my dreams,” inserted a picture of a knight in armor. Seeking “a

Scandinavian beauty,” a graphics designer from South Carolina posted an

almost magazine-quality layout with photos of himself and his cats and

even an aerial shot of Charleston. The prose wasn’t the most

imaginative, and his Scandinavian requirement was rather limiting, but

in a flash the ad showed women what kind of life he could offer them.

Other possibilities exist on the Web. Instead of just saying you like

certain musicians or artists, for example, you might write Web links to

take people to an area with sound or graphics files.

The best matchmaker is the Internet itself, with all its ways of

bringing well-meaning people together. If Greg married Sue, this would

hardly be the first Australian-American marriage born on the Net.

Australia is the e-mail capital of the universe, or at least the

romantic regions thereof. Until surpassed by the United Kingdom and

Canada, Australia had more Net connections than any country except for

the United States. Recently the Aussies’ telcom people started charging

institutions for net connections according to the amount of use, and

that just might crimp future Gregs and Sues. But at least in mid-1995,

Australia’s e-mail laurels remain unthreatened.

American women love Australian men because they speak the same

language—more wittily than we Yanks do, of course—and because they all

carry huge knives with which they can defend their girlfriends against

crocodiles and muggers. Isn’t that so, just as in the movies? American

men worship Australian women because we know they are unappreciated down

on the sheep ranch, they’re literate, and have brilliant careers ahead

of them. Don’t knock stereotypes if they help bring the right people

together.

The film _Crocodile Dundee_ may or may not have been on the mind of

Laura Goodin when she was wandering through soc.culture.australian. She

saw “a message from an Australian composer studying in the U.S.,” who

told of “an alternative tune to ‘Waltzing Matilda.’” Laura asked for the

music. Within months the Aussie proposed, right over the Net in the same

newsgroup. “Congratulatory messages came from all over the United

States, Australia, and New Zealand.” Today Laura Goodin and Houston

Dunleavy are married and living together in the Washington, D.C., area,

with a baby on the way. They exchanged more than 1,500 messages during

their courtship, not to mention countless sessions of typing together in

Teletype fashion, just as Greg and Sue have done. It is not the same as

talking the old-fashioned way but can save enough in phone bills to pay

for an engagement ring or maybe a more powerful computer. “A

long-distance relationship is hellish,” Laura says, “but the pain is

eased somewhat by the Internet.”[7.1]

This isn’t just happening on the Internet itself. When a New York City

woman was testing a service that became America Online, marriage was the

last thing on her mind. Nevertheless she ended up married in Virginia to

a lover she met via e-mail. Rush Limbaugh, the conservative radio host,

met his wife on CompuServe, where, supposedly, she had sought his advice

on coping with a liberal professor. A chef and a substitute teacher met

on Prodigy and flew off to Las Vegas together, thinking they would enjoy

the video poker if nothing else; they won $4,000 and each other.[7.2]

A psychiatrist has even written a novel about online relationships,

_Virtual Love_. “E-mail has been called the singles bar of the 90’s,”

Dr. Avodah Offit told the _New York Times_. “And that concept intrigues

me a lot. The traditional ways that people meet now do not allow much

access to each other’s minds, and that has not led to enduring

relationships.” What’s the best place to find out about your potential

spouse? By sitting silently through movies or boozing it up in noisy,

smoky nightspots, or by sharing intimacies over the modem? “I find

people are more open on e-mail,” she says. And I agree.

The Internet, to be sure, is hardly a romantic nirvana, and although

this chapter will be positive about net romance for the most part, I’ll

mix the praise with some lengthy warnings. Some sections of the Net will

please fundamentalist preachers no more than will the red-light areas of

New York or Calcutta. From alt.sex.bondage I called up a digitized photo

fit for the Marquis de Sade. The caption accurately read, “Japanese girl

tied to rack while master pours hot wax on her breast. Looks very

painful and her face shows it.” Just about all of those posting to the

forum are male despite the heterosexual orientation of the typical

messages. This area of the Net is about as woman friendly as _Hustler_.

Offensively, too, the Internet also comes with sections devoted to

bestiality, and, yes, discussion of adult-child sex. In every case, of

course, society must distinguish between shared fantasies and real acts.

(As indicated in chapter 6, Exonian laws aren’t the solution—parental

vigilance and access-control software are.)

A more serious worry, from the viewpoint of women hoping for romance on

the Internet, is the locker-room attitudes that can show up even in some

respectable areas. Consider the cause of this: the numbers.

If you go by one network veteran, fewer than one in twenty of the early

Netfolks were female. By popular belief, maybe a tenth of the people on

the Net are female, a far smaller percentage than on other services such

as Prodigy and America Online. The truth, however, is a bit more

complicated. John Quarterman and Smoot Carl-Mitchell of Texas Internet

Consulting, which regularly tracks the demographics of the Net, reported

in the May 1995 issue of their publication _Matrix News_ that according

to a survey in October 1994, 64 percent of Netfolks were male and 36

percent female. And among educational institutions the percentage of

females was as high as 41 percent. Borders between the Internet and

commercial services are breaking down Berlin Wall fashion, so you can

expect the Internet to show an increasing amount of female influence.

The old stereotype, however, that the Net is male dominated, would seem

to hold up for the moment. Even the virtual dating services tend to have

far, far more men than women despite, in some cases, better terms for

female customers.

The reasons for the ratios are world famous. Computers in the past were

to girls what trucks and catchers’ mitts were also: the province of

boys. Thousands of men in the computer industry are still oblivious to

the existence of another sex. When I write popular-level computer books,

male editors often demand that I stick to the technology rather than

show how _people_ use it. Most women, however, recoil from the Internet

and other high tech unless they see practical reasons for bothering with

UNIX commands and similar horrors; they have been raised to favor humans

over gadgetry. Let’s hope that the old fears vanish as more women

befriend computers and programs grow easier for both genders.

Meanwhile, however, on some areas of the Internet, women can be treated

like females in Asian countries that pamper baby boys but all too often

let sickly girls die or even kill the fetuses. A few men ignore female

Netfolks except for purposes of humiliation, sex, or combinations of the

two. Although messages from women tend to draw more replies on the Net

than those from males, the end results can dismay; one man reportedly

welcomed a woman to a discussion group, launched a political dialogue,

then shifted in a nanosecond to a request for a swap of nude pictures.

Women tell of weirdoes stalking them via e-mail, flooding their Net

accounts with unwanted messages. One victim, as reported in _Mother

Jones_ magazine, suffered “an untraceable e-mail ‘bomb’ containing

hundreds of sexual and violent messages, the mildest of which was ‘Shut

up bitch.‘”

At the same time women on the Internet can enjoy less of the sort of

attention they desire. Some Netfolks don’t pay as much attention to the

public messages of women, and besides, female Internauts may not want to

post anyway in some areas, given the outright insults and sarcasm that

may await them. Women seek harmony and compromise; much of the Net

thrives on controversy.

My wife, who, like most of her gender on the Internet, hates flame wars,

has even run across a newsgroup whose people venture forth to start

arguments in other groups. What is a hobby to some men can be an

antisocial practice to women. Many women hesitate to speak up on the

Net, whatever the topic under discussion. Disturbing statistics come

from Gladys We, a graduate student at Simon Fraser University in

Vancouver, Canada. Writing in the magazine _Virtual Culture_, she says

at least four-fifths of several hundred postings to alt.feminism were by

men. She tallied figures almost as lopsided in soc.women. “Only in

soc.feminism,” We writes, “amid accusations of censorship, were there

comparable numbers of postings from women and men.”

Given the obstacles that women often face on the Internet, then, it is

amazing at times that _any_ romances happen there. When they do, yet

another danger arises—the risk of missed cues. A friendship online may

cause either sex to ignore mismatched words and gestures that might put

them on guard. One Los Angeles women met her boyfriend on a BBS and

suffered a disaster that could just as well have happened by way of the

Net. He got her pregnant, begged her not to abort, married her, and made

life a real hell, not just a virtual one, until they divorced.

Worrisome, too, are the eternal tensions that go on in cyberspace

between sincere Befrienders and not-so-sincere Gamesplayers, who the

former have trouble detecting. The Befrienders seek friends and lovers;

the Gamesplayers would just as soon toy with a human as hack a program.

An argument might even be made that high tech attracts more than its

share of people who thrive on impermanence. You do not last long in

computers if you believe that Pentium-level chips are forever, or that

28.8K-bps modems are more than throwaway technology in the general

scheme of things. Faster chips, higher speed modems, and new girlfriends

or boyfriends are sure to come along. That’s the mind-set. Let’s just

hope that the girlfriends and boyfriends will last.

“I am burning with a need to talk with you, to share with you my fears,

my joys,” one Australian women cooed via modem to a man in the Canadian

province of Alberta. Within two weeks her ardor did not just cool, it

inexplicably froze. “This is the very last time I will write to you,”

she said. Very possibly—we can’t say for sure without ESP—the Australian

woman was a Gamesplayer.

Gamesplayers enjoy at least one big advantage on the Internet. They can

post their electronic want ads through computers, known as anonymous

servers, that strip their names and other compromising identifiers.[7.3]

And replies can come through anonymous servers. The same technology used

to protect privacy can let Gamesplayers fool victim after victim, and

even mask genders. Particularly in fantasy games on the Net you can

never be sure if you’re typing to a woman or a man who just wants more

attention—abusive or not. What’s more, for the skillful there are ways

to forge messages to unsuspecting neophytes.

Another negative is that the Net can be as helpful to adulterers as to

the moral and sincere. A techie has just poured out to me a story of the

kind that Carson McCullers would have written if she had fixated on the

Internet rather than on the American South. His wife, the mother of two

children, has been using the Net to cheat on him in a massive way. She

befriended two alcoholics by way of her modem, the marriage counselor

says he has done all he could, and now comes word that she just might

have the AIDS virus; I hear it’s too early for a conclusive HIV test.

If sexual excitement is the only goal of _certain_ Netfolks, and if the

crowd in alt.sex.wanted is too creepy, some professional women just

might meet their needs. As noted earlier in this book, a little outfit

called Brandy’s Babes advertised on the World Wide Web—complete with

hints of more than just visual stimuli. The babes are apparently off the

Net now, but some would say that successors are inevitable. In _limited_

ways the Net and the world of professional sex are much alike: both have

their jargon and, for those who seek it, their anonymity.

Both worlds are rich in eccentrics. For example, I recently ran across a

woman in her late forties who was about to bear a baby with a computer

scientist she met on the Net “an hour before April Fool’s Day.” She says

the child was accidentally “conceived about two weeks after meeting ‘in

the flesh.’ We are having the baby first. _Then_ we will talk about

marriage on a serious basis. I’m delighted at the prospect of being a

mum at last, and I am not your average clunky woman at all. I generally

feel much better about myself. I introduced Tom to sex, and he says he

had no idea how cuddle-deprived he was. He’s now quite addicted to me.”

Tom and his computer are now part of her household; like many Netfolks

he can use his modem to work virtually anywhere, which in some cases is

yet another advantage of online romance.

Like most denizens of the Internet, the e-mail lovers just mentioned are

well educated. And, although the woman was between jobs, Netfolks are

normally at least affluent. If they are students, their parents are

middle class or better. While the price of Internet service is coming

down, and while access is free in some cities and at many American

colleges, the Net doesn’t exactly teem with welfare mothers.

So what other patterns emerge among lovers who meet through the Net? “I

haven’t done a study of the personality curve, the introvert-extrovert

ratio,” Avodah Offit, the psychiatrist who wrote _Virtual Love_, told

me, “but my experience is just the opposite of what one might expect My

‘high user’ contacts are all very sociable types who hate being out of

contact with others at any time of day or night. Of course my

correspondents are not generally engaged in romance with me, but they do

write to others online in a variety of relationships.” My own

observations suggest that while many net.lovers may be introverts, her

thoughts would hold true.

Judging from lovers whose photos I’ve seen, the plugged-in couples are

neither more nor less attractive than the world at large. But the

plainer ones can use prose to compensate for looks; this is a medium

where words are everything.

I hope that the people’s love letters don’t just vanish, because the

output of _some_ Netfolks can be charmingly Victorian in style, feeling,

or sheer volume. “My family took it pretty hard at first and were a bit

skeptical, especially my Mum,” says an Australian college student who

fell in love with an American more than a decade older than she is, ”but

then I gave them some of the early letters to read, a pile of 100, the

only ones I had time to print out, and the next day my mother came up to

me and said, ‘I am very happy for you. I am glad you have Frank.’ I was

waiting for the ‘But,’ but it never came.” A New England woman, who

married a fellow clarinet player she met on the Internet, says he once

showed her a $1,000-plus telephone bill. That’s Love, capital L. Maybe

the nineteenth century is alive in some quarters, whatever the medium,

voice or e-mail.

Below I’ll tell stories of Greg and Sue; a bachelor who was looking for

a woman who wouldn’t treat him like “a peripheral”; and a man who, to

his distress, found himself cuckolded more easily because his wife was

on the Net.

Greg and Sue

Adelaide was where Greg Smith majored in library studies at the

University of South Australia. It was a graceful port and state capital

with a Mediterranean climate, a population of a million, the Torrens

River in the center, and swarms of college students from three schools.

Named for Queen Adelaide, the wife of England’s King William IV, the

city dated back to the 1830s. Kangaroos still hopped around in the

countryside, but Adelaide itself was both urban and urbane. It was full

of churches and bars alike, along with trendy shops in Rundle Mall and

elsewhere. The State Theater put on Shakespearean plays at an

internationally known festival center.

Not surprisingly, Adelaide has been described as the Boston of South

Australia. While some young locals may shrug off the place as too

churchy and sleepy, others might disagree. Adelaide in many ways is a

young person’s town—a good place to meet the opposite sex. Greg Smith,

in fact, did find women in the corporeal world around him, but the

relationships never took root, and in the early 1990s he was still on

the lookout in the bars (“universities are great for this”), the parks,

the buses, the mall—you name it. He had his attractions. Greg, in fact,

was on the handsome side, if you went by the digitized photo and other

information conveyed over the Net. He stood six-foot four, weighed

around 190, kept in shape by walking, and had thick, dark brown hair,

and a winsome smile.

“I’m a physical person,” Greg told me. “I like to be with people. I like

‘reading’ people for body language and all that.” From the very start he

was aware of the perils and limitations of the Internet in such areas as

love. You had to trust the words of strangers, not sharing their own

reality. “Relationships are established where one party is totally

sincere and all that, and the other one is just getting a laugh out of

it.” Just the same, he could not resist touring the Internet and the

bulletin board to which his international connections led.

Young people like Greg Smith, who sought out new places on the Net,

whether bulletin boards or electronic libraries, were vaguely like the

Jack Kerouacs of the ’50s who liked bumming around the United States for

its own sake. Some would describe the high-tech Kerouacs as “net

surfers.” But the phrase “net surfing” has become so trivialized in the

media that perhaps we should return to the Kerouac analogy.[7.4]

_Kerouing_, not surfing. Stark differences, of course, existed between

the international Internet and the American towns of _On the Road_, the

famous Kerouac novel. Greg had spent some time in the United States when

he was ten years old and loved to keep up with American sports, but he

was very much a creature of Australia, with a distinctly Aussie flavor

in his accent and values. Nor was he a rebel in the true Kerouac

tradition. You could be a library science major and still soak up the

culture of the Net; you didn’t have to hop on and off freight trains and

risk poverty or a severed leg.

In fact, while hooked into an established institution such as a

corporation or a university, you just might do better than if you had to

buy all the gadgetry yourself—just so you didn’t flunk out while you

were partaking. A _teacher_ might even encourage your wanderings. And

that was how Greg ended up on the Net for the first time in 1992. He

found himself logging onto electronic bulletin boards all over the

planet, with bizarre names such as “Badboy’s Better BBS System” or

“Chatsubo.” He was at least partly drawn to such places because they

were so much like neighborhoods or small towns. Each came with its own

set of friendships, love affairs, and feuds that could reach an

intensity even greater than those on the discussion areas of the main

Net.

The woman who married Rush Limbaugh is said to have exchanged tart words

with Limbaugh on CompuServe at the start of their relationship, and the

same happened with Greg and Sue. They did not attempt an

alt.personals-style romance. Via Chatsubo he and she were just patterns

of dots on each other’s cathode ray tubes. In fact, the two even butted

heads over the question of whether certain people were abusing computer

resources.

Sue, it should be noted, was not a true technophile; she could fire up a

modem and use easy UNIX commands and that was about it. Even so, the two

shared much else. Greg was around twenty at the time, just a year or so

older than she was. Sue was a college student, at Northwestern Missouri

State University. “I like her intensity, her sarcastic wit, her humor,

and her, I dunno, just her way of seeing things,” Greg would say of the

Sue he came to know. “Politically we’re very similar, as regards

political policy and all that. Our tastes in music are close. Our

pleasures are drawn from simple, similar things. For example, we are

both mad about long walks, NFL football, curling up in front of fires,

walking in the mall, playing in the rain, and on and on it goes.” Sue

had been thinking about teaching, among other possible careers

(political work and diplomacy happened to be others), and she enjoyed

museums. Greg’s father had taught Shakespeare once, and his mother had

also been a teacher. So while nothing Oedipal was at work here, Greg

might well be more comfortable with a woman who shared familiar

priorities.

Just as important, both Greg and Sue could breeze along on a keyboard

and say _plenty_ online. In the near future, people might be able to

speak into a microphone with those at the other end seeing words pop up

on the screen, but for the moment the Net was friendliest to good

typists, especially those who could write well, as Greg and Sue could.

They could almost be playwrights, the way they loved stage directions

such as “Hugs” and “Wave good-byes.” If a feeling occurred to either,

they could transfer it from their brain cells to the keyboard and make

the recipient _see_ their thoughts. When Sue sent a letter to Greg and

me, it was obvious she wanted to get back to her private correspondence

with him. She ended her note: “*hugs greg* hold your horses sweetie, I’m

typing as fast as I can :-).” I could see that techie or not, Sue felt

at home at the computer keyboard.

Without trying to woo each other across fourteen time zones, the two

friends grew closer as they made the rounds of the BBSs on the Net. One

of the boards carried a gallery of digitized photos, and Greg enjoyed

Sue’s face. The look was American-Midwestern. Her light blonde hair

flowed in a way that must have pleased him.[7.5] She had green eyes

broken up with what she has described as a “strange shade of yellow.”

The skin was pale, the Scandinavian in her. In one of the shots she

posed with a knee resting on a well-padded armchair. She wore a

crocheted sweater, pants, and flats, and looked sexy but in a fresh,

friendly way that would not have threatened a schoolteacher’s son. Greg,

in turn, pleased Sue; in fact, even more so later on when she learned of

his height; she herself stood five-feet ten and favored tall men.

Sue especially relished his sense of humor. “I could log in after a

totally crappy day in classes and I’d have some corny e-mail from Greg

that would send a smile to my face no matter what I felt like. He was,

still is, and probably will be, the only person who can really cheer me

up no matter what the circumstances are.” Love, however, just wasn’t on

the minds of Greg and Sue in those early days. She had family and

friends in Kansas City and counted on braving the frigid Missouri

winters while she went to college. Meanwhile she had experienced her

share of romances off the Net, including one with a shy friend who

helped introduce her to the online world by suggesting that they _type_

to each other. Sue may or may not have been ready for yet another

relationship.

Even if she and Greg were just friends, they were paving the way for

something more by slowly trading secrets about themselves. Lois Shawver,

a California psychologist often online, warned me of the lack of trust

that can afflict many long-distance relationships via computer. And yet

paradoxically, the Net could bring people closer to each other. “It’s so

easy to end a relationship,” Shawver told me, “you simply stop

corresponding.” So “people seem to be more willing to take a chance and

disclose intimately. That helps to create trust. I do think that also

explains the medium’s ability to help people bridge cultural gaps.” It

was all certainly true in the case of Sue and Greg.

Helpful, too, was the emphasis that they placed on the platonic at the

start, without even meaning to do so. Is it just possible that horny

young men and women on the Internet and elsewhere could declare a

one-year moratorium on the raunchier forms of “cybersex” where men and

women exchanged lewd remarks with each other, Teletype fashion, in group

settings? Ditto for the online world’s many homosexuals and bisexuals.

Ironically the aftermath might be _more_ sex and better sex after some

true friendships developed by way of electronic mail and one-to-one

chats. One test of friendship, of course, might be this: Would a couple

still write to each other if their Net connection ended? And Sue and

Greg had passed so far: Her Internet account had vanished after she left

Northwestern Missouri State University to work and go to school

part-time. She ended up at an insurance company. Letters written on

pulped trees, comic strips, editorial cartoons, music cassettes,

material of all kinds, had traveled between Australia and Missouri. “We

got closer and closer with each postage stamp,” Sue told me, “and

believe me, there were a bunch. The post office likes me a _lot_.”

Finally, however, Sue had returned to the Net, this time with a private

account

On August 7, 1994, she had to break off an online chat to leave for

work. “And I had one more question for her,” Greg recalled. “She asked

what it was. And I asked her plain and simple, ‘Will you marry me?’

There was a pause of about thirty seconds, and she asked me if I was

serious. I said, ‘Yes, never more so,’ and she said ‘Yes.’” Sue let her

mother and a sister in on what was happening. She told certain friends,

too, but not her brother and father. “It’s just going to be

incomprehensible to them,” Greg told me, “that this could happen over a

chunk of cable. Add to that I’m stealing away their last child, not just

out of the home, or the state, but out of the country, and I can

understand why her father is not going to understand.”

The same shocks would presumably await Greg’s mum and dad. “I think it’s

more the medium than anything else. It’s way new to them, but for me

it’s just part of the way we do things now. *Grin*. Mum’s department

just got Lotus’ cc:Mail,[7.6] and she was telling me about it and I was

like ‘Yeah, so?’ but she was really excited about it.” Although Greg did

talk to Sue from home, not just his university, he could do so without

his parents knowing, because of the late hours he keeps, and because he

lived in a converted shed out back of his house. I pondered the ironies

here. Suddenly the Internet held out a new peril for parents. Having

fretted about electronic pornography, Mom and Dad could now worry about

children with more noble but equally secret activities. Parents might

erase porno from a hard drive; it was not so easy to wipe out love as

sincere and intense as Greg and Sue’s.

But had the two actually _talked_, telephone style, over a real phone?

“We’ve had a grand total of one phone call,” Greg told me. Sue dialed

him up. He said she’d kept putting it off because she was scared. “I

know, I know,” he wrote, “we should talk more but I’m just a poor

student.” Greg inserted the computer symbol for a smile to show he was

kidding. “The one thing that surprised me about that call was how

naturally the conversation flowed. I think it came from the fact that we

are friends first and a couple second—that the pressure of the

relationship was negated by the fact that we are such good friends. I

seem to recall impressions more than anything else, like the lilt of her

laugh, the timbre of her voice, the accent. We just talked about

stuff—us, love, Clinton’s screwups in Congress, sports, everything. Very

tough to put the phone down.”

“Still,” I asked Sue by telephone, “won’t it be quite a transition from

the American Midwest to Australia?”

In a friendly, steady voice she told how she had overcome her

hesitations. When Sue toured the local museums now, she saw graffiti on

statues, and she said the neighborhoods were slipping. I thought of my

grandmother’s old place in Kansas City years ago, how it had been

block-busted by sleazes who frightened the whites away and resold the

houses at handsome profits to Afro-Americans. Hotrods had roared up and

down Chestnut Street; Grandma had been the last white holdout. The

memory still enraged me. Although I hadn’t been to Kansas City in years,

I believed Sue.

“My brother and sister are quite a bit older than I am,” she went on,

”and they both have children of their own, and I’m not crazy about the

idea of leaving them to know their aunt through phone calls and video

tapes. But I have no intention of staying in the Midwest just for my

family’s sake.

“It’s my life and what I want to do requires more than the Midwest has

to offer. I can fit in well wherever I go. And I’ve gotten a few books

on Oz. From what I’ve read, I’ll like Australia just as long as I don’t

have to wear one of those damn hats and worship Paul Hogan. I have Greg

to worship. They may drive on the wrong side of the road and drink beer

with lunch, but it’s not like I’ll have to learn a whole new language.”

Besides, she loved the idea of the children growing up with an accent as

delightful as the one she heard from Greg.

I asked Greg if his virtual romance with Sue had changed him. “It’s

relieved a lot of the pressure that exists between myself and women,

because it’s no longer that I’m looking for something more than

friendship—I have a relationship which satisfies those needs and so

don’t need anything from those friendships. What is most interesting is

that change that I haven’t picked up but that other women must have. In

the two-and-a-half years I’ve been at the university, I’ve been ‘hit on’

a grand total of zero times that I can remember. In the twenty days or

so that I’ve been engaged, I’ve been hit on three times. And for the

life of me, I can’t figure out exactly what is making women see me as

attractive. And they weren’t friends or acquaintances either—completely

unknown to me. Weird.”

So how much had Greg changed Sue? “A lot,” she e-mailed back. Sue said:

“Being with Greg has taught me, if anything else, that my life doesn’t

have any boundaries, be they physical or emotional or geographic.” This

was more than lover’s mush; I noticed her use of “With Greg,” as if they

were in the same room.

Asked for love letters—no pressure, let me emphasize—the two obliged

with thousands of words just from their August 1994 writings alone.

Mostly the letters were from Sue whose feelings were more conveniently

preserved in digital form than were the letters from Greg. He wasn’t

holding back: He was the one who had contacted me about their romance.

What followed from Sue was more affecting than anything I’d read in a

novel, for it was real, and I learned about it in the same way that Greg

did, through a series of pixels on a computer screen. Reading this one

message would help explain why she was willing to leave Kansas City; why

she felt that, regardless of a father with heart trouble, she had felt

free to move on; perhaps even why she was willing to share her life so

openly with me through this book, for a chronicle was an affirmation of

sorts.

New to me but old to Greg, the revelation did not come immediately.

Sue’s August letters started out mainly with the routine, the glue of

long-range relationships, the confirmation that she wanted Greg to know

her life and likes. There was talk of food (“I love you more than I love

munching on peanut butter and crackers”), diets (“I splurged on Chinese

and probably regained the three pounds I lost”), art (at the Nelson

museum she favored the impressionists), friends’ babies (“Barbara went

to the doctor this morning to check and see how the baby was doing—she

was about ten weeks along, and she had a miscarriage”), school (Sue was

attending community college and could not resist sharing a few

unabashedly corny jokes about her anatomy course), places to go on

vacation (“Hey,” she said, in a discussion of Mount Rushmore, “do you

Aussies get weird and chisel the faces of dead leaders onto

mountainsides, or is that a distinctly American thing to do?”), and jobs

(“this working full time and college at night is starting to wear me

down a bit, but for the time being it’s what I want to do”).

Like almost any woman she _planned_. The word was that Greg should wrap

some paper around his fingers and snip it off at the right place and

send the results on to her so she’d know the size of his ring. And

should it be silver or gold? They discussed pajamas. “I always thought

it would be cool to share a pair of PJs with someone,” Sue wrote. “I’d

wear the tops, you’d get the bottom. Okay, so I’m cheesy, but I guess

it’s the American upbringing :). Shrug.” In her mind Sue saw the “really

cool chapel in Rapid City, South Dakota, where my grandparents on dad’s

side renewed their vows for their fiftieth wedding anniversary.” “I

wanna get married in it,” she wrote Greg. “There’s a place where you can

light a candle for a loved one and say a prayer to keep them safe. Well,

I lit a candle for Barbara, and then I lit one for us. It felt weird to

be in a church for a good reason. Seems that all the last ones have been

for funerals.”

Another close friend had died some time back, and she reflected on the

connection between that and a period of heavy activity on the bulletin

board circuit. “When I logged on, I could just be some faceless

person—no one had to know that my best friend was in the hospital room

semicomatose because he had developed full-blown AIDS. There were so

many people in my life that just up and left because Ralph* got sick; it

was almost as if I had AIDS just by association. So I got online and

became everyone’s favorite sweetheart.”

Then a signal fact emerged in the correspondence, something that

explained who Sue was, and why Sue felt like Sue, although I believed

that she and Greg would have wanted to be together even if her

circumstances had been different. “I had just found out,” she told him,

“that I had won a fight against a terminal illness while Ralph was

losing his. I don’t talk about the fact that I am a cancer survivor very

much, because I haven’t been in remission that long. It will be two

years in September.

“All I want to do is make it to the five-year mark and forget the pain

and the tears and the chemo and the treatments,” the letter said. “I

want to look forward and be able to see a future without constant trips

to the hospital, to days and nights when I can just be healthy and

happy. I have a tendency to block out when I was sick because if I don’t

think about it, I don’t remember it, and if I don’t remember it, I don’t

worry about it coming back. If you ask, I will tell you everything.”

Very early on in their friendship, Greg had known that the cancer was

cervical; any children would have to be adopted. Sue ended the message

by assuring him that she no longer wanted “the foreign policy degree

from Georgetown anymore, or the chance to have the President asking my

opinion on things.” Her goal now was Greg, an affordable flat, and a

roomful of kids to teach.

The rest of her letters went on to discuss such cosmic questions as

Sue’s love of long showers in the mornings, her tendency to roll around

a little in her sleep, and Greg’s hatred of his cataloguing duties.[7.7]

“I love love love love love you,” he wrote, and heated up the wires some

more while he and Sue dreamed of hugs at the airport, unstoppable

passion, and a wedding.

“Know,” he told her, “that there’s a goofy, tall, dark, Australian,

madly-in-love man here dreaming of you, and us, and the future.” I was

betting right now that they’d make it to that South Dakota church.

Lee Chen: The Lover as a Peripheral

He was a hacker, a true denizen of the Internet, and a poet at times.

A word in one poem told all: “peripheral.” It means a printer, a

modem, a scanner, or any other gadget that plugs into the main

computer, yet is not one of the _very_ most important parts. And

that’s how some women on the Net saw him, the human equivalent of a

printer, someone on the peripheries of their minds. He was among their

friends but not their lovers. His own love went unreturned. So he

called his poem “Song of a Peripheral”; he posted it to alt.romance,

soc.couples, alt.support.loneliness, and alt.support.shyness. It read,

in part:

_You feel you’re nothing special in her life.

You never get a sense that she wants you to be close to her.

You’re just a pleasant, polite friend around the periphery of her world.

But you still care for her, because she is that special woman—_

_A sweetest heart who cares for the well-being of others.

A most sensuous soul who is full of life and passion.

And a beautiful intellect who brings realist precepts to balance out

those disillusions in the world._

_... It’s painful to feel you’re just a Peripheral, isn’t it?_

“How could I _not_ print part of ‘Song’ in this chapter,” I thought, and

wrote Lee Chen for permission. Back came a letter from the Department of

Computer Science at the University of Calgary in Canada. People on the

Internet love to end messages with “signatures” telling how they see the

cosmos, and Lee had picked a quote that looked as gentle and logical as

his poem. The speaker was the President of the United States in the

movie _Dr. Strangelove or How I Learned to Start Worrying and Love the

Bomb_. And the words went, “You can’t fight in here, this is the War

Room.”

Sometimes I thought that in the battle of the sexes, certain areas of

the Internet could be that war room. No man could claim to be a

superhunk or millionaire without risking a female retort in the vein of,

“Yeah, sure.” The Net was rich with put-downs worthy of an old

Tracy-Hepburn movie. Clearly the men had started this war, however.

“When a female shows up,” said the author of an explanatory file on

alt.sex.wanted, “clueless folks tend to e-mail ‘wanna fuck’ messages no

matter _what_ she has said. This means many of them don’t post, only

listen.” Fights had also broken out between the gays and certain

heterosexuals, who came up with the witless fag jokes, and who, in turn,

had drawn equally stupid remarks about “breeders.” In this sexual war,

the biggest losers were SMHGs. That was Netspeak for Straight Male Horny

Geeks, who, as noted earlier, suffered from the laws of supply and (lack

of) demand.

Lee Chen was an SMHG in a nice way. His style had been to try in

alt.personals rather than one of the tackier areas. When Lee had placed

a recent ad, he had described himself as “a romantic dreamer,” and he

wanted “a single woman between the ages of nineteen and thirty-three who

is sincere, intelligent, attractive,” and “passionate” as well. Lee was

twenty-six and entitled to feel his age. Moreover, based on his

self-description, women would have no more reason to run away from him

than they did from Greg Smith in _his_ lonely days.

“I’m five feet eleven inches, 185 pounds, have dark brown eyes and short

black hair,” Lee said. “And I’m a healthy, disease-free nonsmoker and

considered attractive looking.” He told me he held a master’s in

computer science, was continuing his studies, and obviously was destined

to earn a comfortable living at the very least. Lee enjoyed “going out

to movies and romantic dinners, discussing current events and politics,

visiting museums and natural parks, walking along the rivers, listening

to various kinds of music, giving and receiving pleasures with a

sensuous partner.” So far, however, Lee lacked a woman—he was new in

town. Maybe a minor part of his problem, at least among females off

campus, was the kind of place that Calgary was. He saw it as “a cowboy

city, big in the oil business, very similar to Dallas culturally, except

for the cold winter climate.” This particular SMHG might have felt more

comfortable in a more intellectually minded city such as Boston or San

Francisco. But he was no snob and still held out hope of meeting one of

the locals rather than confining the search to university people (“I’m

sure there are many wonderful women in this town”). Simultaneously he

decided to try the Net.

The first time out with a personal ad, Lee heard from a woman in, yes,

Australia—E-Mail Central. Dozens of love letters threatened to melt down

any fiber-optics on the Net; in fact, she sent Lee her erotic poetry and

encouraged him to reply with the same. Through it all, he was high

minded. “I believe in the mutual respect between women and men,” he

said, “but am also saddened by the gradual decline of romantic chivalry

in our society. I feel they don’t need to be mutually exclusive.” His

poet in Australia seemed to feel the same. Within a month she promised

to fly to Canada.

“My darkest knight, my love,” she called him. She was “burning with a

need to talk with you, to share with you my fears, my joys. I ache to be

able to brush a falling raindrop from your cheek and hold your handsome

face close to my heart. I miss you already though we have not met.”

This woman could have been crafting bodice-rippers for Harlequin Books.

“I thrive on every word that falls from your sensuous lips,” she wrote

Lee. “I feel I am being too bold for a lady of my breeding, but what I

feel has gone from my control before I was aware of my feelings.” More

letters followed, more fire, more steam. And then, out of nowhere: “This

is the very last time I will write to you. You have to leave me alone.

Any future mail you send me will remain unanswered. We do not know each

other. Words across a net aren’t a firm basis of a relationship and it

takes time to form a friendship. We have neither and I cannot currently

give either to you. I have strong personal commitments at the moment

that leave me unable to commit to anyone, especially a man in a romantic

way. Please understand. It may have been special and beautiful, but it

has to be over. One day I may be in a position to explain further, but

currently I cannot. I apologise once more and wish you well in your

life.”

“Maybe,” Lee looked back, “it was just a game for her.” And, no dummy,

he had learned from such experiences. Nowadays Lee was wary of anonymous

addresses with low numbers that suggested their owners had been cruising

alt.personal for a long time.

He had also learned of the usefulness of friendship as a prelude to

love. “Of all those ladies who answered my original personal,” he said,

“only one is still corresponding as a friend.” Another female friend was

also in his life online, somebody he met in an unrelated newsgroup. She

typed out an popular opinion and he wrote in to agree, and they found

they shared interests. But neither saw romance immediately ahead. Nor

was that true of the other friendships he had online. Although vague

about them, he suggested that he was still on the periphery.

Reached some months later, Lee told me he had gone on to befriend “quite

a few nice women around this campus.” In person and on the Net, however,

he had yet to meet just the right one for those river walks, museum

tours, and “giving and receiving pleasure.”

“Well, sorry, David,” Lee said, “but I didn’t have a happy ending. I‘m

sure there are some people who actually find their true loves this way.

Although I didn’t find true love, I’ve found many sincere friendships

via the Net. So I’m glad that the Net has worked for me.” I was, too,

and I wished him all kinds of wonderful surprises ahead. Chivalrous

SMHGs like Lee Chen should be more than peripherals.

Net Adultery

Places like New York or Tokyo abound with museums, art galleries, movie

houses, universities, and large pools of single people who hope to meet

the same. Something else, however, awaits those looking for it—more

opportunities for adultery than in small towns. And it is the same with

the Internet. It isn’t just that straying wives and husbands can use

those identity-stripping computers in Finland to make swap shopping

easier. More importantly, the Internet teems with bright, funny, people

who hate convention, including, in some cases, marriage.

For a stretch, a support-style mailing list came across as a Peyton

Place in cyberspace. A man and a woman met there. He told her he would

be leaving his wife and children. She spent that weekend with a _third_

member of the list; after the original man publicly confessed, she

popped up out of the blue to give her side. If anyone doubted that

computers could bring people together in person, this was proof positive

in the worst way. Most members of the list were horrified. They pleaded

for Peyton Placers to go offline. Clearly the Internet does not turn

people into saints—it just makes it easier to do what comes naturally,

good or bad.

But some context, please. The same Net could bring together

old-fashioned romantics. As shown by the Smith-Olson pairing, the Net

could actually _strengthen_ traditional values among those who so

inclined.

Besides, much of the illicit action on the Net was by the mutual consent

of husbands and wives. When I ventured into a seamy area called

alt.personals.poly, I saw an ad posted by a swinging couple from

Florida. “I am 6′3″ brown haired, considered attractive,” said Hank*,

the husband. “She is 5ʹ0″ busty, blonde, blue eyes, very pretty. We’re

not weird or disturbed or wanting to beat people, hahaha. We are very

sensual, passionate, and are good at ya know the fun stuff.” Was this

the ’Bahn that Bill and Al had in mind for us? Not quite. But it wasn’t

as if some pervert was cheating on his wife and hiding behind an

anonymous server while lusting for a nineteen-year-old coed who was new

to both life and the Net. Although I did not condone Hank’s swinging, I

actually felt a little sorry for him after he wrote me a short but

touching letter: He told how a woman had stood him up and the Missus.

Better luck next time, Hank.

Suppose, however, that a man and woman had been married for fifteen

years and had two children, he was a straight-arrow programmer type, she

was funny and sexy, he introduced her to the Internet, and she got

crushes on men whom she befriended over the wire—a marriage just might

fall apart because a stranger might actually fly in from out of town

wanting to get to know her in a biblical way. Such was the case of Phil*

and Jayne*. While I have scrambled the details of the story, it is

entirely true in spirit. They lived in Cincinnati, and Bill worked as a

programmer and an Internet administrator for his employer. He had

arranged for his wife to be able to dial up the office computer from

home and send and receive e-mail. That, as we’ll learn in a moment, was

a key fact.

In many ways Phil and Jayne were a contrast. He could “readily repair my

hurt emotions when it comes to betrayal, be it from friends, or from my

wife.” Phil held himself to the highest of standards no matter how

low-minded the rest of the cosmos was. Jayne, on the other hand, was

wild and loved to party and speak up. “She can drink anyone under the

table,” Phil said. “She has a loud voice and a happy disposition. She

can talk to anyone and make them feel at ease. She is a joy to be with.

A blonde with striking blue eyes. She has the attitude of a redhead but

we never fight. She rarely sports a smile, but when she does, it is

radiant. She has an excellent body, but she keeps on thinking it is not

quite desirable. She has gone in for plastic surgery because of her low

self-esteem.”

For some years in her life, Jayne suffered from another

problem—stodginess, of all things. Taxiing children around, nagging them

to do their schoolwork, playing the good mother, had made her too

conservative. Phil wanted the old sparks back. So he introduced her to

“an e-mail friend of mine who had been a catalyst for many parties as

well. I hoped this would spur her into action.” It did. She began a love

affair over the Net. “I often ran to the computer room after getting

home from work to find Jayne engrossed in some letter writing. She would

immediately cover the screen and ask me to leave. I could see the

discomfort in her face. This was one of my clues to ask around and to

check up on what might be happening. I caught them in the act in a swank

hotel.” For the sake of the children, however, Phil forgave her and did

not divorce. He even revived his friendship with his e-mail friend.

A second man, however, cuckolded Phil a few years later, and like the

first, he was an alcoholic. “He would hound her,” Phil said, “and send

copious amounts of e-mail, call her from wherever he was regardless of

how distant. He had an attitude that ‘no one can tell him what to do,

even if it is an affair.’” So Phil, despite his forgiving nature, did

what many red-blooded men would have done in his place as a local

Internet administrator. He deleted their electronic mail from the office

system. “The second affair rekindled after the lover’s wife left him,”

Phil says. Lawyers successfully pried Jayne and the man apart.

“She has ‘fallen’ into love with other people on the Net,” Phil said,

however, “and some have even taken the trouble to fly in to meet her.”

Fortunately the moon and the stars and the hormones weren’t right. So

where on the Net did Jayne hook up with these winners? Alt.sex.wanted?

No, Phil said—rec.humor. And he actually feared rec.humor more than he

did the plain, sex-oriented areas of the Net, because it might pave the

way for a relationship based on more than carnal impulses.

I asked, “As a local Net administrator, do you think that people on the

Net play around more or less than does the general population?”

“About the same,” Phil said. “But there are a lot more insecure

personalities acting out an alternate personality on the net. This will

often lead, I think, to more misunderstandings. Someone can appear to

love you a lot, over e-mail, but cannot carry through in person.” And

then Phil came up with another fascinating insight, which could also

apply to some relationships on the Internet between single people. He

observed that certain Netfolks really didn’t care that much about the

men or women at the other end. Rather they used electronic mail as a

diary. “Jayne cherished the e-mail she got from one of her lovers,” Phil

said, “but in person he is a lying, cheating, and abusive drunk with a

far more shallow agenda.”

Phil and Jayne were doing what they could to repair the damage. The two

had undergone marriage counseling. “Stop trying to think so much,” Phil

was told. “This makes you appear to be walking on eggshells, making it

harder for Jayne to be honest with you.” I hoped the counseling would

work. As if her infidelity weren’t enough, she now cried because she

might have contracted the virus that causes AIDS. “One of her lovers has

slept around a lot and shot up drugs,” Phil said. “He hasn’t seen a

doctor in ages because of his alcoholic tendencies, and on one occasion

he has said he could have the HIV virus. I assured Jayne ... we will

handle any result from the test one day at a time.” The same thought

might apply to his life with Jayne. One day at a time. In the future, I

hoped, she won’t be so secretive about the dots on her computer screen.

Greg and Sue, an Update

I promised to update you on Greg and Sue. In late May 1995 Greg told me

they were still moving ahead, except that they’d decided it would be

much easier for her if they lived in the States. He would arrive at the

Kansas City airport on Wednesday, July 12, at 11:11 P.M. on American

Airlines. “My parents know,” he said. “On the surface they’re bitchy

about it—well, Mum is—but underneath they’re cool with it. Especially my

dad. He wants to come too.” The older Smith had taken his family to

Colorado years earlier during a teacher-exchange program.

“Work?” Greg went on. “Heck, I can do a lot of things. My preference

would be systems administrator or network maintenance or even Internet

guru-trainer.”

Jokes about Adelaide’s sleepiness notwithstanding, Greg would miss life

down under. He cherished “the laid-back nature of Australia. I spend a

lot of time talking to people, and in 99 of 100 cases, the shopkeeper

will take time out to have a chat about something going on in the world.

People are so open and friendly, gosh darnit. I mean friendly, not

lazy.” He would hate to give up, too, the summer days at the sea, the

music festivals of Adelaide, and the programs of the Australian

Broadcasting Commission (“it’s government funded and turns up some

really cool and alternative stuff”). He would also miss Australian Rules

Football. “Mostly that’s an art form,” Greg said. “Unlike NFL, every

player has to be able to do every other player’s job. There’s no offense

or defense, and it’s such a quick game that offense can turn into

defense in the blink of an eye.”

E-mailing me on a rainy, thundery day—from “America’s Heartland soon to

be changed to America’s Flood Plain”—Sue wrote: “Thoughts and hopes?

Well, I think the one thing I’ve had to struggle with lately is facing

up to the fear that we won’t get along. I know there’s a chance. I’ve

pretty much come to grips with it, so I think that’s a good sign. I

think we’ll work it out. I _hope_ we will, but that’s yet to be

foretold—I’m just looking forward to finally meeting my best friend.

“Where we’ll live is a little uncertain. I’m still making the rounds of

apartment complexes, trying to pick one that I like, that I think he’ll

like, and that is central to work and school.

“Telling people about Greg and me is a little tricky. Most of the people

I work with understand the basic concept of the Internet, but don’t

really understand the idea of love at first talk session. I’ve pretty

much just told people I met Greg through friends. It just makes things a

lot easier, seeing as how I don’t have to explain things over and over

again. Maybe it’s a cop-out, but everyone knows how committed I am to

Greg regardless of how we met, and that’s the important thing.

“My father remains in the dark,” she said. “My mom and I had a big

discussion about things and she felt that was the best way to handle

things with him. I’m just taking things one step at a time and dealing

with them as they come. I don’t want to throw it all in his face. He’s

still my daddy and has the best interest of his baby girl at heart.”

Earlier I’d told Sue that the hassles would vanish when she met Greg,

and she had agreed. “’Cept maybe the fact Greg will be the tallest one

at family reunions *grin*. We’ll all be arguing over whose side of the

volleyball net he’s on. Mine of course. :-) *grin*.”

Sue brought me up to date on work and school. Recently she’d switched

jobs and was now a file clerk for an appliance company where the pay was

higher and the boss friendlier. “I can pretty much study during the slow

periods, which helps a great deal, *brandishes her grade card*. Got it

in the mail today—all A’s. I’m framing this sucker—I actually pulled an

A in algebra!”

Her net.lover was getting a cc of the note to me. “Oh, Greg,” she

couldn’t resist adding, “I did some rearranging for you today. I think

you might be able to have a drawer or two in the dresser *grin* just

kidding. I cleaned my room today and vacated one-half of my drawer

space, a major accomplishment almost tantamount to the A in algebra.

Just don’t look in the closet.”

Redirecting the note back to me, Sue said: “I’ve always been up front

with Greg about who I am and how I look and how I act and all that

stuff. There’s going to be a lot of rough edges we’ll need to smooth

out, but I’d say we’ve got a strong foundation to build on.” Concluding,

Sue said she had undergone a round of antibiotic-hormonal treatments for

an ulcer and gained weight. “The bad news is the weight gain that went

along with it. Least now I have the bust to fill out my bathing suit.”

A few days later I heard from Greg. Uh-oh. “To put it bluntly,” he

wrote, “I am not a happy camper.” I hoped I hadn’t offended him. He and

Sue had given so much of themselves by sharing their letters with me. As

I read on, I found out the true reason for his dismay. It wasn’t an

ever-curious writer, or parents, or friends, or professional colleagues:

Greg had graduated from school and was doing fine with temporary

consulting work. “Visa—problem, big problem. My visitor’s visa has been

denied on the grounds that I have insufficient reason to return to

Australia. The upshot of this is that our wedding and my travel plans

have been severely disrupted, delaying us by anything upwards of about

two months—gawd, I hate the sound of that. I talked to Sue on the phone

last night-her morning, and we’re confident we can make it through

this.”

In character Greg was using the Net, and specifically the newsgroup

alt.visa.us, to help him cope with the visa’crats.

“It makes no sense to me that the U.S. government won’t let in someone

with a college degree that’s in demand in this country,” Sue wrote, “and

who speaks English with such a sexy accent.”

She had one last update later in June: “There’s one thing you _have_ to

change in your chapter, and it’s just one line. I went to the oncologist

and he said I’d had enough tissue regeneration that was healthy to give

me some hope of being able to have kids. So I guess I just might get to

explore the world of labor pains and stretch marks after all. _Ugh._

“And I know this sounds cheezy, but would you mind altering names?”

I was happy to oblige.

“The press here in Kansas City,” Sue said, “has an absolute field day

with stuff like this. A guy got a mail-order bride from Russia a year or

so ago, and they had a five-part segment on his life story in the paper

and on the news. I’d just rather not be looked at as someone who had to

go to a whole other country to find a date. Which is how my father puts

it *sigh*.”

Oh, she had finally told. I wished I could see her father’s face when

Greg actually materialized in K.C. In the most direct way Fred Olson*

might understand how fortuitously the Net had enlarged his daughter’s

range of choices. What counted wasn’t her finding a man, but the best

man for her—whether he was next-door or an ocean away.

* * * * *

So that was how matters stood with Sue and Greg as the presses were

about to turn. I pondered the visa problem. Damn the feds. Already the

ayatollahs of the Senate had been trying to turn the Internet into _Mr.

Roger’s Neighborhood_, while the crew in the White House was crusading

to make the Net more snoop-friendly. Now Washington was getting in the

way of both a romance and a more definitive ending to my love chapter.

As I typed those words I was listening to a RealAudio replay of Senator

James Exon pushing his censorship bill on the Senate floor—an outrage

that could harm not only net.sex but net.love, given the major danger of

abusive enforcement. I loathed the man’s voice. The bullying

selfrighteousness struck me most of all. Exon’s tone was too close to

that of the late Senator Joseph McCarthy, the anti-communist zealot from

Wisconsin. In a very narrow way I regretted that the Cold War was over.

Now the bigots and bullies could focus on _domestic_ troublemakers.

Listening to the digitized Exon, I heard him say that a Nebraskan

football coach had cheered him on. I reflected. Perhaps the senator and

the coach could do a RealAudio broadcast from the locker rooms and show

that in their territory even the after-game talk was G-rated.

My thoughts drifted. RealAudio reminded me of another recent wrinkle,

The Internet Phone, which let Netfolks talk all over the world for free

if they paid flat rates for Net service. What a joy this might be for

people like Greg and Sue in the days before they rushed into each

other’s arms at the airport.

There were a few catches. You needed a deluxe Net connection, alas,

which Sue lacked.

So she and Greg would still have to reach out and touch type to each

other.

That wasn’t so bad, actually. They were saving their e-mail, and someday

the files would remind them of all the promise, all the anticipation,

that the Net had held out for them in the form of each other.

Although I tinkered with The Internet Phone, I preferred electronic

mail, just as I’d normally favored international Morse code over voice

during my amateur radio days. Now that art might be lost. Code didn’t

matter as much on the airwaves as before. The U.S. Coast Guard was

phasing it out. Any future SOS would apparently be in bits and bytes

rather than in dots and dashes, assuming the initials remained at all.

What would also perish—writing on screens, eventually? Just what would

happen to typed words on the Net?

Whether seriously or just as a discussion provoker, a Seattle columnist

had imagined the following: “It’s the year 2020; your daughter Emily is

nine years old and she can’t read or write. Is this your worst nightmare

about our schools come true? Nope, Emily just doesn’t need to read or

write anymore.” That, of course, was exactly the kind of nightmare I’d

had on my mind in proposing TeleRead. We needed graphics, not just

words; but surely we could do better than the Emily scenario.

I’d asked Avodah Offit for comments on net.love rather than on the

effects of the technology in general, but she couldn’t help warning

about the almost inevitable transition of the Net to sounds and images

for all.

Delighted by the renaissance of writing on networks, she’d e-mailed me:

“I think two-way TV will bring us down to earth. It will be a loss

rather than a gain to those of us who enjoy using our imaginations and

our writing skills. Right now we all have an opportunity to use the

literacy that humans have spent thousands of years developing.”

That was how I felt, too, whether the topic on the Net was romance or

gerbil care. An old pop lyric came to mind: “These are the good old

days.” I wondered about the Snubbites and how they would have felt about

Greg and Sue and the many others the Net had brought together; about the

leather-jacketed kids up in Nova Scotia who, for the first time in their

lives, were looking forward to _writing_, however rudimentary the elite

Snubbites might have considered the children’s prose; about all the love

letters that might go unwritten if TV-centric politicians let Emily and

friends live out their lives as illiterates without electronic books or

keyboards or equivalents.

Some things were forever worth our being reactionaries in an enlightened

way. Literacy was one of them. We mustn’t ever let the romance and

civility of the written word die on the Internet.

Once again I recalled some e-mail Sue had sent, in which she had not

meant to be profound but was. Sue the cancer survivor had reminded us of

the need to enjoy both Life and Net, and I wanted similar thoughts to

grace the screens of many lovers, in many countries, and for many years.

“*hugs greg* hold your horses sweetie,” she had written, “I’m typing as

fast as I can....”

Notes

Chapter 1—The Terrain

Footnote 1.1:

The three Net-hostile quotes are from Joshua Quittner’s “Back to the

real world: New books from the front lines of the information

revolution urge cyberspace cadets to get a life,” _Time_, April 17,

1995, page 56.

Footnote 1.2:

Luddites, of course, were the loom smashers of the nineteenth century

who protested automation.

Footnote 1.3:

Goldberg is author of the book _Questions and Answers about

Depression_ (Charles Press, 1993), but the book is clearly _not_ his

main reason for being on Walkers—mentions of _Questions_ have been

well within limits. Sheer altruism is clearly his true motive.

Footnote 1.4:

Reid Kanaley, “Computers to the rescue: Internet becoming a worldwide

safety net,” _Philadelphia Inquirer_, January 17, 1995, page 1.

Footnote 1.5:

Kanaley.

Footnote 1.6:

John Schwartz, “On the information net, creativity is its own reward,”

_Washington Post_, April 10, 1995, page 23 of the “Washington

Business” section. Schwartz is a _Post_ reporter and columnist.

Footnote 1.7:

Quittner.

Footnote 1.8:

Stoll himself noted the Maine-Texas allusion.

Footnote 1.9:

Irwin Lebow, _Information Highway & Byways: From the Telegraph to the

21st Century_ (Piscataway, New York: IEEE Press: 1995), page 17. A

good book. Highly recommended. It even comes with the _Walden_

allusion, although from a rather different perspective from that of

Stoll.

Footnote 1.10:

Thanks to my friend Andy Oram for the buffalo analogy.

Footnote 1.11:

With hypertext links, readers could click on mentions of the _Star

Tribune_ and immediately go from my area of the World Wide Web to the

one where the newspaper had posted the West article. I didn’t

reproduce the material; I just pointed my readers in its direction.

NetWorld! What People Are Really Doing on the Internet and What It Means to You · 第 1 / 7 章